ip# wendy#adams# table&of&contents...

109
IP Wendy Adams TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: PHILOSOPHIES, POLICIES AND HISTORY ........ 4 I. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY DESCRIBED (P.1) .................................................................................................................................................. 4 II. JUSTIFYING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (P.4) ................................................................................................................................................. 5 III. THEORIES OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (P.8) ............................................................................................................................................ 5 IV. CANADIAN COURTS & THE PHILOSOPHY OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (P.27) .................................................................................... 5 CHAPTER 2: COPYRIGHT – INTRODUCTION AND FOUNDATIONAL CONCEPTS .......................................................... 5 I. INTRODUCTION (P.33) NEEDS FORMATTING ............................................................................................................................................. 5 Statute: Copyright Act, s.5(1) what qualifies, general? ..................................................................................................................................................... 6 Statute: Copyright Act, s.2 enumerated list of types of works ....................................................................................................................................... 6 Statute: Copyright Act, s.3(1) what are the rights of a copyright holder? ................................................................................................................ 6 Statute: Copyright Act, s.14.1 Moral rights ............................................................................................................................................................................. 6 1. Common and Civil Law Traditions on Copyright (p.40) ................................................................................................................... 7 2. Copyright Philosophy and the Idea of Balance (p.42) ....................................................................................................................... 7 II.FOUNDATIONAL CONCEPTS:EXPRESSION,FIXATION,ORIGINALITY,WORK (P.44) ............................................................................... 7 1. Ideas Versus Expression (p.44) .................................................................................................................................................................... 7 2. Fixation (p.48) .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8 3. Originality (p. 52) .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 8 Case: CCH v. Law Society of Upper Canada [2004] ............................................................................................................................................................ 9 Case: Kilvington Brothers Ltd. v. Goldberg ........................................................................................................................................................................ 11 4. Work (p.85) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12 a) Literary Works (p.88) ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 b) Dramatic Works (p.95) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13 c) Musical Works (p.99) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13 d) Artistic Works (p.102) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 14 III. AUTHORSHIP AND OWNERSHIP..................................................................................................................................................................... 17 IV. ASSIGNMENT AND LICENSING OF COPYRIGHT ............................................................................................................................................ 18 V. TERMS OF PROTECTION (P.149) .................................................................................................................................................................... 18 Statute: Copyright Act, s.6 term of copyright protection .............................................................................................................................................. 18 VI. INFRINGEMENT &DEFENCES –GENERAL (P.150) ................................................................................................................................... 18 1. General Aspects................................................................................................................................................................................................. 19 Statute: Copyright Act, s.27 general infringement provisions .................................................................................................................................... 19 Statute: Copyright Act, s .2 “infringing definition............................................................................................................................................................. 19 Statute: Copyright Act, s.3 economic rights (again) ........................................................................................................................................................ 19 2. Reproduction (p. 154) .................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 3. Publication (p. 166) ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 21 4. Communication to the Public / Public performance (p. 166) ...................................................................................................... 21 Statute: Copyright Act, s.2 definition of “performance” ................................................................................................................................................ 21 Statute: Copyright Act, s.2.4 exception for telecommunication undertakings .................................................................................................... 22 5. Adaption and Translation (p. 173) .......................................................................................................................................................... 22 Case: Roberton v Lewis [1976] US (p.177) .............................................................................................................................................................................. 22 6. Mechanical Reproduction (p. 177)........................................................................................................................................................... 23 Statute: Copyright Act, s.3(1)(d) ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23 7. Public Exhibition (p. 178) ............................................................................................................................................................................ 23 Statute: Copyright Act, s.3(1)(g) .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23 8. Rental (p. 179) .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 23 Statute: Copyright Act, s.3(1)(h),(i) ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 23 Statute: Copyright Act, s.2.5............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 23 9. Authorisation (p. 179) ................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 10. Parallel importation (p. 188) .................................................................................................................................................................. 25 11. Moral rights (p.190) .................................................................................................................................................................................... 25 Statute: Copyright Act, s.14 moral rights ............................................................................................................................................................................. 25 Statute: Copyright Act, s.28.1 moral rights infringement, generally........................................................................................................................ 25 Statute: Copyright Act, s.28.2 nature of the moral right of intregrity ..................................................................................................................... 26 Statute: Copyright Act, s.35, 38.1 & 42 remedies for infringement .......................................................................................................................... 26 Case: Snow v. Eaton Centre............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 28

Upload: vuongkhanh

Post on 05-Aug-2018

232 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

IP  Wendy  Adams  

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  

CHAPTER  1:  INTRODUCTION  TO  INTELLECTUAL    PROPERTY:  PHILOSOPHIES,  POLICIES  AND  HISTORY  ........  4  I.  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY  DESCRIBED    (P.1)  ..................................................................................................................................................  4  II.  JUSTIFYING  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY    (P.4)  .................................................................................................................................................  5  III.  THEORIES  OF  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY    (P.8)  ............................................................................................................................................  5  IV.  CANADIAN  COURTS  &  THE  PHILOSOPHY  OF  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY    (P.27)  ....................................................................................  5  

CHAPTER  2:  COPYRIGHT  –  INTRODUCTION  AND  FOUNDATIONAL  CONCEPTS  ..........................................................  5  I.    INTRODUCTION  (P.33)  à  NEEDS  FORMATTING  .............................................................................................................................................  5  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.5(1)  à  what  qualifies,  general?  .....................................................................................................................................................  6  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.2  à  enumerated  list  of  types  of  works  .......................................................................................................................................  6  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.3(1)  à  what  are  the  rights  of  a  copyright  holder?  ................................................................................................................  6  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.14.1  àMoral  rights  .............................................................................................................................................................................  6  

1.  Common  and  Civil  Law  Traditions  on  Copyright  (p.40)  ...................................................................................................................  7  2.  Copyright  Philosophy  and  the  Idea  of  Balance  (p.42)  .......................................................................................................................  7  

II.  FOUNDATIONAL  CONCEPTS:  EXPRESSION,  FIXATION,  ORIGINALITY,  WORK  (P.44)  ...............................................................................  7  1.  Ideas  Versus  Expression  (p.44)  ....................................................................................................................................................................  7  2.  Fixation  (p.48)  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................  8  3.  Originality  (p.  52)  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................  8  

Case:    CCH  v.  Law  Society  of  Upper  Canada  [2004]  à  ............................................................................................................................................................  9  Case:    Kilvington  Brothers  Ltd.  v.  Goldberg  à  ........................................................................................................................................................................  11  

4.  Work  (p.85)  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................  12  a)  Literary  Works  (p.88)  .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................  12  b)  Dramatic  Works  (p.95)  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................  13  c)  Musical  Works  (p.99)  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................  13  d)  Artistic  Works  (p.102)  .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................  14  

III.  AUTHORSHIP  AND  OWNERSHIP  .....................................................................................................................................................................  17  IV.  ASSIGNMENT  AND  LICENSING  OF  COPYRIGHT  ............................................................................................................................................  18  V.  TERMS  OF  PROTECTION  (P.149)  ....................................................................................................................................................................  18  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.6  à  term  of  copyright  protection  ..............................................................................................................................................  18  VI.  INFRINGEMENT  &  DEFENCES  –  GENERAL  (P.150)  ...................................................................................................................................  18  1.  General  Aspects  .................................................................................................................................................................................................  19  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.27  à  general  infringement  provisions  ....................................................................................................................................  19  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s  .2  à  “infringing  definition  .............................................................................................................................................................  19  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.3  à  economic  rights  (again)  ........................................................................................................................................................  19  

2.  Reproduction  (p.  154)  ....................................................................................................................................................................................  20  3.  Publication  (p.  166)  ........................................................................................................................................................................................  21  4.  Communication  to  the  Public  /  Public  performance  (p.  166)  ......................................................................................................  21  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.2  à  definition  of  “performance”  ................................................................................................................................................  21  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.2.4  à  exception  for  telecommunication  undertakings  ....................................................................................................  22  

5.  Adaption  and  Translation  (p.  173)  ..........................................................................................................................................................  22  Case:    Roberton  v  Lewis  [1976]  US  (p.177)  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  22  

6.  Mechanical  Reproduction  (p.  177)  ...........................................................................................................................................................  23  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.3(1)(d)  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................  23  

7.  Public  Exhibition  (p.  178)  ............................................................................................................................................................................  23  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.3(1)(g)  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................  23  

8.  Rental  (p.  179)  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................  23  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.3(1)(h),(i)  .............................................................................................................................................................................................  23  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.2.5  .............................................................................................................................................................................................................  23  

9.  Authorisation  (p.  179)  ...................................................................................................................................................................................  24  10.  Parallel  importation  (p.  188)  ..................................................................................................................................................................  25  11.  Moral  rights  (p.190)  ....................................................................................................................................................................................  25  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.14  à  moral  rights  .............................................................................................................................................................................  25  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.28.1  à  moral  rights  infringement,  generally  ........................................................................................................................  25  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.28.2  à  nature  of  the  moral  right  of  intregrity  .....................................................................................................................  26  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.35,  38.1  &  42  à  remedies  for  infringement  ..........................................................................................................................  26  Case:    Snow  v.  Eaton  Centre  .............................................................................................................................................................................................................  28  

Case:    Prise  de  parole  v.  Guerin  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................  29  Case:    Robinson  v.  Films  Cinar  ........................................................................................................................................................................................................  29  

12.  Secondary  infringement  (p.199)  ............................................................................................................................................................  29  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.27(2)  à  secondary  infringement  ..............................................................................................................................................  29  

13.  Principle  Defences  (p.204)  ........................................................................................................................................................................  31  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.39  à  ignorance    of  a  copyright  ...................................................................................................................................................  32  

14.  Statutory  Defences  (p.  212)  ......................................................................................................................................................................  32  Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.29+  à  Fair  Dealing  (research/private  study/criticism/review/news-­‐reporting)  ..............................................  32  Case:    Michelin  &  Cie  v  CAW-­‐Canada  [1997]  FC  (p.227)  à  parody,  copryight  and  freedom  of  expression  ................................................  34  Case:    St-­‐Hubert  v.  Syndicat  St-­‐Hubert  Drummondville  [1986]  (p.231)  ......................................................................................................................  34  Case:    Canadian  Tire  v.  Union  [1985]  (p.232)  ..........................................................................................................................................................................  35  Case:    Lion  Laboratories  v.  Evans  [1985]  UK  (p.235  ............................................................................................................................................................  35  Case:    R.  v  James  Lorimer  [1984]  FC  (p.232)  ...........................................................................................................................................................................  35  

CHAPTER  4:  TRADE-­‐MARKS  .......................................................................................................................................................  36  I.    INTRODUCTION  (P.  317)  ..................................................................................................................................................................................  36  1.  Origin  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................  36  2.  Purpose  &  Theory  of  Protecting  Trade-­‐Marks  (p.  323)  ..................................................................................................................  37  

II.  OBJECT  OF  THE  PROTECTION  (P.  329)  –  THE  MARK  ................................................................................................................................  38  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.2  (“trade-­‐mark”)  ............................................................................................................................................................................  38  Case:  Playboy  v.  Germain  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................  39  

III.  REGISTRABLE  MARKS  .....................................................................................................................................................................................  40  1.  Section  12  Overview  (p.  342)  ......................................................................................................................................................................  40  

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.  12  à  registrability  ......................................................................................................................................................................  40  2.  Primarily  Merely  a  Name  or  Surname  and  Section  12(1)(a)  (p.  344)  .....................................................................................  40  

Case:  Standard  Oil  v.  Canada  (Registrar)  [1968]  ....................................................................................................................................................................  41  3.  Clearly  Descriptive  and  Deceptively  Misdescriptive  Trade-­‐Marks  and  section  12(1)(b)  (p.  351)  ...............................  42  

Case:  A.  Lassonde  v.  Canada  [2000]  (p.  355)  ...........................................................................................................................................................................  42  Case:  Rideout  Wines  v.  Vins  Brights  [1986]  (p.  356)  ...........................................................................................................................................................  43  Case:  S.C.Johnson  &  Son  v.  Marketing  International  [1979]  (p.357)  .............................................................................................................................  43  Case:  Jordan  &  Ste.  Michelle  Cellars  v.  T.G.  Bright  [1984]  (p.  360)  ................................................................................................................................  43  Case:  Reed  Stenhouse  v.  Canada  [1992]  (p.  361)  ...................................................................................................................................................................  44  Case:  Kellogg  v.  Canada  [1939]  (p.  361)  .....................................................................................................................................................................................  44  Case:  Pizza  Pizza  v.  Canada  [1989]  (p.  362)  .............................................................................................................................................................................  44  

4.  Name  in  Any  Language  of  Ware  or  Service  and  Section  12(1)(c)  ..............................................................................................  45  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.12(1)(c)  .............................................................................................................................................................................................  45  Case:  Canadian  Shredded  Wheat  v.  Kellogg  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  46  Case:  Linoleum  Manufacturing  v.  Nairn  .....................................................................................................................................................................................  46  

5.  Confusion  and  Section  12(1)(d)  (p.307)  ................................................................................................................................................  46  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.12(1)(d)  ............................................................................................................................................................................................  46  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.6(2)  à  Definition  of  confusion  ...............................................................................................................................................  47  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.15(2)  à  Registration  of  confusing  marks  ..........................................................................................................................  47  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.6(5)  à  What  to  be  considered  ................................................................................................................................................  47  

a)  Strength  of  the  mark  ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................  48  b)  The  Length  of  Use  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  49  c)  The  Type  of  Merchandise  and  Service  .........................................................................................................................................................................................  49  d)  The  nature  of  commerce  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................  49  e)  Degree  of  resemblance  .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................  50  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.32(2)  à  restricting  registration  to  defined  territorial  area  ......................................................................................  50  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.21(1)  à  concurrent  use  of  confusing  marks  ....................................................................................................................  50  Case:  United  Artists  Pictures  v.  Pink  Panther  Beauty  ...........................................................................................................................................................  52  Case:  Mattel  v.  3894207  Canada  Inc.  [2006]  ............................................................................................................................................................................  53  

IV.  DISTINCTIVENESS  .............................................................................................................................................................................................  54  1.  Trademark  Distinctiveness  Requirement  (p.  452)  ............................................................................................................................  54  

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.2  “distinctive”  .................................................................................................................................................................................  54  Case:  Bojangles’  International  LLC  v.  Bojangles  Café  Ltd.  ..................................................................................................................................................  55  

2.  Acquired  Distinctiveness  (p.  461)  .............................................................................................................................................................  55  3.  Loss  of  distinctiveness  (p.463)  ...................................................................................................................................................................  56  

Case:  Breck’s  case  .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  57  Case:  Bousquet  v.  Barmish  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................  57  Case:  Heintzman  v  751056  Ontario  Ltd  .....................................................................................................................................................................................  58  Case:  Aladdin  Industries  (Thermos  case)  (p.  471)  ................................................................................................................................................................  58  

V.  USE  OF  A  MARK  (P.  474)  ................................................................................................................................................................................  59  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.2  “use”  ................................................................................................................................................................................................  59  

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.4  “use”  ................................................................................................................................................................................................  59  Case:  Promafil  Canada  Ltée  v  Munsingwear  Inc  [1992]  ......................................................................................................................................................  61  

VI.  REGISTRATION  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................  61  VII.  LICENSES  AND  ASSIGNMENTS  .......................................................................................................................................................................  61  VIII.  INFRINGEMENT  (P.  498)  ..............................................................................................................................................................................  61  1.  Infringement  Of  Registered  Marks  ...........................................................................................................................................................  61  a)  “Right  to  Use”  and  “Use”  for  Purposes  of  Infringement  .......................................................................................................................................................  61  b)  Section  19  (p.  500)  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................  62  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.19  –  infringement  of  identical  marks  ...................................................................................................................................  62  Case:  Mr.  Submarine  v.  Amandista  Invetments  [1987]  (p.  501)  re  :  s.19  ....................................................................................................................  62  

c)  Section  20  (p.  503)  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................  62  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.20  à  infringement  with  confusing  trade-­‐mark  ..............................................................................................................  62  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.6(2)  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................  63  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.6(5)  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................  63  Case:  Mr.  Submarine  v.  Amandista  Invetments  [1987]  (p.  501)  re  :  s.20  ....................................................................................................................  63  Case:  A&W  v.  McDonalds  [2005]  FC  –    “reverse  confusion”  ..............................................................................................................................................  64  Case:  Hurlburt  Co.  v.  Hurlburt  Shoe  Co  (p.  510)  à  s.20  exception  using  name  in  good  faith  ............................................................................  64  

d)  Section  22  (p.  512)  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................  65  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.22(1)  à  depreciation  of  good  will  ........................................................................................................................................  65  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.4  à  “use”  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................  66  Case:  Veuve  Clicquot  Ponsardin  v.  Boutiques  Cliquot  [2006]  SCC  à  depreciation  of  goodwill  ........................................................................  67  Case:  Clairol  International  v.  Thomas  Supply  [1968]  ...........................................................................................................................................................  68  

e)  Parallel  Importation  ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................  69  2.  Infringment  Of  Any  Mark  .............................................................................................................................................................................  70  a)  Common  Law  ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  70  b)  Section  7  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  70  Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.7  à  infringement  of  any  mark  ................................................................................................................................................  70  Competition  Act,  s.52(1)  à  S.7(d)  often  invoked  in  conjunction  with  52(1)  of  Competition  Act  ....................................................................  72  Criminal  Code  ss.  408-­‐410  à  “Also  potentially  relevant”  ..................................................................................................................................................  73  

3.  Defences  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................  73  4.  Remedies  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................  74  

IX.  FOREIGN  MARKS  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................  74  X.  DOMAIN  NAMES  AND  INTERNET-­‐BASED  INFRINGEMENT  .........................................................................................................................  74  

CHAPTER  5:  PATENTS  ..................................................................................................................................................................  74  I.    INTRODUCTION  (P.  643)  ..................................................................................................................................................................................  74  II.  OBJECT  OF  THE  PROTECTION  (P.  651)  .........................................................................................................................................................  75  

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.2  à  “invention”  .........................................................................................................................................................................................  75  Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.32  “improvement  doesn’t  convey  right  to  original  invention”  .............................................................................................  75  

1.  Subject  Matter  (p.  653)  .................................................................................................................................................................................  75  a)  Excluded  Subject  Matter  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................  75  Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.27(8)  à  not-­‐patentable  scientific  principle/abstract  theorum  ..........................................................................................  76  

b)  Computer  Programs  and  Business  Methods  (p.  660)  ...........................................................................................................................................................  77  Case:  Amazon  v.  Canada  “one-­‐click  ordering”  [??]  FC  …SCCà  patentability  of  computer-­‐based  business  method?  ..............................  77  

c)  Life  Forms  (p.  671)  ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................  78  Case:  Diamond  Chakrabart  [1980]  US  (p.673)  ........................................................................................................................................................................  78  Case:  Re:  Abitibi  Co  [1982]  Patent  Commissioner  à  yeast  ...............................................................................................................................................  79  Case:  Pioneer  Hi-­‐Bred  v.  Canada  [1986]  (p.672)  à  cross-­‐bred  plants  ........................................................................................................................  79  Case:  Harvard  College  v.  Canada  [2002]  SCC  (p.676)  à  mouse  ......................................................................................................................................  80  Case:  Mosanto  Canada  v  Schmeiser  [2004]  SCC  (p.  697)  à  use  of  patented  seed  ..................................................................................................  81  

d)  New  Use  of  Known  Compound  .......................................................................................................................................................................................................  83  Case:  Shell  Oil  v.  Canada  [1982]  SCC  à  new  use  of  a  known  compound  can  =    patentable  subject  matter  .................................................  83  

e)  Selection  Patents  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  84  Case:  Apotex  Inc.  v.  Sanofi-­‐Synthelabo  [2008]  à  selection  patent  test  .......................................................................................................................  84  

2.  Novelty  ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................  84  Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.28.2(1)  à  “Novelty”  ................................................................................................................................................................................  85  Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.28.1(1)  ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................  85  Case:  Reeves  Brothers  Inc.  v.  Toronto  Quilting  &  Embroidery  ........................................................................................................................................  86  Case:  Apotex  Inc.  v.  Sanofi-­‐Synthelabo  à  Anticipation/lack  of  novelty  test  .............................................................................................................  87  

3.  Utility  ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................  88  a)  Sound  Prediction  ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................  88  Case:  Apotex  v.  Wellcome[2002]  SCC  (p.728)  à  Sound  prediction  test  ......................................................................................................................  89  

4.  Non-­‐Obviousness  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................  89  Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.28.3  à  “non-­‐obviousness”  ...................................................................................................................................................................  90  

III.  APPLICATION  .....................................................................................................................................................................................................  91  IV.  TERM  OF  PROTECTION  (P.  767)  ...................................................................................................................................................................  91  

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.44-­‐45  à  term  of  protection  .................................................................................................................................................................  91  Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.55  à  infringement    and  scope  of  liability  .....................................................................................................................................  92  Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.20(15)    à  no  claim  for  good  faith  infringement  during  patent  secrecy  ..........................................................................  92  

V.  INFRINGEMENT,  DEFENCES,  AND  REMEDIES  (P.  769)  ..............................................................................................................................  93  1.  Infringement  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................  93  

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.42  à  patentee  gets  exclusive  right  to…  .........................................................................................................................................  93  Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.43(2)  à  presumption  of  validity  of  patent  once  granted  .......................................................................................................  93  

a)  Claims  Construction  (p.  773)  ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................  94  Whirlpool  v  Camco  [2000]  SCC  (p.774)  à  infringement:  principles  of  claims  construction  and  essential  elements  .............................  94  

b)  Essential  elements  and  the  doctrine  of  equivalents  (p.  788)  ............................................................................................................................................  95  Case:    Free  World  Trust  v  Électro  Santé  Inc.,  [2000]  SCC  (p.  793)  à  ...........................................................................................................................  97  Case:    Beecham  Canada  v  Procter  &  Gamble  [1982]  Patent  Comm.  (p.  794)  à  .......................................................................................................  97  

c)  Use  of  a  Patent  (p.  800)  ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................  98  d)  Process  patents  (v.  product  patent)  .............................................................................................................................................................................................  99  Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.55.1  à  process  patents  and  presumption  of  infringement  ...................................................................................................  99  

e)  Notice  of  Compliance  Issues  (Patented  Medicines)  ............................................................................................................................................................  100  Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.55.2(1)  à  “early  working”  exception  ...........................................................................................................................................  100  Case:    Astrazeneca  Canada  v.  Canada  .......................................................................................................................................................................................  101  Case:    Biolyse  case  (Bristol-­‐Myers  Squibb)  ............................................................................................................................................................................  101  

2.  Defences  (p.837)  ............................................................................................................................................................................................  102  Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.59  à  Pleading  invalidity  as  defence  .............................................................................................................................................  102  

3.  Compulsory  licences  and  Patent  Abuse  ...............................................................................................................................................  104  CHAPTER  11:  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY  OVERLAPS  (NEEDS  FORMATTING)  ......................................................  104  I.  INTRODUCTION  (P.1125)  ...............................................................................................................................................................................  104  II.  COPYRIGHT  AND  TRADE-­‐MARKS  AND  PROTECTION  OF  IMAGE  (P.1126)  ............................................................................................  105  1.  Fictional  Characters  (p.  1127)  ................................................................................................................................................................  105  a)  Copyright  Protection  for  Fictional  Characters  (pp.  1128)  ...............................................................................................................................................  105  Case:    Preson  v.  20th  Century  Fox  Canada  ...............................................................................................................................................................................  106  

II.  COPYRIGHT  &  TRADE-­‐MARK  CONVERGENCE  (P.  1130)  .........................................................................................................................  106  Case:  King  Features  Syndicate  v  Lechter  ................................................................................................................................................................................  106  

VII.TRADEMARKS  &  PATENTS  (P.  1169)  .......................................................................................................................................................  107  Case:    Kirkbi  v.  Ritvik  (p.1169)  à  Lego:  distinguishing  guise  evergreening  patents?  .......................................................................................  107  Case:    Thomas  &  Betts  v.  Panduit  (p.  1181)  à  cable  ties,  “distinguishing  guise”  .................................................................................................  108  

         

CHAPTER  1:  INTRODUCTION  TO  INTELLECTUAL    PROPERTY:  PHILOSOPHIES,  POLICIES  AND  HISTORY  

I.  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY  DESCRIBED    (P.1)  

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐CLAIRE-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  Intellectual  Property  =  negative  right:  right  to  prevent  or  exclude  other  people  from  exercising  the  exclusive  rights  granted  to  the  intellectual  property  owner    Intellectual  Property  generally  divided  into  two  broad  categories:    -­‐ 1)  copyright  and  industrial  design  -­‐ 2)  industrial  property  (trade-­‐marks,  trade-­‐names,  geographical  indications  of  course,  patents,  and  confidential  

information”    

Definition  (Convention  Establishing  WIPO):  “Intellectual  Property”  shall  include  rights  relating  to:  literary,  artistic  and  scientific  works;  performances  of  performing  artists,  phonograms,  and  broadcasts;  inventions  in  all  fields  of  human  endeavour;  scientific  discoveries;  industrial  designs;  trademarks,  service  marks  and  commercial  names  and  designations;  protection  against  unfair  competition;  all  other  rights  resulting  from  intellectual  activity  in  the  industrial,  scientific,  literary  or  artistic  fields.    

Types  of  intellectual  property  recognized  by  statute  in  Canada  /  source  of  federal  jurisdiction  /  definition:    -­‐ Copyright  Act  à  s.91(23)  à  protects  artistic,  dramatic,  musical,  architectural  and  literary  (including  computer  

programs)  original  works.  -­‐ Trade-­‐marks  Act  à  s.91(22)  à  protects  new,  useful,  non-­‐obvious  inventions  and  improvements.  Patents  are  

exclusive  rights  to  use,  make  and  sell  an  invention,  which  is  any  new  use  and  useful  art,  process,  machine,  manufacture,  or  composition  of  matter  or  any  new  and  useful  improvement  to  these.  Patent  Act…industrial  design,  integrated  circuit  topographies,  and  plant  breed  varieties  

 Generally  federal  jurisdiction:  s.  91(23)  copyrights,  s.91(22)  patents,  and  the  Trademark  Act  was  upheld  under  trade  and  commerce  power.      II.  JUSTIFYING  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY    (P.4)  

Intellectual  property  =  nonrivalrous  and  non-­‐exclusive    SCC  [2002]  Galerie  d’Art  du  Petit  Champlain  v.  Théberge    -­‐ Must  balance  “between  promoting  the  public  interest  in  in  the  encouragement  and  dissemination  of  works  of  the  

arts  and  intellect  and  obtaining  a  just  reward  for  the  creator”    -­‐ “excessive  control  by  holders  of  copyrights  and  other  forms  of  intellectual  property  may  unduly  limit  the  ability  of  

the  public  domain  to  incorporate  and  embellish  creative  innovation  in  the  long-­‐term  interests  of  society  as  a  whole,  or  create  practical  obstacles  to  proper  utilization.”  

-­‐ à  essentially,  rights  v.  access    Public  domain:  area  free  for  public  to  use,  includes  aspects  not  covered  by  intellectual  property  regime  (e.g.  facts,  or  when  limited  term  monopoly  has  expired)  III.  THEORIES  OF  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY    (P.8)  

Three  main  theories  justifying  intellectual  property:    -­‐ Intellectual  Property  rights  based  on  natural  law  

o 1)  Labour  à  Locke  à  influential  in  common  law  à  by  mixing  labour  with  property,  you  get  property  right.  (intellectual  property  is  a  reward  and  incentive  for  work.    § Interpretations:  avoidance  theory  (reward  people  who  don’t  avoid  work  because  we  need  workers)  and  

value-­‐added  theory  (reward  someone  who  creates  social  benefit)  § Fisher  on  problems  applying  Locke  to  intellectual  property.    

o 2)  Personality  à  Hegel  à  influence  in  civil  law  à  original  ideas  and  expression  are  integral  to  creator’s  identity  and  essential  to  people’s  development.  Intellectual  property  rights  are  not  given  by  government  but  originate  in  relationship  with  creator  and  can’t  be  given  away  without  permission  .  

-­‐ Based  on  rights  bestowed  by  positive  law  o 3)  Utilitarian  à  Mill/Bentham  à  dominant  theory  in  common  law  jurisdictions  à  “greatest  happiness  

principle”  (i.e  what  is  beneficial  to  public/aggregate  social  welfare)  incentivize  people  to  create.    § Criticisms:  not  only  way  to  incentivize,  intellectual  property  appreciated  for  recognition,  not  only  right  

to  exclude  IV.  CANADIAN  COURTS  &  THE  PHILOSOPHY  OF  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY    (P.27)  

In  Canadian  case  law,  which  theories  used?    -­‐ Generally,  IP  widely  perceived  through  utilitarian  lens  (Theberge+)  -­‐ More  specifically,  “moral  rights”  in  copyright  come  from  personality  theory  -­‐ Patents,  in  particular  rely  on  utilitarian  “bargain  theory”      

CHAPTER  2:  COPYRIGHT  –  INTRODUCTION  AND  FOUNDATIONAL  CONCEPTS  

I.    INTRODUCTION  (P.33)  à  NEEDS  FORMATTING  

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐BARBARA-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐    

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.5(1)  à  what  qualifies,  general?    5.  (1)  Subject  to  this  Act,  copyright  shall  subsist  in  Canada,  for  the  term  hereinafter  mentioned,  in  every  original  literary,  dramatic,  musical  and  artistic  work  if  any  one  of  the  following  conditions  is  met:  […]  

 

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.2  à  enumerated  list  of  types  of  works  2.  […]  “every  original  literary,  dramatic,  musical  and  artistic  work”  …includes every original production in the literary, scientific or artistic domain, whatever may be the mode or form of its expression, such as compilations, books, pamphlets and other writings, lectures, dramatic or dramatico-musical works, musical works, translations, illustrations, sketches and plastic works relative to geography, topography, architecture or science;  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.3(1)  à  what  are  the  rights  of  a  copyright  holder?    

3. (1) For the purposes of this Act, “copyright”, in relation to a work, means the sole right to produce or reproduce the work or any substantial part thereof in any material form whatever, to perform the work or any substantial part thereof in public or, if the work is unpublished, to publish the work or any substantial part thereof, and includes the sole right (a) to produce, reproduce, perform or publish any translation of the work, (b) in the case of a dramatic work, to convert it into a novel or other non-dramatic work, (c) in the case of a novel or other non-dramatic work, or of an artistic work, to convert it into a dramatic work, by way of performance in public or otherwise, (d) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work, to make any sound recording, cinematograph film or other contrivance by means of which the work may be mechanically reproduced or performed, (e) in the case of any literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, to reproduce, adapt and publicly present the work as a cinematographic work, (f) in the case of any literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, to communicate the work to the public by telecommunication, (g) to present at a public exhibition, for a purpose other than sale or hire, an artistic work created after June 7, 1988, other than a map, chart or plan, (h) in the case of a computer program that can be reproduced in the ordinary course of its use, other than by a reproduction during its execution in conjunction with a machine, device or computer, to rent out the computer program, and (i) in the case of a musical work, to rent out a sound recording in which the work is embodied, and to authorize any such acts.

 

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.14.1  àMoral  rights    14(1)  Where  the  author  of  a  work  is  the  first  owner  of  the  copyright  therein,  no  assignment  of  the  copyright  and  no  grant  of  any  interest  therein,  made  by  him,  otherwise  than  by  will,  after  June  4,  1921,  is  operative  to  vest  in  the  assignee  or  grantee  any  rights  with  respect  to  the  copyright  in  the  work  beyond  the  expiration  of  twenty-­‐five  years  from  the  death  of  the  author,  and  the  reversionary  interest  in  the  copyright  expectant  on  the  termination  of  that  period  shall,  on  the  death  of  the  author,  notwithstanding  any  agreement  to  the  contrary,  devolve  on  his  legal  representatives  as  part  of  the  estate  of  the  author,  and  any  agreement  entered  into  by  the  author  as  to  the  disposition  of  such  reversionary  interest  is  void.    Introductory  thoughts:  -­‐ Copyright  protects  against  unauthorized  copying  and  certain  specific  uses  of  original  expression.  -­‐ Justification  for  copyright  

o A  utilitarian  view  posits  that  copyright  protects  authors’  original  expression  in  order  to  further  society’s  interests  in  the  creation  and  dissemination  of  intellectual  work.    

-­‐ Publishing?    o Although  copyright  is  intended  to  provide  an  incentive  to  circulate  original  expression,  there  is  no  obligation  

to  publish  a  work.  Unpublished  works  are  also  protected  by  copyright.    

o Copyright  protection  enables  and  facilitates  the  rights  holder  to  disseminate  the  work  and  economically  exploit  it,  but  it  does  not  obligate  the  rights  holder  to  do  so.    

o Published  or  not,  an  original  work  is  protected  under  copyright  law,  which  is  made  clear  in  s.  3  (Copyright  Act),  which  provides  the  right  to  publish  the  work  if  the  work  is  unpublished.  

-­‐ What  does  copyright  protect?    o Copyright  is  the  exclusive  right  to  reproduce  one’s  original  expression,  to  authorize  someone  else  to  do  so,  

and  to  prevent  others  from  reproducing  it  without  permission.    o Copyright  does  not  provide  protection  against  someone  else  independently  coming  up  with  the  same  original  

expression  (both  will  have  protection,  no  matter  who  came  up  with  the  idea  first)  § NB  -­‐  This  is  different  from  patent  law!  

o In  the  Copyright  Act,  two  types  of  rights  are  protected:  § Economic  rights  (s.  3):  The  economic  rights  belong  to  the  copyright  owner,  and  generally,  the  author  is  

the  first  owner  of  the  copyright.    § Moral  rights  (s.  14.1):  Rights  of  authorship,  can’t  assign.    

 History  of  Copyright  Law  in  Canada  -­‐ Federal  Jurisdiction:  Copyright  is  of  federal  competence  according  to  s.  91(23)  of  the  Constitution  Act  1867.  -­‐ Copyright  Act  

o Canada’s  first  complete  code  of  copyright  law  was  enacted  in  1921  (it  came  into  force  three  years  later)  o Pure  Statutory  law    

§ Statute  simply  creates  rights  and  obligations  upon  the  terms  and  in  the  circumstances  set  out  in  the  statute  (Bishop  v  Stevens)…  

§ …and  there  is  no  residual  body  of  common  law  copyright  principles  in  Canada  § NB  à  Foreign  precedents  should  be  and  are  used  with  caution!  

-­‐ International  conventions  on  copyright:  o Berne  Convention  for  the  Protection  of  Literary  and  Artistic  Works  (1886)  o TRIPS  Agreement  o NB  à    the  SCC  has  emphasized  the  globalization  of  copyright  and  Canada’s  obligations  under  international  

agreements.  

1.  COMMON  AND  CIVIL  LAW  TRADITIONS  ON  COPYRIGHT  (P.40)  -­‐ Copyright  in  Canada  is  inspired  by  and  derived  from  English  traditions  of  economic  rights,  and  influenced  by  civil  

law  traditions  with  the  inclusion  of  moral  rights.    -­‐ Philosophical  roots  for  IP:  

o Common  law  copyright  is  rooted  in  Lockean  theory  and  has  historically  emphasized  economic  rights  o Civil  law  “droit  d’auteur”  is  rooted  in  Hegel’s  personality  theory  and  has  historically  emphasized  the  authors’  

connections  with  their  work  an  emphasis  that  is  reflected  in  moral  rights.  

2.  COPYRIGHT  PHILOSOPHY  AND  THE  IDEA  OF  BALANCE  (P.42)  -­‐ Copyright  conceptually  is  about  both  authors’  and  users’  rights  and  the  balance  between  them.    

o In  other  words,  it  is  in  the  public  interest  to  protect  and  encourage  creation  and  to  protect  and  permit  access  to  creation.  

-­‐ The  Copyright  Act  sets  out  rights  and  obligations  of  both  creators  and  users.    -­‐ Establishing  a  proper  balance  between  protection  and  access  is  challenging,  because  the  greater  the  access  is,  the  

greater  are  the  chances  of  unauthorized  reproduction.    

II.  FOUNDATIONAL  CONCEPTS:  EXPRESSION,  FIXATION,  ORIGINALITY,  WORK  (P.44)  

1.  IDEAS  VERSUS  EXPRESSION  (P.44)  -­‐ Copyright  protects  expression  and  does  not  extend  to  protect  ideas.  -­‐ The  objective  of  copyright  is  to  provide  an  incentive  and/or  reward  for  original  expression,  and  thus  it  follows  that  

it  would  be  contrary  to  copyright’s  purpose  to  grant  someone  an  intellectual  property  right  in  mere  ideas  

-­‐ Ideas,  themes,  “methods  or  systems  of  doing  something”,  facts,  and  mathematical  formulae  are  all  in  the  public  domain  and  not  eligible  for  copyright  protection.    o Example  (see  Goldner  v  Candian  Broadcasting  Corp.):  One  could  hold  copyright  in  a  literary  work  describing  

the  best  way  to  bowl  a  strike,  but  that  does  not  give  the  author  a  monopoly  to  exclude  others  from  practicing  bowling  by  following  the  method  described.    

-­‐ Granting  monopolies  on  Ideas  NOT  going  to  happen  o If  there  is  only  one  way  to  express  an  idea,  then  that  single  expression  cannot  be  protected  under  copyright  

because  it  is  tantamount  to  protecting  an  idea.    o If  there  is  so  limited  a  range  of  expression  for  an  idea  that  there  is  no  way  to  grant  copyright  in  the  expression  

without  effectively  granting  a  monopoly  in  the  idea,  the  expression  cannot  be  copyrighted    

2.  FIXATION  (P.48)  -­‐ Fixation  refers  to  intangible  expression  being  fixed  in  a  tangible  material  form.    -­‐ When  does  the  Copyright  Act  say  ‘fixation’  is  necessary  

o The  Act  makes  explicit  references  to  fixation  as  a  requirement  for  particular  kinds  of  works  (ex:  see  s.  2,  definition  of  “dramatic  work”)  

o Conversely,  the  Act  expressly  excludes  certain  material  form  the  fixation  requirement  (e.g.  music  can  be  protected  even  if  unfixed)  

-­‐ Clarification  of  the  fixation  concept  by  the  courts  (Canadian  Admiral  Corp.  v.  Rediffusion),    o The    court  described  a  test  for  fixation  and  suggested  it  applied  generally  to  copyright  works  o “for  copyright  to  subsist  in  a  ‘work’  it  must  be  expressed  to  some  extent  at  least  in  some  material  form,  

capable  of  identification  and  having  a  more  or  less  permanent  endurance.”  (Justification  à  in  order  to  determine  objectively,  we  ask  ‘did  the  work  stay  somewhere  long  enough  to  have  sunk  into  the  mind  of  “recipients”’?)  

-­‐ Oral  Exceptions  o In  reality,  for  most  works,  the  form  will  be  fixed  simply  because  of  the  type  of  work  that  it  is.  For  example,  a  

painting  on  canvas,  writing  on  paper,  etc.    o However,  the  Act  clearly  contemplates  that  at  least  some  expression  delivered  orally  can  be  copyrightable  

subject  matter.  Examples:    § Copyrightable:  Structured  speeches  delivered  orally  are  intended  to  be  captured  within  copyright  since  

a  “lecture”,  defined  as  “address,  speech  and  sermon”  is  included  as  an  example  of  “every  original  literary,  dramatic,  musical  and  artistic  work”  in  the  s.  2  definitions.  

o In  contrast,  NOT  Copyrightable:    § Casual  oral  conversations  are  NOT  protected  by  copyright  because  they  are  not  fixed  and  are  unlikely  to  

satisfy  the  standard  for  originality.    § Gould  Estate  v  Stoddart  Publishing  Co.:  

•  The  Court  held  that  Glenn  Gould,  the  interviewed  subject,  did  not  have  copyright  in  oral  statements  he  made  to  an  interviewer.  

• However,  the  Ontario  Court  of  Appeal  recognized  that  the  interviewer  had  copyright  in  his  book,  parts  of  which  contained  transcriptions  of  those  interviews.  The  later  fixation  of  those  conversations  in  the  interviewer’s  book  was  copyrighted  expression  belonging  to  the  author-­‐interviewer,  but  Gould’s  oral  speech  at  the  time  of  the  interview  was  not  protected  by  copyright  because  there  was  no  fixation.    

3.  ORIGINALITY  (P.  52)  (in  brief)  Canadian  standard  of  originality  “skill/judgment  that  is  non-­‐mechanical/-­‐trivial”  -­‐ 1.expression;  2.fixation;  3.  ORIGINALITY;  4.  work  

o Originality  is  the  most  important  foundational  concept  of  copyright.    o The  originality  requirement  functions  as  a  sieve  that  determines  which  expression  in  the  copyright  field  is  

protected  and  acquires  that  statue  of  “work”.  o WHEN  THERE  WILL  BE  PROTECTION:  If  the  work  is  an  “original”  expression  by  an  author  and  there  is  “fixation”  

(where  it  is  required)  then  a  work  is  copyright  protected.  -­‐ Definition  of  originality:    

o (SCC  in  CCH)  “an  exercise  of  skill  and  judgment  which  is  neither  mechanical  nor  trivial”  § Canada’s  test  of  an  exercise  of  skill  and  judgment  seems  to  be  the  best  test  to  apply  originality  to  

different  works,  including  works  where  it  is  more  difficult  to  evaluate  originality,  such  as  functional  works.    

§ Originality  seems  to  be  based  on  intellectual  (or  creative)  choices  implied  in  the  creation  of  something.    European  standard  for  originality:    “intellectual  creation”:    -­‐ Classic  European  civil  law  standard  of  originality  à  a  work  must  express  or  reflect  the  author’s  personality  

(Hegelian  philosophy).    

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐PAULINA  -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐    U.S.  standard  for  originality:  “modicum  of  creativity”  -­‐ Feist  Publications,  Inc.  v.  Rural  Telephone  Service  Co.,  Inc.  

o The  case  dealt  with  rival  factual  compilations  of  telephone  directories,  the  court  found  that  only  the  compiler’s  selection  and  arrangement  may  be  protected  while  raw  facts  can  be  copied  at  will  (59)  

o The  USSC  found  that  the  basic  telephone  directory  did  not  meet  the  required  criterion  of  originality,  in  spite  of  the  amount  of  work  and  expenses  involved  because  the  arrangement  in  the  usual  alphabetical  format  and  the  selection  of  subscribers  was  not  original.  

o USSC  ruled  that  originality  requires  independent  creation  plus  a  “modicum  of  creativity”  (58)  o Cour  also  makes  the  distinction  between  creation  and  discovery  and  notes  that  originality  does  not  signify  

novelty;  a  work  may  be  original  even  though  it  closely  resembles  other  works  (58)    

English  standard  of  originality:  “industriousness”  and  “just  not  copied”  -­‐ University  of  London  Press  v.  University  Tutorial  Press  Ltd.    

o The  case  considered  whether  professors’  examination  questions  are  original  literary  works,  pg  60  o UK  courts  applied  the  industriousness  standard  for  originality;  the  court  found  that  originality  “does  not  

require  that  the  expression  must  be  in  an  original  or  novel  form,  but  that  the  work  must  not  be  copied  from  another  work.”  

-­‐ There  is  no  requirement  for  creative  input  o Lockean  underpinnings:  A  work  copied  from  someone  else  would  not  be  considered  original  under  this  

standard  because  the  labor  was  not  the  copier’s  (61)    o This  standard  makes  it  difficult  for  courts  to  avoid  overly  expensive  copyright  (62-­‐63)  

 [hybrid]  Canadian  standard  of  originality:  “more  than  a  copy”  and  “product  of  author’s  skill  and  judgment”    -­‐ Like  in  the  UK,  the  Copyright  Act  does  not  provide  a  definition  of  originality  (63)  -­‐ Instead,  originality  is  articulated  by  the  SCC  in  CCH  Canadian  Ltd.  v.  Law  Society  of  Upper  Canada  [2004]  -­‐    

Case:    CCH  v.  Law  Society  of  Upper  Canada  [2004]  à  

Facts  -­‐  Headnotes  from  judicial  cases  

Issue:    -­‐      Are  they  original?  

Held  -­‐ Unanimously  held  that  headnotes  from  judicial  cases  are  original  because  the  “act  of  choosing  which  portions  to  

extract  and  how  to  arrange  them  in  the  summary  requires  an  exercise  of  skill  and  judgment”  (although  mentioned  that  published  judicial  reasons  without  editorial  additions  and  which  added  only  basic  information  and  corrected  minor  grammatical  errors  were  trivial  and  mechanical  changes  that  did  not  satisfy  originality)  (71)  

Ratio    -­‐ The  work  must  originate  from  the  author  (“be  more  than  a  mere  copy”)  and  that  it  “must  be  a  product  of  an  

author’s  exercise  of  skill  and  judgment  that  is  neither  trivial  nor  mechanical”  –  which  necessarily  involves  intellectual  effort)  (63)  

o Skill:  “the  use  of  one’s  knowledge,  developed  aptitude  or  practiced  ability  in  producing  the  work”  o Judgment:  “the  use  of  one’s  capacity  for  discernment  or  ability  to  form  an  opinion  or  evaluation  by  

comparing  different  possible  options  in  producing  the  work”  (63)  Reasoning  -­‐    The  SCC  relies  on  the  following  reasons  to  explain  the  originality  standard:  

1. The  plain  meaning  of  “original”:  implies  that  something  is  not  a  copy  and  includes,  if  not  creativity  per  se,  at  least  some  sort  of  intellectual  effort.  (65)  

2. History  of  copyright:  the  idea  of  “intellectual  creation”  was  implicit  in  the  1886  Berne  Convention  for  the  Protection  of  Literary  and  Artistic  Works  to  which  CA  adhered  in  1923.    In  adopting  the  sweat  of  the  brow  industriousness  standard  in  deciding  what  is  original  CML  countries  departed  from  the  spirit  of  the  Berne  Convention.    FR  and  other  continental  jurisdictions  require  something  more  than  mere  industriousness  to  find  that  a  work  is  an  original.  The  author  must  contribute  something  intellectual  to  the  work,  namely  skill  and  judgment.  (66)  

3. Recent  jurisprudence:  review  of  Feist.    In  Canada,  like  in  the  U.S.  copyright  protection  does  not  extend  to  facts  or  ideas  but  is  limited  to  the  expression  of  ideas  –  the  “sweat  of  the  brow”  is  not  enough.  (67)  

4. Purpose  of  the  Copyright  Act:  to  balance  public  interest  in  promoting  the  encouragement  and  dissemination  of  works  of  the  arts  and  intellect  and  obtaining  a  just  reward  for  the  creator.    When  an  author  must  exercise  skill  and  judgment  to  ground  originality  in  a  work,  there  is  a  safeguard  against  the  author  being  overcompensated  for  his/her  work.    This  helps  ensure  that  there  is  room  for  the  public  domain  to  flourish.  (67)  

5. Workable,  yet  fair  standard:  The  “sweat  of  the  brow”  standard  for  originality  is  too  low  a  standard.    It  shifts  the  balance  of  copyright  protection  to  far  in  favour  of  the  owner’s  rights.  While  the  creativity  standard  implies  that  something  must  be  novel  or  non-­‐obvious  –  concepts  that  apply  better  in  patent  law.  (67)  

   Key  statement  in  CCH  re:  dual  purpose  of  the  Copyright  Act  -­‐ As  mentioned,  in  Théberge,  supra,  this  Court  stated  that  the  purpose  of  copyright  law  was  to  balance  the  public  

interest  in  promoting  the  encouragement  and  dissemination  of  works  of  the  arts  and  intellect  and  obtaining  a  just  reward  for  the  creator.    When  courts  adopt  a  standard  of  originality  requiring  only  that  something  be  more  than  a  mere  copy  or  that  someone  simply  show  industriousness  to  ground  copyright  in  a  work,  they  tip  the  scale  in  favour  of  the  author’s  or  creator’s  rights,  at  the  loss  of  society’s  interest  in  maintaining  a  robust  public  domain  that  could  help  foster  future  creative  innovation...    By  way  of  contrast,  when  an  author  must  exercise  skill  and  judgment  to  ground  originality  in  a  work,  there  is  a  safeguard  against  the  author  being  overcompensated  for  his  or  her  work.    This  helps  ensure  that  there  is  room  for  the  public  domain  to  flourish  as  others  are  able  to  produce  new  works  by  building  on  the  ideas  and  information  contained  in  the  works  of  others.  (CCH  para  23)  

 Other  thoughts  regarding  the  4  standards  of  originality  -­‐ Originality  Standards  across  jurisdictions  =  interconnected,  and  often  produce  the  same    

o Surface  differences  in  wording  mask  similarities  in  concepts  and  results  (73-­‐74).      o Overlap  in  results  when  different  standards  are  applied  to  similar  facts.  If  a  work  qualifies  as  original  under  

one  standard  it  will  also  meet  the  other  tests:  it  will  reflect  an  author’s  intellectual  creation,  have  a  modicum  of  creativity,  show  skill  and  judgment  and  originate  from  the  author.  (74)    

o Commonalities  across  jurisdictions:  originality  does  not  require  an  original  form  of  expression,  original  ideas,  innovation  or  novelty  and  originality  is  irrespective  of  aesthetic  quality  or  merit.  (74)  

-­‐ (in  reality)  Infringement  vs.  initial  evaluation  of  the  plaintiff’s  work  as  original:  o The  judicial  trend  is  to  find  that  a  threshold  for  minimal  copyright  has  been  met  and  to  oversee  public  policy  

objectives  through  infringement  rather  than  copyrightability.  (74)  -­‐ CCH’s  presumed  hierarchy  of  standards  or  originality:  Creativity  à  exercise  of  skill  and  judgment  à  

industriousness.  o In  most  cases,  the  hierarchy  approach  will  hold  true:  it  is  easier  to  satisfy  the  sweat  of  the  brow  standard  than  

minimal  creativity  or  intellectual  creation.  (76)    o However,  the  CCH  standard  is  not  always  the  middle  way:  a  work  could  have  a  modicum  of  creativity  and  

satisfy  the  Feist  standard  and  not  be  an  exercise  of  skill  and  judgment.    (75)    

o Examples  §  #  1:  copies  of  work  of  art  (photographs  of  paintings  etc.)  would  seem  more  likely  to  satisfy  the  skill  and  

judgment  vs.  creativity  standard  of  originality.    A  precise  reproduction  of  a  visual  art  in  another  medium  is  where  the  U.S.  creativity  standard  and  the  Canadian  non-­‐mechanical  and  non-­‐trivial  exercise  of  skill  and  judgment  standard  would  be  likely  to  diverge,  with  the  Canadian  standard  being  more  likely  to  be  satisfied.  (77)  

§ #2:  an  inept  translation  of  a  poem.  Arguably  not  an  exercise  of  skill  and  judgment  though  viewed  as  a  poem  it  is  creative.    Here  the  CCH  originality  standard  is  operatively  higher  than  Feist.  (78)  

o àLesson:  The  CCH  standard  is  not  necessarily  a  middle  standard,  it  is  simply  easier  to  apply  because  it  focuses  on  the  nature  of  the  choices  made  by  the  author,  independently  of  the  type  of  work  concerned  or  any  pre-­‐conceived  notion  of  creativity.  (77)  

o Accidental  ownership  § Feist  speaks  of  the  minimal  creativity  of  the  work,  CCH  speaks  of  the  exercise  of  the  skill  and  judgment  

of  the  author.  (78)  • Works  of  “accidental  authorship”  –  i.e.  a  myopic  painter  who  inadvertently  paints  a  masterpiece  could  

meet  the  creativity  standard  more  readily  than  a  skill  and  judgment  standard.  79)    Interplay  of  Originality  &  Fixation  -­‐ Where  a  speech  is  fixed,  the  person  who  orally  speaks  it  may  not  be  the  author  for  the  purposes  of  copyright  is  

someone  else  is  responsible  for  the  originality  (80)  -­‐ Hager  v.  ECW  Press  Ltd.  

o An  oral  interview  was  written  down  by  the  interviewer.      o The  court  found  that  the  copyright  in  the  interview  belonged  to  the  person  fixing  the  oral  declarations  of  the  

interviewee  (80)  -­‐ Gould,    

o the  Ontario  Court  of  Appeal  concluded  that  the  interviewed  subject  did  not  have  copyright  in  statements  made  during  an  interview  (81)  

-­‐ What  to  take  from  this  o A  casual  conversation  or  an  informal  talk  or  comment  is  not  copyrightable  expression  because  it  is  neither  

fixed  nor  satisfied  originality.  A  formal  speech,  structured  letter  or  dictation  can  be  copyrighted  provided  it  is  fixed  and  original.  However,  a  mechanical  transcription  of  a  speech  or  an  interviewee’s  words  generally  does  not  qualify  the  fixer  for  copyright  protection.  (81)  

o When  transcription  in  an  interview  is  “mechanical”  the  writer  functions  as  a  scribe  not  as  an  author;  in  a  structured  interview  on  the  other  hand,  where  the  person  directs  the  answers  by  asking  specific  questions  that  follow  a  logical  pattern  etc.  it  is  not  trivial  or  mechanical  and  may  fit  the  originality  requirement  of  skill  and  judgment  (82)  

 Interplay  of  Originality  and  Expression    

Case:    Kilvington  Brothers  Ltd.  v.  Goldberg  à    

Facts  -­‐ The  plaintiff  and  defendant  manufacture  tombstones,  the  plaintiff  alleged  that  the  defendant  copied  his  design  

(83)  Issue:    -­‐      Were  tombstones  designs  original?  Was  there  infringement?  

Held  -­‐  The  Ontario  Supreme  Court  held  that  the  plaintiff’s  tombstone  design  was  an  original  copyrighted  work;  

originality  does  not  require  novelty.  BUT  because  tombstone  designers  typically  design  from  a  limited  choice  of  elements,  the  defendant’s  tombstone  design,  although  similar,  did  not  infringe.  

Reasoning  -­‐    The  scope  of  the  plaintiff’s  copyright  protection  was  narrowly  limited  to  only  the  subject  matter  that  was  original  

expression  (83-­‐84)  

-­‐ This  protection  did  not  include  the  copyright  over  convention  elements  of  tombstone  design  that  were  common  to  the  business.    “The  plaintiff’s  design  was  original,  but  the  defendant’s  design  did  not  infringe,  even  though  the  variations  from  the  plaintiff’s  design  were  small,  because  the  defendant  had  not  copied  and  the  plaintiff  did  not  have  a  monopoly  over  the  basic  vocabulary  for  that  field.”  (84-­‐85)  

-­‐ àtake  away  point:  the  plaintiff  can  get  a  copyright  in  the  particular  original  expression  (whether  a  tombstone,  home  or  any  subject  matter  that  can  be  copyrighted)  BUT  that  copyright  does  not  give  the  plaintiff  a  monopoly  in  the  ideas  common  to  the  field.  (85)  

 -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐CLAIRE  CLASS  5-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

4.  WORK  (P.85)  Work  defined  -­‐ “work”  (defined  in  s.2):  includes  “every  original  production  in  the  literary,  scientific  or  artistic  domain,  whatever  

may  be  the  mode  or  form  of  its  expression.”  o “artistic  work”:  includes  “paintings,  drawings,  maps,  charts,  plans,  photographs,  engravings,  sculptures,  works  

of  artistic  craftsmanship,  architectural  works  and  compilations  of  artistic  works”  o “dramatic  work”:  includes  “a)  any  piece  for  recitation,  choreographic  work  or  mime,  the  scenic  arrangement  

or  acting  form  of  which  is  fixed  in  writing  or  otherwise;  b)  any  cinematographic  work;  and  c)  any  compilation  of  dramatic  works”  

o “literary  work”:    (along  with  examples  listed  under  general  definition  of  books,  pamphlets,  other  writings,  lectures  and  translations  of  literary  works)  includes  “tables,  computer  programs,  and  compilation  of  literary  works”  

o “musical  work”:  means  “any  work  of  music  or  musical  composition,  with  or  without  words,  and  includes  any  compilation  thereof.”  

-­‐ the  definition  of  work  is  relevant  for  economic  and  moral  rights  under  s.3  (right  to  produce  or  reproduce)and  s.14.1  (moral  rights)  are  only  for  works.  NB  only  works  get  s.3  and  s.14.1  copyright  and  the  s.15  (copyright  in  performer’s  performance),  s.18  (copyright  in  sound  recording)  and  s.21  (copyright  in  communication  signal)  related  rights  do  not.    

-­‐ Defining  work  by  categories  and  examples  follows  the  Berne  Convention  approach  whereas  some  WIPO  Committee  of  Experts  notes  that  “work”  =  “intellectual  creation”  and  that  it  should  include  “an  original  structure  of  ideas  or  impressions”  

-­‐ Distinguishing  categories  of  work,  why?  how?    o If  owner  registers  copyright  (voluntarily),  needs  to  specify  and  leaves  the  definition  up  to  judicial  

interpretation  (NOT  supposed  to  be  qualitative/aesthetic  evaluation),  which  typically  depends  on  objective  criteria  

 a)  Literary  Works  (p.88)  -­‐ note  that  “literary”  is  not  defined,  just  a  non-­‐exhaustive  examples  -­‐ this  would  include  the  normal  things  like  novels,  memoirs,  scholarly  articles…but  also  business  forms,  racing  

coupons,  appliance  manuals!    -­‐ Qualitative  spectrum:  classic  literature  à  mere  writing  like  instructions  for  sewing  patterns  -­‐ Quantitative  spectrum:  encyclopedias  à  single  word,  title,  or  slogan  -­‐ à  standard  is  VERY  close  to  low  end  (on  both  qualitative  and  quantitative)  but  not  the  lowest  point  

 i)  Quality  (p.89)  -­‐ Principle:  Literary  merit  and  quality  are  not  factors  when  assessing  if  something  is  a  literary  work  /  judges  are  not  

supposed  to  be  assessing  aesthetic  value  (nb:  “literary  work”  has  a  definition  different  from  common  usage)  o Consequence:  copyright  is  available  to  very  pedestrian  and  minimally  literal  works  such  as  contracts,  business  

forms  [see  Bulman  Group  Ltd.  v.  “One  Write”  Accounting  Systems”  (1982)  62  C.P.R.  (2d)  149  (Fed  T.D.)],  and  brochures.    

-­‐ HOWEVER,  while  quality  of  expression  is  not  meant  to  be  used  to  judge  whether  a  something  is  a  copyrightable  work,  the  quality  of  expression  is  a  factor  that  courts  consider  when  evaluating  if  a  copyrighted  work  has  been  infringed.  

 ii)  Quantity  (p.91)  -­‐ Some  expression  is  too  minimal  to  satisfy  “original  literary  work”  requirements  of  s.2.    -­‐ General  rule:  single  words,  names  and  slogans  are  NOT  protected  under  copyright.    

o Example:  in  Exxon  Corp  v.  Exxon  Insurance  Consultants  International  Ltd.,  court  acknowledged  that  the  word  “exxon”    involved  time  and  labour,  and  was  invented  and  original,  but  had  no  independent  meaning  and  is  not  a  “literary  work”.  NO  copyright  for  Exxon.  

o More  examples:  in  BC  v.  Mihaljevic,  no  copyright  for  “Expo”;  in  Via  Rail  v.  Location  VIA-­‐ROUTE,  no  copyright  for  the  word  via  (although  there  was  a  trademark  for  the  logo)    

o Analogy  in  Exxon  where  there  could  be  copyright:  the  word  “Jabberwocky”  as  a  part  of  Lewis  Carroll’s  Alice  in  Wonderland  could  be  copyrightable.    

 iii)  Computer  Programs  (p.92)  -­‐ Computer  programs,  defined  as  “a  set  of  instructions  or  statements,  expressed,  fixed,  embodied  or  stored  in  any  

manner,  that  is  to  be  used  directly  or  indirectly  in  a  computer  in  order  to  bring  about  specific  result”  ARE  literary  works.    o Applies  to  operating  and  application  programs  o The  code  is  the  protected  expression,  not  the  function  (similar  functional  program  to  another  but  with  

different  source  code:  no  copyright  violation)  or  the  output  (although  separate  copyright  available  if  itself  is  original  expression  qualifying  for  protection…like  music  or  a  picture…and  has  been  produced  without  the  user  exercising  skill  or  judgment.  For  example,  Microsoft  doesn’t  get  a  copyright  for  your  novel  if  you  used  Word  to  write  it.)    

o Before  computer  programs  were  included  in  Copyright  Act,  seminal  case  Apple  Computer  categorized  original  computer  programs  as  literary  works  (using  an  analogy  to  Morse  Code).  The  decision  means  that  functional  works  are  not  exclude  per  se  from  copyright  protection.  

o Even  though  computer  programs  WERE  included  in  1988  to  the  Act,  the  issue  remains  whether  copyright  protection  is  sufficient  and  optimal  (protected  more  by  patents  in  US)  

o Issue  fro   m  Code-­‐generator  programs:  output  copyrighted?  Who  is  author?  Whose  skill  and  judgment  being  used  (programmer  of  code  or  inputter  of  data?)  Can  be  solved  by  licensing  agreement  but  in  the  absence  of  one,  remains  problematic.  There  is  possibility  of  joint  ownership  too!  

 b)  Dramatic  Works  (p.95)  -­‐ Dramatic  work  includes  [non-­‐exhaustive]    “a)  any  piece  for  recitation,  choreographic  work  or  mime,  the  scenic  

arrangement  or  acting  form  of  which  is  fixed  in  writing  or  otherwise;  b)  any  cinematographic  work;  and  c)  any  compilation  of  dramatic  works”  o Explicit  requirement  to  be  “fixed”  for  some  dramatic  works.  Also  means  you  can  have  two  copyrights  in  the  

same  performance,  one  for  the  video  and  one  because  video  is  evidence  of,  say,  a  choreographed  dance.  o  “cinematographic  work”  does  not  need  to  have  a  soundtrack  

-­‐ authors  prefer  their  productions  to  be  categorized  as  dramatic  works  because  the  financial  consequences  are  more  favourable  than  for  artistic  works  

-­‐ “Story  line”  requirement:  dramatic  works  (with  exception  of  choreography)  must  have  a  story  line/  “thread  of  consecutively  related  events”.    o Examples  of  things  that  are:  variety  sketch  comedy  show,  instructional  video  abot  real  estate  sales,  reality  tv  

(because  its  edited),  choreographed  sports  routines  (like  synchro  swimming…if  fixed)  o Examples  of  things  that  are  not:  rock  videos  with  trivia/banter  between,  the  format  of  a  tv  show,  aspects  from  

the  tv  show  like  catch  phrases,  sporting  events  (no  predetermined  choreography,  although  playbooks  and  game  plans  can  be  copyrighted  as  literary  works),  drills  taught  at  hockey  camp,    

-­‐ Cinematographic  works:  different  terms  depending  on  whether  it  is  scripted/dramatic  character  (in  which  case  it  will  have  a  standard  term)  vs.  unedited  character  (50  years  plus  the  remainder  of  the  calendar  year  of  the  first  publication…or  if  it  is  still  unpublished…50  years  since  its  making)  

 c)  Musical  Works  (p.99)  

-­‐ 1993  amendment  which  broadened  s.2  definition  for  “musical  work”  as  “any  work  of  music  or  musical  composition,  with  or  without  words”  (it  used  to  involve  melody/harmony  and  needed  to  be  printed,  reduced  to  writing  or  graphically  reproduced)  o the  old  definition  confused  the  graphic  reproduction  with  the  music  itself.  The  amendment  clarifies  that  it  is  

the  musical,  no  the  sheet  music,  that  is  copyrighted  o the  old  definition  also  required  fixation,  the  amendment  does  not  require  it  to  be  in  writing  o no  requirement  for  melody,  meaning  experimental  music,  can  be  copyrighted  

-­‐ Key  criterion:  the  music  o Not  infringement:    

§ using  “Yukon  Magic  and  Mystery”  as  a  provincial  slogan  when  there  was  a  song  that  said  “Yukon,  will  you  set  us  free  /  With  your  Magic  and  your  Mystery”    because  copyright  is  only  infringed  if  “a  substantial  portion  of  the  song  in  some  medium  has  been  used”  

-­‐ NB:  “with  or  without  words”  –  the  implication  is  that  one  person  can  have  a  literary  copyright  in  the  words,  an  another  the  musical  copyright  in  the  tune,  and  a  third  could  have  the  musical  copyright  in  putting  the  two  together  

-­‐ NB:  arrangements  are  musical  works  if  they  original.  If  the  arrangement  is  of  already  copyrighted  material,  the  arranger  needs  permission  (e.g.  license)  o Example  (not  Canadian):  Hyperion  Records  v.  Sawkins  was  about  restoring  original  17th  century  musical  scores,  

and  English  court  said  there  was  skill,  labour  and  judgment  and  the  recreation  involved  a  considerable  amount  of  personal  judgment.  This  case  is  important  because  it  focuses  on  personality  and  creativity  (not  just  skill  and  labour)  and  because  it  says  recreation  is  a  creative  act.  Book  says  presumably  would  meet  Canadian  originality  standard  too  given  the  research  and  knowledge  required  to  recreate.      

-­‐ Concluding  thoughts  on  musical  works:    o Distinct  as  there  are  often  layers  of  rights.  The  composer  and  lyricist  have  full  rights  under  s.3  and  s.14.1  and  

but  “neighbouring  rights”  can  exist  for  producer,  performer,  sound  recorder,  etc.      d)  Artistic  Works  (p.102)  -­‐ artistic  works  includes  (s.2):  paintings,  drawings,  maps,  charts,  plans,  photographs  [photo-­‐lithograph  and  work  

expressed  by  an  process  analogous  to  photography],  engravings  [etchings,  lithographs,  woodcuts,  prints],  sculptures  [includes  cast  or  model],  works  of  artistic  craftsmanship,  architectural  works  [any  building  or  structure  or  any  model  of  a  building  or  structure],  and  compilations  of  artistic  works.  

-­‐ In  theory,  the  following  are  NOT  supposed  to  be  pertinent  to  defining  something  as  “artistic”:  artistic  merit,  the  intention  of  the  artist  to  create  art,  and  actual  aesthetic  value.  

-­‐ Key  criterion:  objective  “expression”  …must  be  visual    o DRG  v.  Datafile  à  establishes  expression  in  visual  medium  as  defining  characteristic  

§ Label  designs  with  numbers  0-­‐9  and  A-­‐Z  which  followed  colour  coded  classification  system  WERE  sufficient  to  constitute  an  artistic  work  because  the  designs  were  visual  expressions.  NB  that  the  filing  system  wasn’t  protected,  just  the  graphic  design  used  to  implement  it  

§ Functional  purpose  doesn’t  preclude  it  from  being  an  artistic  work  § Objective  test,  defines  artistic  work  as  “generic  description  of  the  type  of  works…which  find  expression  

in  a  visual  medium”    § References  a  “sliding  scale  of  infringement”  

o Cuisenaire  v.  South  West  Imports  à    § Colour  coded  rods  to  help  teach  addition  and  subtraction  were  not  copyrightable  because  they  were  

“tools  and  nothing  more”    or  “a  practical  device  to  present  the  method  in  graphical  form”,  although  flash  cards  with  graphic  designs  WERE  copyrightable  

§ Relied  on  artists  intention  to  have  appealed  to  aesthetic  sense,  not  just  incidentally.  This  is  contrary  to  Canadian  copyright  law  that  says  intention  is  irrelevant.  In  DRG,  intention  is  dismissed.  

-­‐ Sliding  Scale  of  Infringement  o First  referenced  in  DRG  à  “the  simpler  the  copyrighted  work  is,  the  more  exact  must  be  the  copying  in  order  

to  constitute  infringement”.    o Underlying  concern:  that  an  author  gets  a  monopoly  over  the  entire  subject  matter.    o Kenrick  &  Co  v.  Lawrence  &  Co    

§ Expression,  not  ideas  à  copyright  protects  the  original  expression,  but  does  not  give  author  monopoly  in  the  idea.  

§ Sliding  Scale  à  For  simple  drawings,  only  exact  reproductions  will  infringe  in  order  to  prevent  an  author  from  getting  an  exclusive  right  to  represent  the  subject  

-­‐ What  constitutes  expression?  How  important  is  the  canvas?    o Merchandising  Corp  of  America  v.  Harpbond    

§ Makeup  case  à  English  court  rejects  singer  Adam  Ant’s  claim  that  his  face  makeup  was  an  artistic  work  in  the  context  of  someone  doing  a  painting  of  a  photograph  of  his  face  

§ Makeup  is  not  artistic  work  because  a  face  isn’t  a  substrate.  Painting  isn’t  an  idea,  its  an  object…and  paint  without  a  surface  is  not  a  painting.  If  you  did  the  same  makeup  on  someone  else’s  face,  would  be  different.    

§ The  photograph  was  copyrighted  but  the  painting  did  not  reproduce  a  substantial  part  of  it.    § Also,  didn’t  infringe  because  the  make-­‐up  was  not  artistic  work  at  all  § HOWEVER,  in  Theberge,  the  artistic  work  constituted  the  ink,  not  the  substrate  § What  about  a  permanent  tattoo?  

 i)  Photographs  (p.109)  -­‐ Defined  in  the  Act:  “expressed  by  any  process  analogous  to  photography”  where  photography  is  the  process  of  

recoding  an  imagine  on  a  photo-­‐sensitive  surface  such  as  film.    -­‐ Like  other  works,  must  be  original    

o Ateliers  Tango  Argentin  v.  Festical  D’espagne  § Freelance  photographer  had  taken  photos  of  a  tango  dance  troupe  for  promotional  purposes…court  

decided  that  there  was  original  expression  and  that  another  photographer  may  have  taken  a  very  different  photo  

§ “choice,  layout  and  posture  of  the  subject,  the  choice  of  camera  angle  and  lighting,  and  the  artistic  work  and  personal  effort  of  the  photographer”  have  been  used  to  establish  original  expression    

-­‐ Big  issue:  is  a  photograph  of  artwork  and  original  copyrightable  work?    o Subquestions:  1)  is  there  original  expression;  2)  does  the  photograph  infringe  the  copyright  of  the  first  

artwork?    o Is  it  possible  to  be  an  original  copyrightable  work  while  infringing  something  else?    o Canadian  copyright  law:  changing  the  medium  by  photographing  another  artwork  CAN  constitute  originality  if  

there  is  a  non-­‐mechanical  and  non-­‐trivial  exercise  of  skill  and  judgment  and  if  it  originates  from  the  photographer.  It  can  also  constitute  an  infringement  if  it  reproduces  a  substantial  part  of  the  artwork.    

o American  case:  Bridgemen  à  photographs  of  existing  2D  artwork  not  copyrightable  § Issue:  could  exact  colour  transparencies  of  public  domain  paintings  constitute  separate  copright?    § Court  said  no,  no  creative  choices  and  didn’t  meet  US  “modicum  of  creativity”  standard  for  originality.    § Changing  medium  alone  doesn’t  constitute  originality,  it  was  “slavish  copying”      

o UK  case:  Antiquesportfolio.com  v.  Rodney  Fitch  à  photographs  of  3D  artifacts  were  copyrightable    § Scanned  encyclopedia  photographs  of  antique  objects  for  website.    § Court  said  photos  were  original  copyright  works  (based  on  lighting,  angle,  focus,  subject  matter  choices)  

and  scanning  and  uploading  them  was  an  infringement.    o UK  case:  Interlego  v.  Tyco  à  copying  per  se  cannot  be  an  original  work  

§ A  well-­‐executed  tracing,  no  matter  how  much  labour  and  skill  is  put  in,  is  not  copyrightable  o Hypothetical:  what  if  Bridgmen  scenario  happened  in  Canada?  

§ More  likely  to  meet  Canadian  standard  of  “an  exercise  of  skill  and  judgment”  than  American  “modicum  of  creativity”,  but  may  fail  on  the  “judgment”  aspect.    

§ R  v.  Allen  à    • Digitally  scanned  maps,  cross  referenced  with  satellite  photos,  then  updating  the  map  with  

proposed  roads,  corrected  errors,  made  cosmetic  changes,  etc.    • Court  said:  considerable  skill,  but  no  intellectual  judgment  in  copying.    • Additionally,  changes  did  not  meet  ‘originality’  requirement  à  changes  were  of  a  mechanical  

nature  for  style,  preference  and  cost  reduction’.  

• Even  if  ‘skill  and  judgment’  are  satisfied,  must  fulfill  ‘original  expression’  from  the  photographer  and  not  be  a  mere  copy.    

o CCH  case  “originality  standard”  recap:  § “more  than  a  mere  copy  (originate  from  the  author)”  § “be  the  product  of  an  author’s  exercise  of  skill  and  judgment”…  “will  necessarily  involved  intellectual  

effort”    • skill  =  “the  use  of  one’s  knowledge,  developed  aptitude  or  practiced  ability  in  producing  the  work  • judgement  =  “the  use  of  one’s  capacity  for  discernment  or  ability  to  form  an  opinion  or  evaluation  

by  comparing  different  possible  options  in  producing  the  work.  § “must  not  be  so  trivial  that  it  could  be  characterized  as  a  purely  mechanical  exercise”    

o Book’s  answer  to  this  issue:    § For  2D  photograph  (e.g.  photo  of  painting)  -­‐  Making  a  precise  photographic  copy  may  require  skill  and  

judgment,  but  it  is  a  mere  copy  and  would  likely  fail  originality  test  to  “originate  from  the  author”    § For  3D  photograph  (e.g.  photo  of  a  statue)  –  all  photographs  are  ‘copies’  of  something  in  the  natural  

world.  A  photograph  of  a  statue  is  less  likely  to  be  a  copy  of  the  original  expression  because  its  in  such  a  different  medium  (i.e.  from  3D  to  2D)  

§ Funny  side  issue:  what  happens  when  someone  intends  to  copy  but  doesn’t  do  it  really  well  and  looks  vastly  different.    

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐LAURIE  CLASS  6-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐      (ii)  Architectural  Works  (p.117)  -­‐ Architectural  “works”  are  defined  in  s.  2:  “any  building  or  structure  or  any  model  of  a  building  or  structure”.    

o NB  -­‐  architectural  drawings  &  plans  (like  maps,  charts  or  plans)  have  a  different  copyright  under  general  artistic  works.  Sketches  &  plastic  works  also  under  general  artistic  works  

-­‐ Standard  of  Originality  o Old  law  à  Until  1988,  the  Act  referred  to  “architectural  work  of  art”  which  required  “artistic  character  or  

design”  but  this  was  repealed.  Old  criteria  of  novelty,  distinctiveness  were  difficult  to  administer    o Currently  à  turns  on  whether  the  building,  structure  or  model  meets  the  standard  of  originality,  i.e.  it  is  NOT  

dependent  on  aesthetic  qualities,  size  or  cost    § Consequence:  forestalls  authors  from  obtaining  monopolies  on  basic  architectural  building  blocks    

-­‐ Copyright  Act,  s.  32.2  “Reproduction  in  Alternate  Formats  /  Permitted  Acts”    o no  infringement  when  someone  reproduces  the  work  in  a  painting,  drawing,  engraving,  photograph  or  film  as  

long  as  not  “in  the  nature  of  an  architectural  drawing  or  plan”  o  

iii)  Compilations  (p.119)  -­‐ Definition  in  s.  2  (explicitly  added  to  Copyright  Act  in  1993)  

o Omnibus  provision  à  compilations  included  in  list  o (a)  à  a  work  resulting  from  the  selection  or  arrangement  of  literary,  dramatic,  musical  or  artistic  works  or  of  

parts  thereof,  o (b)  a  work  resulting  from  the  selection  or  arrangement  of  data;  o NB  compilations  are  also  protected  under  TRIPS  art.  10(2)  &  NAFTA  art.  1705(1)(b).  Both  require  that  

compilations  constitute  “intellectual  creations”  because  of  “selection  or  arrangement”  -­‐ Originality  Standard  

o Assessed  with  respect  to  selection  or  arrangement  &  not  underlying  content  § SCC  in  Robertson:  use  of  “or”  in  s.  2  is  significant  à  don’t  need  selection  AND  arrangement  

o Originality  standard  for  compilations  (CCH  standard):  § originate  from  author    § non-­‐mechanical  &  non-­‐trivial  exercise  of  skill  &  judgment  

o What  is  NOT  original?  i.e.  What  is  NOT  an  original  selection  or  original  arrangement?    § NOT  original  when  the  a)  selection  of  info  =  routine  ;  or  b)  arrangement  =  conventional    

•  “Whole-­‐of-­‐universe”  compilations  (aka  all  examples  from  set)  because  there’s  no  selection.  E.g.  almanac  

• Chronological  or  alphabetical  arrangements  not  original  either.  E.g.  calendar  

o G.A.  Cramp  &  Sons  Ltd.  v.  Frank  Smythson  Ltd.:  a  typical  pocket  diary  is  not  protected  because  arrangement  isn’t  original  

o What  IS  original?    § CCH    

• a  price  guide  of  top  5,000/18,000  most  valuable  baseball  cards  is  (CCH)  • Court:  Required  intellectual  effort,  knowledge  &  developed  aptitude  &  ability  to  form  an  

opinion/evaluation  by  comparing  different  options  § “best  of”  lists  (e.g.  certain  restaurants)  likely  to  be  original    

-­‐ Who  has  what  rights?    o Content  of  compilation  &  selection/arrangement  are  analyzed  separately.  This  means,  a  compilation  can  

consist  of  an  original  selection  or  arrangement  of    § uncopyrightable  info  (e.g.  data)    

• Example  from  book:  electronic  database  of  university  students’  registration  info  • In  this  case,  the  selection/arrangement  protected  as  compilation  but  raw  data  isn’t  

§ works  in  public  domain  (i.e.  copyright  expired)  • Example  from  book:  scholarly  edition  of  Shakespeare’s  tragedies  

§ copyrighted  works  where  compiler  obtains  permission  • Example  from  book:  literary  anthology  of  Canadian  late  20th  century  poetry  • In  this  case  of  an  authorized  selection/arrangement,  both  compilation  and  content  have  separate  

protection.  The  compilers  only  protected  against  infringement  of  that  selection  or  arrangement  &  do  not  have  rights  in  underlying  content  (compiler  would  only  acquire  protection  in  data  if  assigned  and  not  licensed)  

• e.g.  Robertson:  court  found  a  copyright  in  an  electronic  database  whose  content  included  articles  from  newspapers,  magazines,  reference  databases,  etc.  because  the  keyword  searching  function  created  a  different  selection  or  arrangement  than  the  compilation  of  a  newspaper      

• NB  à  inclusion  of  copyrighted  work  in  a  compilation  doesn’t  decrease  the  author’s  economic  or  moral  rights.  Also,  doesn’t  give  author  any  increased  right  in  compilation  (Copyright  Act,  s.2.1(2))  

-­‐ What  to  do  with  mixed  content  § If  compilation’s  content  =  made  up  of  >1  category  of  works  (literary,  dramatic,  musical  or  artistic),  it  is  

classified  under  the  category  of  work  that  is  “the  most  substantial  part”,  for  example,  a  multimedia  encyclopedia    

-­‐ Extra  database  protection?  o Databases  =  collections  of  data  or  other  material  arranged  to  enable  a  user  to  retrieve  in  terms  according  to  

certain  criteria.  For  example,  online  phone  directories,  hospital’s  collection  of  patient  data,  etc.  o What  is  protected  for  the  compiler:    

§ If  it  meets  originality  standard,  ONLY  the  reproduction  in  whole  or  substantial  part  of  the  compilation  is  protected  -­‐  not  the  raw  data  

o The  “thin  copyright”  problem  § If  something  barely  qualifies  as  copyrightable  work,  it  won’t  have  strong  protection  against  

infringement….  Meaning  someone  could  extract  underlying  data,  make  minor  changes  to  the  selection/arrangement  and  they  would  not  have  infringed    

§ This  has  prompted  demand  by  database  makers  in  many  countries  for  stronger  protection  • Canada  doesn’t  protect  databases  under  a  separate  regime  (Tele-­‐Direct)  • US  has  considered  tort  of  misappropriation  • EU  defined  sui  generis  right  to  database  contents  under  the  Database  Directive  (in  addition  to  

copyright  on  compilation)  which  grants  a  15  year  term  of  protection    o But  substantial  changes  to  a  database  are  considered  a  new  database  (art.  10(3))  o Allows  substantial  parts  of  databases  to  be  used  without  consent  for  teaching  or  scientific  

research  (to  extent  justified),  public  security  or  administrative/judicial  procedure  (art.  9)    III.  AUTHORSHIP  AND  OWNERSHIP  

Prof  Adams  skipped  this  section    

 IV.  ASSIGNMENT  AND  LICENSING  OF  COPYRIGHT  

Prof  Adams  skipped  this  section      V.  TERMS  OF  PROTECTION  (P.149)  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.6  à  term  of  copyright  protection    

 6.  The  term  for  which  copyright  shall  subsist  shall,  except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  by  this  Act,  be  the  life  of  the  author,  the  remainder  of  the  calendar  year  in  which  the  author  dies,  and  a  period  of  fifty  years  following  the  end  of  that  calendar  year.  

   

-­‐ General  rule  (s.6):  o life  of  author  +  50  years    o (i.e.  50  years  after  author’s  death  &  the  rest  of  the  calendar  year)    o after  that,  in  the  public  domain  

-­‐ Other  scenarios:  o  joint  authors  =  50-­‐year  term  starts  after  the  death  of  the  last  surviving  author  (s.  9(1))  o compilations:  calculated  according  to  life  of  compiling  author    o collective  works:  each  contribution  calculated  according  to  life  of  contributing  author  and  collective  work  

according  to  life  of  editor  o anonymous  work  or  under  pseudonym:  shortest  of  50  years  after  publication  or  75  years  after  the  making  of  

the  work.  However,  if  author  becomes  known  during  that  term  à  s.  6  applies  o same  for  joint  authors  (if  one  or  more  becomes  known,  +  50  for  whichever  dies)  o Crown  works:  50  years  from  the  first  publication  +  remainder  of  calendar  year.  No  limit  while  unpublished    o Photographs  

§ if  the  author  =  natural  person  à  general  s.  6  rule  § If  author  is  a  corporation,  term  is  50  years  from  the  making  of  the  work  (s.  10(1))  (this  is  because  the  

owner  of  the  negative  or  the  plate  is  deemed  to  be  the  author  under  s.  10(2))  § Note  that  this  rule  applies  when  the  corporation  is  the  author  &  not  necessarily  the  owner    § But  if  the  majority  shareholder  is  a  natural  person  who  would  qualify  as  author  but  for  s.  10(2),  then  

normal  s.  6  rule  applies  (s.  10(1.1))  (still,  authorship  remains  with  corporation)  o Cinematographic  works    

§ Term  depends  on  whether  the  “arrangement  or  acting  form  of  the  combination  of  incidents  represented  give  the  work  a  dramatic  character”  (s.11.1)  

§ Dramatic  works  à  usual  s.  6  rule  (usually  author  =  director)  § No  dramatic  character  à  50  years  from  the  first  publication  +  remainder  of  calendar  year    

• E.g.  unedited  coverage,  most  films  of  live  events    o Unpublished  works  

§ Until  1997  copyright  amendments,  unpublished  works  had  a  perpetual  term  (also  for  works  that  haven’t  been  performed  or  delivered  in  public)  

§ Now:  regular  ‘life  +  50’  rule  if  created  after  July  25,  1997  § Have  special  transitional  rules  for  works  created  before  that  date  

-­‐ Moral  rights  o  subject  to  the  same  term  as  economic  rights  (for  the  same  work)  

-­‐ Neighbouring  rights    o generally  have  a  term  of  50  years  from  the  relevant  act  (s.  23)  o Relevant  act  =  performance  or  its  first  fixation,  first  fixation  of  sound  recording  or  broadcast  

VI.  INFRINGEMENT  &  DEFENCES  –  GENERAL  (P.150)  

1.  GENERAL  ASPECTS  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.27  à  general  infringement  provisions    27.(1)  It  is  an  infringement  of  copyright  for  any  person  to  do,  without  the  consent  of  the  owner  of  the  copyright,  anything  that  by  this  Act  only  the  owner  of  the  copyright  has  the  right  to  do.  

 

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s  .2  à  “infringing  definition  

 “any  copy,  including  any  colourable  imitation,  made  or  dealt  with  in  contravention  of  this  Act”  

 

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.3  à  economic  rights  (again)   3. (1) For the purposes of this Act, “copyright”, in relation to a work, means the sole right to produce or reproduce the work or any substantial part thereof in any material form whatever, to perform the work or any substantial part thereof in public or, if the work is unpublished, to publish the work or any substantial part thereof, and includes the sole right

• (a) to produce, reproduce, perform or publish any translation of the work, • (b) in the case of a dramatic work, to convert it into a novel or other non-dramatic work, • (c) in the case of a novel or other non-dramatic work, or of an artistic work, to convert it into a dramatic work, by way of

performance in public or otherwise, • (d) in the case of a literary, dramatic or musical work, to make any sound recording, cinematograph film or other

contrivance by means of which the work may be mechanically reproduced or performed, • (e) in the case of any literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, to reproduce, adapt and publicly present the work as a

cinematographic work, • (f) in the case of any literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, to communicate the work to the public by

telecommunication, • (g) to present at a public exhibition, for a purpose other than sale or hire, an artistic work created after June 7, 1988, other

than a map, chart or plan, • (h) in the case of a computer program that can be reproduced in the ordinary course of its use, other than by a reproduction

during its execution in conjunction with a machine, device or computer, to rent out the computer program, and • (i) in the case of a musical work, to rent out a sound recording in which the work is embodied,

and to authorize any such acts.  

-­‐ general  rule  (s.  27):  -­‐ Infringing  defined  as  (s.2)  (above)  

o recall:  copyright  =  a  negative  right  o infringement  =  the  exercise  of  an  exclusive  right  (s.  3  rights)  without  the  copyright  owner’s  permission  (unless  

there’s  a  statutory  exemption)  -­‐ material  facts  for  infringement  

o existence  of  copyrighted  work  o ownership  of  copyright  in  the  work  o defendant’s  infringing  act  by  exercise  of  one  of  copyright  owner’s  exclusive  rights    (e.g.  infringing  

reproduction)  o absence  of  copyright  owner’s  consent    

-­‐ economic  rights  (s.3)  listed  at  p.  151-­‐152  o note  that  the  rights  only  apply  to  a  “work”  

-­‐ s.  3  economic  rights  are  a  bundle  of  rights  because  of  the  history  of  the  copyright  legislation  o have  different  rights  for  different  categories  because  the  UK  Act  (the  legislation  the  Copyright  Act  derives  

from)  consolidated  different  statutes  o the  core  copyright  right  =  “the  right  to  produce  or  reproduce  work  or  any  substantial  part  thereof  in  any  

material  form  whatever”    o at  time  of  Statute  of  Anne,  rights  created  in  relation  to  printing…  as  new  technologies  were  developed,  new  

rights  were  added  § e.g.  right  to  make  copies  is  crucial  for  books  but  the  right  of  public  performance  is  more  important  in  

the  music  industry  

o J.  Binnie  (in  SOCAN)  describes  the  evolution  of  copyright  as  works  are  disseminated  on  the  Internet    o Another  evolution  that  was  added:  rights  to  prevent  unauthorized  derivatives  (e.g.  film  based  on  novel)  o The  bundle  of  different  rights  is  compensated  for  with  the  introductory  paragraph  in  s.  3  that  applies  to  all  

categories  of  works  -­‐ Again,  copyright  protects  original  expression  not  independent  creation  

o Sliding  scale  for  infringement  :  the  simpler  the  expression,  the  more  exact  of  a  copy  the  second  person’s  work  should  be  before  infringement  is  found  (to  prevent  copyright  holder  form  getting  a  monopoly  on  the  idea)  

o illustrated  in  Boutin  v.  Bilodeau:  SCC  upheld  lottery  tickets  as  copyrightable  literary  works.  Despite  being  very  simple  expression,  held  that  defendant’s  were  infringing  because  they  were  nearly  identical  tickets  

2.  REPRODUCTION  (P.  154)  -­‐ s.  3  the  copyright  owner  has  the  sole  right  to  

o “produce  or  reproduce  the  work  or  any  substantial  part  thereof  in  any  material  form  whatever”  -­‐ 3  step  test  to  determine  whether  a  work  has  been  reproduced  without  permission;  plaintiff  must  establish:  

o 1)  Copyright  § plaintiff    created  or  otherwise  owns  a  copyright  in  a  protected  work  

o 2)  Objective  Similarity  §  b/w  the  plaintiff’s  work  &  the  defendant’s  material  § NB:  immaterial  whether  defendant’s  product  is  copyrighted    

o 3)  Access  §  defendant  had  access  to  plaintiff’s  work  § presumed  if  plaintiff’s  work  =  widely  disseminated;  rebuttable  if  plaintiff  can  show  the  contrary    

-­‐ à  the  test  requires  a  causal  connection  b/w  the  objectively  similar  alleged  infringing  material  &  the  plaintiff’s  work  -­‐ note:  copyrightability  &  infringement  are  considered  separately  

o test  for  copyright:  author,  original  expression,  fixation  (generally)  &  work  o test  for  infringement:  unauthorized  copying  of  protected  original  expression  which  requires  that  plaintiff  

establish  3  step  test  § …  but  infringement  can  affect  whether  someone’s  work  is  original  § often  the  requirement  for  original  expression  won’t  be  met  b/c  the  individual  copied  someone  else  

-­‐ can  also  have  a  situation  where  someone  meets  requirements  for  copyright  but  still  infringes  someone  else’s  work  o e.g.  author  of  compilation  (original  selection  or  arrangement)  which  includes  a  copyrighted  contribution  

without  the  author’s  permission  -­‐ unlike  patents  (exclusive  rights  to  invention  even  against  someone  who  independently  invents  it  later),  copyright  

doesn’t  à  monopoly  on  protected  expression    o a  truly  independent  creation  is  not  a  copy;  need  to  prove  access    o e.g.  Verge  v.  Imperial  Oil  Ltd.:  plaintiff  couldn’t  prove  that  Imperial  Oil  had  access  to  his  work  (Hockey  Night  in  

Canada  jingle)  o  theoretically  possible  that  someone  to  create  an  identical  work  later  with  no  infringement  because  there  was  

no  copying  by  2nd  author    § e.g.  of  traveling  author  &  city  author  who  wrote  the  same  song  

-­‐ more  likely:  2  similar  works;  access  =  contested  -­‐ act  of  copying  can  often  be  inferred  by  comparing  the  2  works  

o e.g.  Motel  6  logo  -­‐ an  “unconscious”  reproduction  is  considered  a  copy  

o Francis  Day  case:  plaintiff  must  show  the  defendant  was  familiar  with  original  work  &  that  a  causal  connection  linked  familiarity  to  the  work  

o Needs  to  be  a  substantial  part  of  the  “remembered”  work    -­‐ Théberge  on  the  meaning  of  “to  produce  or  reproduce”    

o The  essence  of  reproduction  is  multiplication  o “no  new  reproductions  of  the  respondent’s  works  were  brought  into  existence”  o “division  cannot  logically  be  characterized  as  reproduction”  o can’t  “allow  artists  to  regulate  what  can  or  cannot  be  done  with  posters”;  “there  would  be  no  even  

reasonable  “bright  line”  between  infringing  and  non-­‐infringing  conduct”  

o we  do  protect  metaphorical  copying  (transfer  to  another  medium)  &  transfers  from  2D  to  3D,  etc.  –  but  not  a  literal  physical,  mechanical  transfer    

o there  is  no  independent  meaning  to  “produce”  as  distinguished  from  “reproduce”  o same  way  that  purchaser  of  poster  can  cut  it  up,  frame  it  or  laminate  it  

-­‐ reproduction  applies  only  if  a  substantial  part  of  a  work  is  copied  o e.g.  short  quotes  can  be  reproduced  from  larger  work    o no  set  formula  for  determining  what  “substantial”  means  o related  more  to  quality  rather  than  quantity  (although  quantity  is  a  factor)    

§ e.g.  the  hook  of  a  song’s  melody  is  small  but  qualitatively  important  à  ringtones  are  a  substantial  part  of  a  musical  work  

-­‐ reproduction  also  applies  to  non-­‐literal  copying  (metaphorical)  o e.g.  abridgment  of  a  novel  is  usually  a  reproduction  o e.g.  adaptation  of  a  copyrighted  novel  into  a  play  o e.g.  translation  of  novel  into  another  language  o reproducing  a  work  in  another  medium  will  be  an  infringement  if  a  substantial  part  of  the  original  expression  

of  the  work  is  copied  § e.g.  3D  Popeye  doll  =  infringement  of  2D  drawing  § e.g.  3D  polygon  sculpture  does  not  infringe  1D  drawing  of  polygons  (don’t  want  a  monopoly  on  polygon  

progression)  o English  CA  case  involving  tableau  vivant  (humans  reenacting  a  painting)  was  not  held  to  be  a  reproduction  

§  but  s.  3(1)(c)  of  the  Act  names  the  conversion  of  an  artistic  work  into  a  dramatic  work  as  part  of  the  author’s  bundle  of  exclusive  rights…    

§ seems  that  this  would  require  a  separate  analysis  …    § English  CA’s  decision  is  in  line  with  the  decision  to  deny  copyright  protection  to  stage  make-­‐up  in  

Merchandising  Cop  of  America  § intervention  of  humans  seems  to  underlie  the  court’s  decision  

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐BARBARA  CLASS  7  -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

3.  PUBLICATION  (P.  166)  -­‐ Section  2.2  CA  provides  in  part  that  publication  in  relation  to  works  includes  “making  copies  of  a  work  available  to  

the  public  “,  which  probably  includes  the  internet,  although  the  definition  excludes  communication  to  the  public  by  telecommunication  and  public  performance.    

-­‐ The  right  is  limited  to  a  first  publication.    -­‐ The  right  of  publication  in  respect  of  translations  is  limited  to  first  publication,  after  which  the  usual  rights  

(reproduction  of  a  substantial  part,  performance  in  public,  communication  to  the  public,  etc.)  would  apply.    

4.  COMMUNICATION  TO  THE  PUBLIC  /  PUBLIC  PERFORMANCE  (P.  166)  -­‐ The  CA  includes  both  the  right  of  public  performance  and  the  right  of  communication  to  the  public  by  

telecommunication  (ss.  3(1)  and  3(1)(f)).  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.2  à  definition  of  “performance”  

 “performance”  means  any  acoustic  or  visual  representation  of  a  work,  performer’s  performance,  sound  recording  or  communication  signal,  including  a  representation  made  by  means  of  any  mechanical  instrument,  radio  receiving  set  or  television  receiving  set  -­‐ The  term  “in  public”  was  defined  to  say  openly,  without  concealment  and  to  the  knowledge  of  all.    -­‐ A  distinction  should  be  made  between  the  communication  to  the  public  (s.  3(1)(f))  and  a  performance  in  public  (s.  

3(1)),  that  is,  in  a  place  open  to  a  public  o “To  the  public”  is  broader  than  “in  public”  

-­‐ Transmitting  music  over  the  internet  is  a  “communication  to  the  public  by  telecommunication”  within  the  meaning  of  s.  3(1)(f).  [SOCAN  v  Canada  Assn.  of  Internet  providers,  2004  SCC  45]  

-­‐ Canadian  Wireless  Telecommunications  Assn  v  SOCAN,  2008  FCA  6:  The  court  concluded  that  the  wireless  transmission  of  the  digital  audio  file  of  a  ringtone  is  a  “communication”,  when  the  transmission  is  complete,  even  

though  the  cellphone  owner  cannot  listen  to  the  music  during  the  transmission  and  may  not  listen  to  it  until  a  later  time.  Moreover,  when  the  wireless  carrier  transmits  a  ringtone  to  its  customers  it  is  a  communication  “to  the  public”,  even  though  the  customers  respond  individually  and  non-­‐simultaneously,  because  it  is  a  series  of  transmissions  of  the  same  musical  work  to  the  numerous  different  recipients.    

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.2.4  à  exception  for  telecommunication  undertakings    2.4  (1)  For  the  purposes  of  communication  to  the  public  by  telecommunication,  (a)  persons  who  occupy  apartments,  hotel  rooms  or  dwelling  units  situated  in  the  same  building  are  part  of  the  public,  and  a  

communication  intended  to  be  received  exclusively  by  such  persons  is  a  communication  to  the  public;  (b)  a  person  whose  only  act  in  respect  of  the  communication  of  a  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  to  the  public  consists  of  providing  

the  means  of  telecommunication  necessary  for  another  person  to  so  communicate  the  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  does  not  communicate  that  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  to  the  public;  and  

(c)  where  a  person,  as  part  of  (i)  a  network,  within  the  meaning  of  the  Broadcasting  Act,  whose  operations  result  in  the  communication  of  works  or  other  

subject-­‐matter  to  the  public,  or  (ii)  any  programming  undertaking  whose  operations  result  in  the  communication  of  works  or  other  subject-­‐matter  to  the  

public,  transmits  by  telecommunication  a  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  that  is  communicated  to  the  public  by  another  person  who  is  not  a  retransmitter  of  a  signal  within  the  meaning  of  subsection  31(1),  the  transmission  and  communication  of  that  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  by  those  persons  constitute  a  single  communication  to  the  public  for  which  those  persons  are  jointly  and  severally  liable.  

-­‐ SOCAN  v  Canada  Assn.  of  Internet  providers,  2004  SCC  45:    o The  exception  in  s.  2.4(1)(b)  does  not  apply  generally  to  exempt  internet  service  providers  as  a  class  from  

liability  for  copyright  infringement  for  all  their    activities  but  only  when  a  particular  activity  falls  within  the  statutory  definition  for  passive  intermediaries.    

5.  ADAPTION  AND  TRANSLATION  (P.  173)  -­‐ Adaptations  or  derivatives:  

o A  right  to  convert  (adapt)  dramatic  works  into  non-­‐dramatic  works  (s.  3(1)(b));  o A  right  to  convert  novels  and  other  non-­‐dramatic  works  and  artistic  works  into  dramatic  works  (s.  3(1)(c));  o A  right  to  adapt  and  publicly  present  literary,  dramatic,  musical  and  artistic  works  as  a  cinematographic  work  

(s.  3(1)(e)).    -­‐ The  adaptation  right  is  infringed  when  what  is  taken  to  create  a  derivative  work  exceeds  the  underlying  idea  and  

consists  of  all  or  a  substantial  part  of  the  protected  copyrighted  expression.  -­‐ The  adaptation  right  implicates  the  importance  of  maintaining  the  balance  between  protecting  the  author’s  right  to  

adapt  the  original  expression  of  the  work  while  maintaining  the  public’s  right  to  use  the  ideas  and  to  use  the  tangible  property  containing  the  original  expression.    

-­‐ US  legislation  concerning  adaptations:    o The  American  statutory  language  is  particularly  expansive,  including  in  particular  the  words  “any  other  form  in  

which  a  work  may  be  recast,  transformed,  or  adapted…”  o There  is  no  counterpart  in  Canadian  legislation  (“production  or  reproduction  of  the  work  …  in  any  material  

form  whatever”)  -­‐ The  adaptation  itself  may  be  subject  to  copyright  if  it  meets  the  required  conditions,  including  originality,  in  which  

case  it  would  enjoy  its  own  protection,  without  affecting  the  protection  of  the  underlying  work.    o Remember  that  a  work  can  meet  the  requirements  of  the  CA  and  be  copyrightable  even  though  it  infringes  

another  work’s  copyright.    

Case:    Roberton  v  Lewis  [1976]  US  (p.177)  

Facts  -­‐  Two  composers  arranged  old  Scottish  songs  

Issue:    -­‐      Did  they  have  copyright  in  their  arrangements?  

Held  -­‐  Yes,  they  had  separate  copyrights  in  their  respective  works.  

Reasoning  -­‐ It  is  often  the  case  that  the  traditional  work  (e.g.  folksong)  is  not  eligible  for  copyright  protection  (e.g.,  it  is  in  the  

public  domain  because  of  its  age  or  it  lacks  an  identifiable  author  for  copyright  purposes),  but  the  adaptation  or  translation  may  be  able  to  be  copyrighted  because  there  is  identifiable  author  and  providing  that  the  test  for  originality  under  CCH  is  satisfied  

 

6.  MECHANICAL  REPRODUCTION  (P.  177)    

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.3(1)(d)  

 (d)  in  the  case  of  a  literary,  dramatic  or  musical  work,  to  make  any  sound  recording,  cinematograph  film  or  other  contrivance  by  means  of  which  the  work  may  be  mechanically  reproduced  or  performed,    -­‐ Compo  Co  v  Blue  Crest  Music  Inc,  [1980]  (p.  177)  

o The  Supreme  Court  held  that  to  “make”  a  sound  recording  includes  the  person  who  physically  makes  the  recording,  but  that  it  can  also  include  persons  at  other  points  in  the  production  chain  and  those  who  were  not  directly  involved  in  the  physical  production  of  the  recording  but  who  act  analogously  to  a  general  contractor.    

7.  PUBLIC  EXHIBITION  (P.  178)  -­‐ A  right  of  public  exhibition  was  added  to  the  Act  in  1988  to  give  copyright  owners  of  artistic  works  an  analogous  

right  to  public  performance.    

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.3(1)(g)  (g)  to  present  at  a  public  exhibition,  for  a  purpose  other  than  sale  or  hire,  an  artistic  work  created  after  June  7,  1988,  other  than  a  map,  chart  or  plan,…  -­‐ The  exclusion  of  display  for  the  purposes  of  sale  or  rental  preserves  the  distinction  between  the  rights  of  the  owner  

of  the  copyright  in  the  artistic  work  and  the  owner  of  the  tangible  property  embodying  that  expression.    o E.g.,  the  protection  does  not  apply  to  art  displayed  in  a  gallery  for  the  purpose  of  sale  but  is  does  apply  to  art  

displayed  in  a  museum  or  other  public  exhibition.    -­‐ The  right  belongs  to  the  artistic  work’s  copyright  owner,  who  may  not  be  the  author.    -­‐ The  right  of  public  exhibition  is  not  a  moral  right  and  thus  can  be  assigned  by  the  author.  -­‐ European  Union:  droit  de  suite  entitles  a  visual  artist  (and  heirs)  to  a  resale  royalty  each  time  one  of  the  artist’s  

artistic  works  is  resold  at  a  public  auction  or  sale.    

8.  RENTAL  (P.  179)  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.3(1)(h),(i)  

(h)  in  the  case  of  a  computer  program  that  can  be  reproduced  in  the  ordinary  course  of  its  use,  other  than  by  a  reproduction  during  its  execution  in  conjunction  with  a  machine,  device  or  computer,  to  rent  out  the  computer  program,  and  

(i)  in  the  case  of  a  musical  work,  to  rent  out  a  sound  recording  in  which  the  work  is  embodied,  …  -­‐ In  the  case  of  sound  recordings,  a  separate  rental  right  is  given  to  the  maker  (producer)  of  the  sound  recording  and  

the  performing  artist  (ss.  18(1)(c)  and  15(1)(c)).    

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.2.5  

2.5  (1)  For  the  purposes  of  paragraphs  3(1)(h)  and  (i),  15(1)(c)  and  18(1)(c),  an  arrangement,  whatever  its  form,  constitutes  a  rental  of  a  computer  program  or  sound  recording  if,  and  only  if,  

(a)  it  is  in  substance  a  rental,  having  regard  to  all  the  circumstances;  and  (b)  it  is  entered  into  with  motive  of  gain  in  relation  to  the  overall  operations  of  the  person  who  rents  out  the  computer  program  or  sound  recording,  as  the  case  may  be.  

(2)  For  the  purpose  of  paragraph  (1)(b),  a  person  who  rents  out  a  computer  program  or  sound  recording  with  the  intention  of  recovering  no  more  than  the  costs,  including  overhead,  associated  with  the  rental  operations  does  not  by  that  act  alone  have  a  motive  of  gain  in  relation  to  the  rental  operations.  -­‐ C.A.P.A.C.  v  Western  Fair  [1951]  (p.  179)  

o The  Supreme  Court  concluded  that  “motive  of  gain”  in  s.  2.5(1)(b)  is  a  much  wider  expression  than  “private  profit”,  and  it  cannot  be  restricted  to  circumstances  where  the  motive  of  gain  is  the  main  or  the  only  motive.    

9.  AUTHORISATION  (P.  179)  -­‐ The  right  to  “authorize”  any  of  the  acts  mentioned  in  s.  3  is  a  distinct  right  from  the  performance  of  those  acts  

themselves.    

CCH  case  (p.  179):  -­‐ Prior  to  the  CCH,  Canadian  courts  had  said  several  times  that  to  authorize  was  to  “sanction,  approve  or  

countenance”,  but  the  exact  meaning  of  those  words  (especially  “countenance”)  was  not  entirely  clear.    -­‐ In  CCH,  it  was  said  that  “countenance”  in  the  context  of  authorizing  copyright  infringement  must  be  understood  in  

its  strongest  dictionary  meaning,  namely,  “give  approval  to,  sanction,  permit,  favour,  encourage”.    -­‐ There  is  no  duty  on  the  part  of  a  technology  provider  whose  technology  can  credibly  be  used  for  a  substantial  non-­‐

infringing  purpose  to  check  whether  users  of  that  technology  are  complying  with  copyright.  The  provider  should  not  however  suggest  or  encourage  infringing  behaviour.    o E.g.:  authorizing  the  mere  use  of  equipment  that  could  be  used  to  infringe  copyright  does  not  amount  to  a  

violation  of  the  right  to  authorize.    -­‐ Active  and  passive  authorizations  (established  in  the  CCH  case):  

o Active  authorization:  to  proactively  encourage  (in  a  way  that  is  likely  to  influence  the  direct  infringer’s  conduct)  or  to  formally  instruct  another  to  perform  a  restricted  act  or  to  expressly  approve  such  an  act  (if  the  approving  person  is  in  a  position  to  approve  the  other  person’s  behaviour).    

o Passive  authorization:  there  are  2  types  of  passive  situations:    § 1.  One  may  fail  to  exercise  a  duty  to  control  (imposed  by  the  existence  of  a  type  of  relation  that  

requires  supervision  and  then  to  the  extent  that  the  performance  of  the  restricted  act  was  reasonably  required  or  foreseeable  as  part  of  the  functions  subject  to  the  duty  to  supervise).  

§ 2.  If  there  is  no  duty  to  control,  then  the  dual  use  analysis  above  applies:  if  someone  simply  provides  dual  use  means  to  another,  and  does  not  expressly  encourage  (through  advertising  or  otherwise)  infringing  behaviour,  which  would  fall  in  the  first  (“active”  part  of  the  analysis),  then  that  person  cannot  be  said  to  have  (passively)  authorized  the  infringement.      

-­‐ P2P:  o The  passive/dual  use  analysis  would  almost  certainly  apply  to  those  who  provide  P2P  software  because  a  

substantial  number  of  P2P  exchanges  are  legal  (e.g.  even  without  considering  the  copyright  exception  for  fair  dealing,  if  the  person  is  exchanging  material  in  which  he/she  owns  the  right  or  which  is  in  the  public  domain).    

o But  file  sharers  can  be  considered  to  be  proactive.  Their  task  is  not  limited  to  the  making  of  a  copy  for  “private”  use;  they  have  to  take  at  least  one  additional  step  to  identify  the  file  as  available  to  other  P2P  users,  which  is  consistent  with  prima  facie  infringement.    

o It  is  possible  to  argue  that  uploading  is  covered  by  either  s.  29’s  exception  for  fair  dealing  or  s.  80’s  exception  for  copying  sound  recording  on  an  audio  recording  medium  for  private  use,  but  there  are  several  reasons  that  go  against  this:  § 1.  It  seems  clear  that  if  either  the  upload  or  download  is  an  infringement  (of  the  right  of  reproduction  

and/or  the  right  of  communication  to  the  public)  then  the  P2P  user  who  made  a  file  available  may  be  said  to  have  infringed  the  right  to  authorize.  

§ 2.  There  are  a  number  of  criterions  to  be  satisfied  for  the  s.  80’s  exception  to  apply.    (more  details  see  p.  184-­‐185)  

§ 3.  Making  a  file  available  for  P2P  users  to  download  may  constitute  a  communication  to  the  public  and/or  the  authorization  of  such  a  communication,  an  act  not  covered  by  s.  80,  as  is  made  clear  in  s.  80(2)(c).  

§ 4.  Even  if  knowingly  make  a  music  file  available  to  other  P2P  users  is  considered  to  be  a  form  of  distribution  and  not  a  communication  to  the  public,  the  s.  80  exception  does  not  apply  because  one  of  the  purposes  of  such  copying  would  be  to  distribute.  

10.  PARALLEL  IMPORTATION  (P.  188)  -­‐ The  World  Trade  Organization  defines  parallel  importation  as  when  a  product  made  legally  (i.e.  not  pirated)  aboard  

is  imported  without  the  permission  of  the  intellectual  property  right  holder  (e.g.  the  trademark  or  patent  owner).    -­‐ Under  Canadian  trade-­‐mark  law,  it  is  not  an  infringement  to  import  and  sell  in  Canada  wares  produced  aboard  

where  a  trade-­‐mark  was  lawfully  affixed,  even  if  such  goods  were  not  initially  meant  to  be  sold  in  Canada,  provided  those  goods  and  related  services  are  the  same  as  those  that  are  sold  in  Canada  by  or  with  the  authorization  of  the  trade-­‐mark  holder.    

-­‐ s.  27.1  CA:  o it  infringes  the  copyright  in  a  book  for  someone  to  import  it  into  Canada  where,  although  the  copy  was  made  

with  the  copyright’s  owner’s  consent  in  the  country  where  the  copies  were  made,  the  Canadian  copyright  owner  did  not  consent  to  the  importation,  the  importer  knew  or  should  have  known  that  the  book  would  infringe  copyright  if  the  importer  had  made  the  copy  in  Canada,  there  is  an  exclusive  distributor  for  the  book  in  Canada,  and  the  infringement  took  place  in  the  exclusive  distributor’s  market  sector.    

o Additionally,  it  constitutes  secondary  infringement  under  s.  27(2)  to  import  for  sale  or  rent  a  copy  of  a  work  that  someone  knows  or  should  know  infringes  copyright  or  would  infringe  copyright  if  it  had  been  made  in  Canada.      

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐PAULINA  CLASS  8  -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

11.  MORAL  RIGHTS  (P.190)    

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.14  à  moral  rights  

 Moral  rights  14.1  (1)  The  author  of  a  work  has,  subject  to  section  28.2,  the  right  to  the  integrity  of  the  work  and,  in  connection  with  an  act  mentioned  in  section  3,  the  right,  where  reasonable  in  the  circumstances,  to  be  associated  with  the  work  as  its  author  by  name  or  under  a  pseudonym  and  the  right  to  remain  anonymous.    No  assignment  of  moral  rights  (2)  Moral  rights  may  not  be  assigned  but  may  be  waived  in  whole  or  in  part.    No  waiver  by  assignment  (3)  An  assignment  of  copyright  in  a  work  does  not  by  that  act  alone  constitute  a  waiver  of  any  moral  rights.    Effect  of  waiver  (4)  Where  a  waiver  of  any  moral  right  is  made  in  favour  of  an  owner  or  a  licensee  of  copyright,  it  may  be  invoked  by  any  person  authorized  by  the  owner  or  licensee  to  use  the  work,  unless  there  is  an  indication  to  the  contrary  in  the  waiver  -­‐ The  waiver  of  moral  rights  must  be  clear,  although  the  statue  does  not  require  that  it  be  in  writing  (192)  -­‐ The  author’s  moral  rights  have  the  same  term  as  the  economic  rights  (s.14.2)  and  hence  for  the  general  copyright  

term  persist  after  the  author’s  death  for  the  rest  of  that  calendar  year  +  50y  -­‐ On  the  author’s  death  the  rights  pass  to  the  person  to  whom  the  moral  rights  are  specifically  bequeathed    (see  

s.14.2(2)  and  (3)).  (192)  -­‐ Infringement  of  moral  rights  -­‐  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.28.1  à  moral  rights  infringement,  generally  

 28.1  Any  act  or  omission  that  is  contrary  to  any  of  the  moral  rights  of  the  author  of  a  work  is,  in  the  absence  of  consent  by  the  

author,  an  infringement  of  the  moral  rights.    

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.28.2  à  nature  of  the  moral  right  of  intregrity    Nature  of  right  of  integrity    28.2  (1)  The  author’s  right  to  the  integrity  of  a  work  is  infringed  only  if  the  work  is,  to  the  prejudice  of  the  honour  or  reputation  of  the  author,  (a)  distorted,  mutilated  or  otherwise  modified;  or    (b)  used  in  association  with  a  product,  service,  cause  or  institution  Where  prejudice  deemed  (2)  In  the  case  of  a  painting,  sculpture  or  engraving,  the  prejudice  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  shall  be  deemed  to  have  occurred  as  a  result  of  any  distortion,  mutilation  or  other  modification  of  the  work.  When  work  not  distorted,  etc  (3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,    (a)  a  change  in  the  location  of  a  work,  the  physical  means  by  which  a  work  is  exposed  or  the  physical  structure  containing  a  work,  or    (b)  steps  taken  in  good  faith  to  restore  or  preserve  the  work    shall  not,  by  that  act  alone,  constitute  a  distortion,  mutilation  or  other  modification  of  the  work  -­‐ S.28(2)  refers  to  the  right  to  the  integrity  of  a  “work”  and  thus  relates  to  the  intangible  protected  copyrighted  

expression  (192)  -­‐ S.  28(2)  is  not  so  much  concerned  with  damage  to  the  initial  physical  creation  but  applies  to  distortion,  mutilation  or  

modification  of  ANY  tangible  embodiment  of  that  intangible  protected  expression,  including  copies  (192)  -­‐ moral  rights  can  be  held  only  by  the  “author  of  the  work”    and  only  in  relation  to  “works”  under  s.  3  of  the  Copyright  

Act  (190)  -­‐ Three  statutory  exceptions  to  the  rule  that  the  author  is  the  first  owner:  employees  (s.13.3);  Crown  copyright  (s.12);  

and  photographs  (s.10.2  –  the  author  is  the  person  who  owns  the  negative  or  plate)  -­‐ The  principle  is  that  moral  rights  are  based  on  the  connection  between  the  author’s  personality  and  the  work  –  this  

presupposes  a  human  author  although  i.e.  the  author  of  a  photograph  can  be  a  corporation  (190)  -­‐ The  association  right  (attribution  right)  

o Protects  both  the  author’s  right  to  have  his  or  her  name  (or  pseudonym)  on  a  work  and  conversely,  the  right  to  be  autonomous  (191)  

 Théberge  reference:  the  court  acknowledged  that  the  artist  could  have  asserted  a  violation  of  the  moral  right  of  association  when  the  artist’s  signature  from  the  posters  was  deleted  on  the  reproductions.  

 -­‐ The  attribution  right  does  not  protect  all  misuses  of  an  author’s  name;  it  is  limited  to  “works”  as  defined  under  s.3  

i.e.  where  the  author’s  work  is  reproduced  and  his/her  name  is  removed  or  someone  else’s  name  is  put  in  place  -­‐ The  attribution  right  does  not  protect  the  author  from  having  his  or  her  name  put  on  a  different  work  that  is  not  the  

author’s  and  that  is  not  a  reproduction  of  the  author’s  work  (191)  -­‐ However,  other  legal  remedies  such  as  passing  off  or  the  tort  of  misappropriation  of  personality  are  available  (191)  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.35,  38.1  &  42  à  remedies  for  infringement  

 Liability  for  infringement  35.  (1)  Where  a  person  infringes  copyright,  the  person  is  liable  to  pay  such  damages  to  the  owner  of  the  copyright  as  the  owner  has  suffered  due  to  the  infringement  and,  in  addition  to  those  damages,  such  part  of  the  profits  that  the  infringer  has  made  from  the  infringement  and  that  were  not  taken  into  account  in  calculating  the  damages  as  the  court  considers  just.  Proof  of  profits  (2)  In  proving  profits,  (a)  the  plaintiff  shall  be  required  to  prove  only  receipts  or  revenues  derived  from  the  infringement;  and  (b)  the  defendant  shall  be  required  to  prove  every  element  of  cost  that  the  defendant  claims.      Statutory  damages  

38.1  (1)  Subject  to  this  section,  a  copyright  owner  may  elect,  at  any  time  before  final  judgment  is  rendered,  to  recover,  instead  of  damages  and  profits  referred  to  in  subsection  35(1),  an  award  of  statutory  damages  for  all  infringements  involved  in  the  proceedings,  with  respect  to  any  one  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter,  for  which  any  one  infringer  is  liable  individually,  or  for  which  any  two  or  more  infringers  are  liable  jointly  and  severally,  in  a  sum  of  not  less  than  $500  or  more  than  $20,000  as  the  court  considers  just.  Where  defendant  unaware  of  infringement  (2)  Where  a  copyright  owner  has  made  an  election  under  subsection  (1)  and  the  defendant  satisfies  the  court  that  the  defendant  was  not  aware  and  had  no  reasonable  grounds  to  believe  that  the  defendant  had  infringed  copyright,  the  court  may  reduce  the  amount  of  the  award  to  less  than  $500,  but  not  less  than  $200.  Special  case  (3)  Where  (a)  there  is  more  than  one  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  in  a  single  medium,  and  (b)  the  awarding  of  even  the  minimum  amount  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  would  result  in  a  total  award  that,  in  the  court’s  opinion,  is  grossly  out  of  proportion  to  the  infringement,  the  court  may  award,  with  respect  to  each  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter,  such  lower  amount  than  $500  or  $200,  as  the  case  may  be,  as  the  court  considers  just.  Collective  societies  (4)  Where  the  defendant  has  not  paid  applicable  royalties,  a  collective  society  referred  to  in  section  67  may  only  make  an  election  under  this  section  to  recover,  in  lieu  of  any  other  remedy  of  a  monetary  nature  provided  by  this  Act,  an  award  of  statutory  damages  in  a  sum  of  not  less  than  three  and  not  more  than  ten  times  the  amount  of  the  applicable  royalties,  as  the  court  considers  just.  Factors  to  consider  (5)  In  exercising  its  discretion  under  subsections  (1)  to  (4),  the  court  shall  consider  all  relevant  factors,  including  (a)  the  good  faith  or  bad  faith  of  the  defendant;  (b)  the  conduct  of  the  parties  before  and  during  the  proceedings;  and  (c)  the  need  to  deter  other  infringements  of  the  copyright  in  question.  No  award  (6)  No  statutory  damages  may  be  awarded  against  (a)  an  educational  institution  or  a  person  acting  under  its  authority  that  has  committed  an  act  referred  to  in  section  29.6  or  29.7  and  has  not  paid  any  royalties  or  complied  with  any  terms  and  conditions  fixed  under  this  Act  in  relation  to  the  commission  of  the  act;  (b)  an  educational  institution,  library,  archive  or  museum  that  is  sued  in  the  circumstances  referred  to  in  section  38.2;  or  (c)  a  person  who  infringes  copyright  under  paragraph  27(2)(e)  or  section  27.1,  where  the  copy  in  question  was  made  with  the  consent  of  the  copyright  owner  in  the  country  where  the  copy  was  made.  Exemplary  or  punitive  damages  not  affected  (7)  An  election  under  subsection  (1)  does  not  affect  any  right  that  the  copyright  owner  may  have  to  exemplary  or  punitive  damages.    Offences  and  punishment  42.  (1)  Every  person  who  knowingly  (a)  makes  for  sale  or  rental  an  infringing  copy  of  a  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  in  which  copyright  subsists,  (b)  sells  or  rents  out,  or  by  way  of  trade  exposes  or  offers  for  sale  or  rental,  an  infringing  copy  of  a  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  in  which  copyright  subsists,  (c)  distributes  infringing  copies  of  a  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  in  which  copyright  subsists,  either  for  the  purpose  of  trade  or  to  such  an  extent  as  to  affect  prejudicially  the  owner  of  the  copyright,  (d)  by  way  of  trade  exhibits  in  public  an  infringing  copy  of  a  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  in  which  copyright  subsists,  or  (e)  imports  for  sale  or  rental  into  Canada  any  infringing  copy  of  a  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  in  which  copyright  subsists  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  liable  (f)  on  summary  conviction,  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  twenty-­‐five  thousand  dollars  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  not  exceeding  six  months  or  to  both,  or  (g)  on  conviction  on  indictment,  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  one  million  dollars  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  not  exceeding  five  years  or  to  both.  Possession  and  performance  offences  and  punishment  (2)  Every  person  who  knowingly  (a)  makes  or  possesses  any  plate  that  is  specifically  designed  or  adapted  for  the  purpose  of  making  infringing  copies  of  any  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  in  which  copyright  subsists,  or  (b)  for  private  profit  causes  to  be  performed  in  public,  without  the  consent  of  the  owner  of  the  copyright,  any  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  in  which  copyright  subsists  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  liable  (c)  on  summary  conviction,  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  twenty-­‐five  thousand  dollars  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  not  exceeding  six  

months  or  to  both,  or  (d)  on  conviction  on  indictment,  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  one  million  dollars  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  not  exceeding  five  years  or  to  both.  Power  of  court  to  deal  with  copies  or  plates  (3)  The  court  before  which  any  proceedings  under  this  section  are  taken  may,  on  conviction,  order  that  all  copies  of  the  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  that  appear  to  it  to  be  infringing  copies,  or  all  plates  in  the  possession  of  the  offender  predominantly  used  for  making  infringing  copies,  be  destroyed  or  delivered  up  to  the  owner  of  the  copyright  or  otherwise  dealt  with  as  the  court  may  think  fit.  Limitation  period  (4)  Proceedings  by  summary  conviction  in  respect  of  an  offence  under  this  section  may  be  instituted  at  any  time  within,  but  not  later  than,  two  years  after  the  time  when  the  offence  was  committed.  Parallel  importation  of  books  (5)  No  person  may  be  prosecuted  under  this  section  for  importing  a  book  or  dealing  with  an  imported  book  in  the  manner  described  in  section  27.1.  

-­‐ The  term  “copyright”  refers  to  economic  rights  in  s.3  “works”  -­‐ “moral  rights”  are  not  classified  as  “copyright”  -­‐ Many  parts  of  the  Act  apply  only  to  “copyright”  and  thus  do  not  apply  to  moral  rights;  i.e.  the  exceptions  (fair  

dealing  and  others),  some  remedies  such  as  statutory  damages  (s.38.1)  and  the  option  to  recover  both  damages  and  account  of  profits  (s.35)  and  criminal  offences  (s.42)  are  limited  to  copyright  infringements  

-­‐ Moral  rights  stem  from  the  civil  law  concept  of  droit  d’auteur  (193)    

Théberge  reference:  Binnie  explained  the  statutory  provision  of  moral  rights  in  the  context  of  Canada’s  dualist  backdrop  of  common  law  “copyright”  and  civil  law  droit  d’auteur.    “The  important  feature  of  moral  rights  is  the  present  statute  is  that  the  integrity  of  the  work  is  infringed  only  if  the  work  is  modified  to  the  prejudice  of  the  honour  or  reputation  of  the  author.”  (s.28.2(1))    Referring  to  Snow  v.  Eaton  Centre  Ltd.:  “Thus,  even  though  the  flying  geese  had  been  sold  and  paid  for,  the  artist  was  able  to  reach  across  the  ownership  divide  to  take  action  against  a  successor  owner  not  for  infringing  his  economic  rights  but  for  violating  his  moral  rights,  i.e.  for  penetrating  what  both  he  and  the  judge  regarded  as  an  attack  on  the  artistic  integrity  of  the  descending  flock.”  (see  pg.  193-­‐194  for  more  case  citations)  

   

Case:    Snow  v.  Eaton  Centre  

Facts  -­‐  Ribbons  on  goose  installation  offended  artist  

Issue:    -­‐      Were  the  artists  moral  rights  violated?  

Held  -­‐ That  there  was  a  violation  of  moral  rights  associated  with  the  work,  in  part  because  the  artist  felt  greatly  offended  

by  the  modification  (195  Reasoning  -­‐  The  court  determined  a  test  for  the  evaluation  of  “prejudice”  that  includes  both  a  subjective  and  an  objective  

component:  while  the  author  must  genuinely  feel  offended,  the  prejudice  must  be  based  on  some  objective  foundation  (195)  

-­‐ Although  copyright  protects  intangible  original  expression,  the  types  of  works  specified  in  s.  28.2(2)  for  deemed  infringement  –  sculptures),  paintings  and  engravings  –  recognizes  that  the  initial  physical  embodiment  of  this  visual  art  is  significant  to  the  artist  (but  remember  that  copies  also  come  within  this  scope  because  they  are  “works”  as  well)  (195  

 

Case:    Prise  de  parole  v.  Guerin    

Facts  -­‐  Author  of  something  that  got  put  into  compilation  is  offended  at  association.  The  author  opposed  the  

reproduction  of  parts  of  his  novel  in  a  compilation  asserting  that  leaving  out  parts  of  his  novel  that  he  considered  essential  amounted  to  mutilation  of  his  work  (196)    

-­‐ Note  that  the  work  here  was  a  novel  –  s.  28.2(2)  is  limited  to  paintings,  sculptures  and  engravings  and  therefore  did  not  apply  and  the  author’s  moral  rights  claim  was  rejected  by  the  Federal  Court  

Issue:    -­‐      Were  the  authors  moral  rights  violated?    

Held  -­‐  No.  The  need  expressed  in  Snow  for  the  author’s  subjective  “feeling”  or  a  prejudice  to  his  reputation  or  honour  

must  be  reinforced  by  objective  elements  Reasoning  -­‐    Discussion  of  the  dual  subjective/objective  criteria  for  evaluating  whether  the  infringement  was  a  “prejudice  of  

the  author’s  honour  and  reputation”:  o The  subjective  criterion  –  the  author’s  opinion  as  to  whether  an  infringement  was  prejudicial  o The  objective  criterion  –  based  on  public  or  expert  opinion  as  to  whether  the  distortion,  mutilation  or  other  

modification  is  prejudicial  to  the  author’s  honour  and  reputation  (196)  -­‐  

 

Case:    Robinson  v.  Films  Cinar    

Facts  -­‐  The  case  involved  an  author’s  moral  rights  claim  related  to  a  children’s  television  series  and  its  fictional  character  

Robinson  Curiosity,  against  a  studio  to  whom  the  author  had  approached  for  a  development  deal  which  produced  an  animated  series  called  “Robinson  Sucroe”  featuring  a  similar  explorer  character  

Issue:    -­‐      Were  moral  rights  infringed?    

Held  -­‐ No.  The  QC  Superior  Court  held  that  because  a  cinematographic  work  is  not  within  the  provision  of  s.28.2(2),  

evidence  that  the  author  was  disappointed  and  even  shocked  by  the  way  the  work  is  used  does  not  suffice  for  an  infringement  right  to  the  integrity  of  the  work  which  requires  evidence  that  the  plaintiff’s  reputation  was  objectively  tarnished  

-­‐ Reinforced  Prise  de  Parole  ‘subjective/objective’  test  à  or  works  that  do  not  fall  under  the  specific  statutory  regime  provided  for  paintings,  sculpture  or  engraving,  the  plaintiff  must  how  that  his  reputation  was  objectively  tarnished  (197)    

 -­‐ An  author  may  be  able  to  show  prejudice  to  his/her  honour  or  reputation  if  i.e.  the  author  has  a  policy  of  never  

approving  his/her  work  for  commercial  use  and  many  times  publically  criticized  musical  groups  for  “selling  out”  and  in  the  case  that  the  author’s  music  is  used  for  a  tv  commercial  and  this  would  cause  the  author’s  fans  to  think  that  he/she  is  a  hypocrite  (198)  

12.  SECONDARY  INFRINGEMENT  (P.199)    

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.27(2)  à  secondary  infringement  

 27(2)  It  is  an  infringement  of  copyright  for  any  person  to  (a)  sell  or  rent  out,  (b)  distribute  to  such  an  extent  as  to  affect  prejudicially  the  owner  of  the  copyright,  (c)  by  way  of  trade  distribute,  expose  or  offer  for  sale  or  rental,  or  exhibit  in  public,  (d)  possess  for  the  purpose  of  doing  anything  referred  to  in  paragraphs  (a)  to  (c),  or  (e)  import  into  Canada  for  the  purpose  of  doing  anything  referred  to  in  paragraphs  (a)  to  (c),  

a  copy  of  a  work,  sound  recording  or  fixation  of  a  performer’s  performance  or  of  a  communication  signal  that  the  person  knows  or  should  have  known  infringes  copyright  or  would  infringe  copyright  if  it  had  been  made  in  Canada  by  the  person  who  made  it.    Knowledge  of  importer  (3)  In  determining  whether  there  is  an  infringement  under  subsection  (2)  in  the  case  of  an  activity  referred  to  in  any  of  paragraphs  (2)(a)  to  (d)  in  relation  to  a  copy  that  was  imported  in  the  circumstances  referred  to  in  paragraph  (2)(e),  it  is  irrelevant  whether  the  importer  knew  or  should  have  known  that  the  importation  of  the  copy  infringed  copyright.  Plates  (4)  It  is  an  infringement  of  copyright  for  any  person  to  make  or  possess  a  plate  that  has  been  specifically  designed  or  adapted  for  the  purpose  of  making  infringing  copies  of  a  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter.  Public  performance  for  profit  (5)  It  is  an  infringement  of  copyright  for  any  person,  for  profit,  to  permit  a  theatre  or  other  place  of  entertainment  to  be  used  for  the  performance  in  public  of  a  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  without  the  consent  of  the  owner  of  the  copyright  unless  that  person  was  not  aware,  and  had  no  reasonable  ground  for  suspecting,  that  the  performance  would  be  an  infringement  of  copyright.  

 -­‐ Secondary  infringement  applies  to  unlawful  copies  “that  the  person  knows  or  should  have  known  infringes  copyright  

or  would  infringe  copyright  if  it  had  been  made  in  Canada  by  the  person  who  made  it”  -­‐ Secondary  infringement  does  not  refer  to  acts  done  to  lawful  copies  i.e.  purchase  of  a  lawful  copy  (i.e.  CD)  which  

gives  the  owner  of  that  copy  the  right  to  resell  his  property  

 Reference  to  CCH:  the  Supreme  Court  ruled  that  there  was  no  secondary  infringement  in  the  Great  Library:    [80]  Under  s.  27(2)(a)  of  the  Copyright  Act,  it  is  an  infringement  of  copyright  to  sell  a  copy  of  a  work  that  the  person  knows  or  should  have  known  infringes  copyright,  a  practice  known  as  secondary  infringement.    The  majority  at  the  Court  of  Appeal  rejected  the  allegation  of  secondary  infringement  on  the  ground  that  it  was  not  established  that  the  Law  Society  knew  or  should  have  known  it  was  dealing  with  infringing  copies  of  the  publishers’  works.    The  publishers  appeal  this  finding  on  cross-­‐appeal.      [81]  At  the  Court  of  Appeal,  Rothstein  J.A.,  in  his  concurring  judgment,  properly  outlined  the  three  elements  that  must  be  proven  to  ground  a  claim  for  secondary  infringement:  (1)  the  copy  must  be  the  product  of  primary  infringement;  (2)  the  secondary  infringer  must  have  known  or  should  have  known  that  he  or  she  is  dealing  with  a  product  of  infringement;  and  (3)  the  secondary  dealing  must  be  established;  that  is,  there  must  have  been  a  sale.    [82]  In  the  main  appeal,  I  have  concluded  that  the  Law  Society  did  not  infringe  copyright  in  reproducing  the  publishers’  works  in  response  to  requests  under  its  custom  photocopy  service.    Absent  primary  infringement,  there  can  be  no  secondary  infringement.    I  would  dismiss  this  ground  of  cross-­‐appeal.  -­‐ However,  importation  (s.27(2)(e))  is  treated  differently  than  the  acts  described  in  ss.27(2)(a)  to  (d).    For  importation,  

the  Act  requires  only  a  hypothetical  primary  infringement,  namely  that  the  works  would  have  infringed  copyright  if  they  had  been  made  in  Canada  by  the  persons  who  made  them  outside  of  Canada  (200)  

-­‐ The  Act  therefore  has  a  primary  infringement  regime  under  s.  27(1),  and  a  secondary  infringement  regime  under  s.  27(2)  which  distinguishes  between  acts  that  require  primary  infringement  and  importation  (200)  

-­‐ Kraft  Canada  Inc.  v.  Euro  Excellence  Inc.    o the  plaintiff  unsuccessfully  tried  to  prevent  the  importation  into  Canada  of  chocolate  made  in  Europe  arguing  

that  it  was  secondary  infringement  of  the  copyright  of  an  artistic  work  on  the  chocolate  bar  wrapping  (201)  o All  SCC  judges  and  the  parties  agreed  that  copyright  subsisted  in  the  logo  for  the  chocolate  bar  as  an  artistic  

work  resulting  from  the  exercise  of  skill  and  judgment.    The  plaintiff  was  the  exclusive  licensee  of  the  copyright  but  it  was  the  Canadian  copyright  owner  that  manufactured  the  bars  in  Europe  

o 4/7  judges  concluded  that  s.27(2)(e)  did  not  apply  because  secondary  infringement  requires  a  hypothetical  primary  infringement    but  that  was  not  present  on  the  facts  since  the  copyright  owner  has  made  the  bars  in  Europe  and  could  not  be  liable  to  its  own  exclusive  licensee  for  copyright  infringement  (201)  

o 3/7  judges  concluded  that  s.27(2)(e)  did  not  apply  because  although  the  chocolate  wrapping  was  a  copyrightable  work,  to  be  protected  against  secondary  infringement  a  copyrighted  work  “must  be  more  than  merely  incidental  to  the  consumer  good  to  which  it  is  affixed”.    Justice  Bastarache  reasoned  that  s.27(2)(e)  “is  meant  to  protect  copyright  holders  from  unauthorized  importation  of  works  which  are  the  result  of  their  skill  and  judgment.    It  is  not  meant  to  protect  manufacturers  from  unauthorized  importation  of  consumer  goods  

on  the  basis  of  their  having  a  copyrighted  work  affixed  to  their  wrapper,  this  work  being  merely  incidental  to  their  value  as  consumer  goods.”  (203)  

-­‐ S.  27(2)(e)  was  added  by  Parliament  to  correct  a  gap  in  the  protection  previously  granted  under  s.27(1)  -­‐ Although  it  is  illegal  to  reproduce  a  work  under  s.27(1),  the  importation  of  and  dealing  in  copied  works  when  the  

reproduction  took  place  in  a  foreign  country  was  not  previously  covered.  -­‐ To  determine  whether  a  sale  has  taken  place  under  s.27(2),  normal  contract  law  principles  apply  and  the  sale  

(though  not  the  reproduction)  must  take  place  in  Canada  (203)  

13.  PRINCIPLE  DEFENCES  (P.204)  -­‐ To  establish  infringement,  the  plaintiff  must  prove:  

1. Ownership  in  a  copyrighted  work;  2. Objective  similarity  between  the  copyrighted  work  and  the  defendant’s  material;  and  3. Access  by  the  defendant  (204)  

 Defence  1:  There  is  no  copyrightable  work  -­‐ This  argument  occurs  most  often  when  there  is  a  question  about  originality  and  given  that  the  originality  standard  is  

relatively  low  this  primarily  arises  with  functional  and  factual  works  i.e.  original  selection  or  arrangement  of  a  compilation  (204)  

Defence  2:  No  reproduction  or  other  restricted  act  took  place  -­‐ One  can  argue  that  there  was  no  reproduction  because  the  allegedly  copied  work  does  not  have  many  similarities  

with  the  original  work  or  that  there  was  no  multiplication  -­‐ Public  performance,  communication  to  the  public,  adaptation,  rental  or  other  restricted  act  did  not  take  place  (205)  

 Defence  3:  Only  the  idea,  not  the  expression  was  taken  -­‐ Premised  on  the  principle  that  the  copyright  owner  has  rights  only  in  the  original  expression  and  that  ideas  are  free  

for  others  to  use  -­‐ Often  applied  in  suits  involving  computer  programs  where  absent  literal  cut  and  paste  copying  it  is  difficult  to  

determine  whether  the  idea  or  the  expression  of  a  computer  program  was  used  -­‐ Copyright  protection  of  the  code  can  extend  to  non-­‐literal  infringement  -­‐ In  Delrina  Corp  v.  Triolet  Systems  Inc.  the  ONT  CA  developed  a  three  step  analysis:  

o Whether  copying  has  taken  place;  o Then  it  considers  whether  what  was  copied  was  protected  expression;  and  o Whether  what  was  copied  was  a  substantial  part  of  the  original  program  

-­‐ Only  if  all  three  conditions  are  filled  can  it  be  said  that  an  infringement  has  taken  place  (207)  -­‐ Re  non-­‐literal  copying:  most  programs  contain  standard  sections  and  or/tools  and  techniques.    The  protection  of  

copyright  does  not  extend  to  those  parts.  (208)  -­‐ The  Copyright  Act  does  not  prevent  someone  from  programming  a  computer  to  perform  the  same  function  as  

another  program,  but  it  does  prevent  someone  from  following  another  program’s  original  structure  (208)    

Defence  4:  Only  an  insubstantial  part  was  taken  -­‐ The  definition  of  “substantial  part”  is  determined  by  the  quality  and  not  the  quantity  i.e.  is  the  amount  taken  plainly  

recognized  by  any  person?  Examples  of  excepts  of  a  musical  work  in  Hawkes  and  Son  (London)  Ltd.  v.  Paramount  Film  Service,  Ltd.  (209)  

-­‐ The  impact  on  the  plaintiff’s  potential  market  is  also  relevant  i.e.  a  magazine  prints  only  juicy  romantic  stories  from  a  celebrity  memoir  without  permission  –  those  romantic  details  was  what  fans  were  most  interested  in  hence  would  not  go  on  to  purchase  the  full  memoir  (210)  

-­‐ The  context  in  which  he  defendant  uses  the  material  may  also  be  relevant  –  see  U.K.  approach  –  hard  to  reconcile  with  CA  law  (211)  

 Defence  5:  There  is  a  license  or  consent  

-­‐ Restricted  acts  are  infringing  only  if  someone  exercises  an  exclusive  right  of  the  copyright  owner  without  the  copyright  owner’s  consent.      

-­‐ Evidence  of  consent  largely  depends  on  the  facts  and  the  plaintiff’s  behavior;  if  a  person  has  obtained  a  license  or  can  infer  consent  from  the  acts  of  the  copyright  owner,  no  infringement  has  taken  place  (211)  

 Defence  6:  Challenging  the  plaintiff’s  title  to  a  work  (204)    Defence  7:  reasonably  justified  ignorance  of  a  copyright    -­‐ This  limits  the  available  remedies  but  does  not  function  as  a  full  defence  (211)  -­‐ Under  s.39,  if  the  defendant  proves  that  at  the  time  of  the  infringement  the  defendant  was  not  aware  and  had  no  

reasonable  ground  for  suspecting  that  there  was  copyright  in  the  plaintiff’s  work,  the  plaintiff  is  entitled  only  to  an  injunction  and  cannot  be  awarded  damages  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.39  à  ignorance    of  a  copyright  

 Injunction  only  remedy  when  defendant  not  aware  of  copyright  39.  (1)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  in  any  proceedings  for  infringement  of  copyright,  the  plaintiff  is  not  entitled  to  any  remedy  other  than  an  injunction  in  respect  of  the  infringement  if  the  defendant  proves  that,  at  the  date  of  the  infringement,  the  defendant  was  not  aware  and  had  no  reasonable  ground  for  suspecting  that  copyright  subsisted  in  the  work  or  other  subject-­‐matter  in  question.  Exception  where  copyright  registered  (2)  Subsection  (1)  does  not  apply  if,  at  the  date  of  the  infringement,  the  copyright  was  duly  registered  under  this  Act.  

   -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐BARBARA  CLASS  9  -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

14.  STATUTORY  DEFENCES  (P.  212)    a)  A  Hierarchy  of  Exceptions?  (p.  212)  

Statute:  Copyright  Act,  s.29+  à  Fair  Dealing  (research/private  study/criticism/review/news-­‐reporting)    29.  Fair  dealing  for  the  purpose  of  research  or  private  study  does  not  infringe  copyright.    29.1  Fair  dealing  for  the  purpose  of  criticism  or  review  does  not  infringe  copyright  if  the  following  are  mentioned:  

(a)  the  source;  and  (b)  if  given  in  the  source,  the  name  of  the  

(i)  author,  in  the  case  of  a  work,  (ii)  performer,  in  the  case  of  a  performer’s  performance,  (iii)  maker,  in  the  case  of  a  sound  recording,  or  (iv)  broadcaster,  in  the  case  of  a  communication  signal.  

 29.2  Fair  dealing  for  the  purpose  of  news  reporting  does  not  infringe  copyright  if  the  following  are  mentioned:  

(a)  the  source;  and  (b)  if  given  in  the  source,  the  name  of  the  

(i)  author,  in  the  case  of  a  work,  (ii)  performer,  in  the  case  of  a  performer’s  performance,  (iii)  maker,  in  the  case  of  a  sound  recording,  or  (iv)  broadcaster,  in  the  case  of  a  communication  signal.  

 -­‐ If  one  or  more  of  the  principal  defences  apply  –  because  there  is  no  “reproduction”  or  other  restricted  act,  the  

expression  was  not  reproduced,  the  part  is  not  “substantial”  or  there  was  permission  from  the  rights  holder  –  then  the  statutory  defences  are  not  required.    

 -­‐ CCH  case  (p.  213):  

o An  interesting  part  of  this  case  is  the  apparent  establishment  of  a  hierarchy  of  exceptions.    

o There  are  two  copyright  exceptions  which  pertain  specifically  to  libraries  and  photocopying:  § S.  30.2  provides  that  it  is  not  copyright  infringing  for  a  library  to  make  a  reprographic  reproduction  of  an  

article  in  certain  periodicals  or  newspapers  for  a  person  requesting  to  use  the  copy  for  research  or  private  study.    

§ S.  30.3  provides  that  it  is  not  infringement  when  a  copy  of  work  is  made  using  a  photocopier  installed  by  a  library  (and  other  specified  institutions  such  as  universities)  on  condition  that  the  institution  has  posted  a  copyright  warning  and  has  an  agreement  with  a  collective  society  for  reprography.    

o The  court  considered,  first,  whether  the  actions  of  the  Law  Society  were  fair  dealing  under  the  general  regime  in  s.  29  CA.  Concluding  that  it  were,  the  court  stated  that  the  Law  Society  need  not  rely  on  the  library  exemption.    

 b)  The  Meaning  of  Fair  Dealing  (p.  217)  

-­‐ CCH  case  (p.  217)  o “research”  in  s.  29  must  be  given  a  large  and  liberal  interpretation  in  order  to  ensure  that  users’  rights  are  not  

unduly  constrained  and  that  research  is  not  limited  to  non-­‐commercial  or  private  contexts.    -­‐ SOCAN  v  Bell  Canada  (p.  217)  

o Facts:    § 30  second  excepts  of  musical  works  in  an  online  music  store  for  consumers  to  preview  music  

constitutes  fair  dealing,  and  it  reiterated  that  “research”  in  s.  29  should  be  given  a  broad  interpretation.    o Reasoning:  Planning  the  purchase  of  a  download  or  CD  involves  searching,  investigation:  identifying  sites  that  

offer  those  products,  selecting  one,  finding  out  whether  the  track  is  available,  ensuring  that  it  is  the  right  version  or  cover  and  so  on.  Listening  to  previews  assists  in  this  investigation.    

o Held:  Research,  even  when  conducted  by  commercial  entities  or  for-­‐profit,  still  qualifies  as  research  for  purposes  of  fair  dealing.  

 -­‐ Fairness  

o For  ss.  29  and  29.2  to  apply,  the  dealing  must  not  only  be  for  an  acceptable  purpose,  but  it  must  also  be  fair.    o CCH  adopts  a  non-­‐exhaustive  list  of  6  criteria  to  determine  fairness:  

§ 1.  The  purpose  of  the  dealing;  § 2.  The  character  of  the  dealing;  § 3.  The  amount  of  the  dealing;  § 4.  Alternatives  to  the  dealing;  § 5.  The  nature  of  the  work;  and    § 6.  The  effect  of  the  dealing  on  the  work.    § **NB:  NOT  all  6  criteria  have  to  be  applied  in  each  case.    

o US  fair  dealing  comparison  § The  purpose  and  character  of  the  use,  including  whether  such  use  is  of  a  commercial  nature  or  is  for  

non-­‐profit  educational  purposes;  § The  nature  of  the  copyrighted  work;  § The  amount  and  substantiality  of  the  portion  used  in  relation  to  the  copyrighted  work  as  a  whole,  and    § The  effect  of  the  use  upon  the  market  for  or  value  of  the  copyrighted  work.  § ***NB:  during  analysis  the  court  must  go  through  all  the  criteria,  not  like  in  the  Canadian  test.    

o *See  p.  222  for  a  table  of  similarities/differences  between  the  Canadian  copyright  law  and  US  copyright  law.    § It  seems  that  US  cases  on  fair  use  could  be  used  in  appropriate  Canadian  cases,  but  with  the  required  

degree  of  caution.    

c)  Other  Possible  Impacts  (p.  223)  

-­‐ If  fair  dealing  is  a  “right”  or  at  least  a  special  exception  (whereas  ss.  29.4  to  32.2  and  s.  80  would  contain  “normal  exceptions”),  then  fair  dealing  is  normatively  on  a  higher  level  than  other  exceptions  –  possibly  on  an  equal  footing  with  copyright  owner’s  exclusive  rights.    

-­‐ The  choice  of  a  hierarchy  of  norms,  in  which  fair  dealing  is  normatively  higher  than  other  exceptions,  seems  to  imply  that  an  analysis  of  an  allegedly  infringing  conduct  should  proceed  sequentially,  as  the  Court  did  in  CCH,  even  if  there  is  a  more  specific,  directly  applicable  “normal”  exception.    

-­‐ Part  of  the  fairness  requirement  demands  that  one  use  only  the  part  of  a  protected  work  needed  for  the  (allowed)  purpose.    o Possibility  that  there  may  be  contexts  where  reproducing  the  whole  work  could  be  fair:  

§ Ex:  photograph  (for  photographs,  reproducing  the  whole  work  may  be  almost  unavoidable  but  a  reproduction  in  a  lower  resolution  or  size  may  support  the  fairness  of  the  dealing)  

§ Ex:  short  poem  reproduced  for  the  purposes  of  criticism  or  review.    

 (d)  Parody  and  the  Public  Interest  Defence  (p.  226)  

-­‐ Fair  dealing  for  the  purpose  of  parody  has  never  been  successfully  invoked  in  a  Canadian  court.    -­‐ One  argument  is  that  the  fair  dealing  exception  for  criticism  or  review  does  not  apply  to  most  parodies  because  the  

statutory  criteria  expressly  require  that  the  source  and  other  information  about  the  copyrighted  work  be  cited,  and  parodies  rarely  make  explicit  reference  to  the  cited  source.    

-­‐ Courts  have  concluded  that  the  fair  dealing  exception  for  criticism  and  review  is  intended  to  apply  when  there  is  a  criticism  of  the  copyrighted  work  and  not  when  the  copyrighted  work  is  used  to  criticize  the  copyrighted  work’s  author  or  owner  or  when  the  copyrighted  work  is  even  more  tangentially  related  to  the  object  of  criticism.  

-­‐ Cases  where  FREEDOM  OF  EXPRESSION  is  also  a  factor  

Case:    Michelin  &  Cie  v  CAW-­‐Canada  [1997]  FC  (p.227)  à  parody,  copryight  and  freedom  of  expression  

Facts  -­‐  The  national  union  for  automobile  workers  tried  to  unionize  Michelin’s  employees  at  3  tire  plants  and  as  part  of  

its  campaign  distributed  leaflets,  displayed  posters,  and  circulated  information  sheets,  which  used  the  company’s  logo  of  Bibendum  (the  Tire  Man).  The  company  brought  an  action  against  the  union  based  both  on  trade-­‐mark  infringements  and  copyright  infringement  of  the  artistic  work.    

-­‐ The  union  also  argued  that  their  campaign  material  depicted  “Bibendum”  were  forms  of  expression  protected  by  s.  2b)  of  the  Charter  

Held  -­‐  The  FC  held  that  the  union  infringed  Michelin’s  copyright  in  Bidendum  and  rejected  the  union’s  claim  that  parody  

fits  within  the  exception  for  fair  dealing  for  the  purpose  of  criticism.    -­‐ The  court  concluded  that  the  Charter  right  to  freedom  of  expression  does  not  give  union  right  to  use  the  

company’s  copyrighted  works.  Reasoning  -­‐  The  Charter  does  not  confer  the  right  to  use  private  property  (plaintiff’s  copyright)  in  the  service  of  freedom  of  

expression.    -­‐ In  the  balance  of  interests  and  rights,  if  the  defendants  have  no  right  to  use  the  plaintiff’s  Bibendum,  they  have  a  

multitude  of  other  means  for  expressing  their  views.      -­‐ “Parody  would  be  protected  against  charges  of  infringement  by  its  dissimilarity  to  the  original  work  as  long  as  it  

did  not  produce  a  substantial  portion  of  the  original”  (p.  233)    

Case:    St-­‐Hubert  v.  Syndicat  St-­‐Hubert  Drummondville  [1986]  (p.231)  

Facts  -­‐  During  a  labour  conflict,  the  union  created  and  designed  material  criticizing  the  company’s  working  conditions  

and  featuring  the  rooster  mascot  (one  of  the  material  used  by  the  union  was  a  pamphlet  that  bore  a  stylized  head  of  a  long-­‐toothed  rooster  carrying  a  knife;  other  materials  where  of  a  similar  nature).  The  union  argued  that  it  had  a  right  of  free  expression  under  the  Canadian  Charter  and  under  the  Quebec  Charter  to  use  the  modified  logo  to  express  its  dissatisfaction  with  the  employer’s  behaviour  and  attitude  

Held  -­‐  The  Quebec  Superior  Court  rejected  the  freedom  of  expression  argument  as  ill-­‐founded  but  did  not  elaborate  on  

the  intersection  between  copyright  and  freedom  of  expression    

Case:    Canadian  Tire  v.  Union  [1985]  (p.232)  

Held  -­‐ An  interlocutory  injunction  was  granted  enjoining  a  union  to  stop  using  the  Canadian  Tire  logo  with  a  slash  across  

it.  Reasoning  -­‐  As  for  the  defendants,  the  prohibition  by  injunction  of  their  use  of  the  plaintiff’s  logo  is  surely  not  a  critical  

impairment  of  their  lawful  right  to  convey  information  to  the  public.  This  they  can  do,  and  are  obviously  doing  in  a  variety  of  other  ways.    

-­‐ While  there  may  be  situations  where  the  guarantee  of  freedom  of  expression  in  2b)  of  the  Charter  may  properly  limit  the  protection  otherwise  given  to  the  owners  of  copyright,  this  case  does  not  represent  such  a  situation  

-­‐ The  court  leaves  a  door  open!    -­‐ In  James  Lorimer  the  FC  also  mentioned  freedom  of  expression  as  a  valid  defence  against  copyright  infringement  –  

but  the  facts  of  that  case  could  not  allow  such  a  defence  to  apply.  (see.  232)    Cases  where  Public  Interest  is  a  factor:    

Case:    Lion  Laboratories  v.  Evans  [1985]  UK  (p.235  

Facts  -­‐ To  employees  of  a  company  that  manufactured  the  device  used  by  the  British  police  to  monitor  blood  alcohol  

levels  of  drivers  had  published  internal  company  correspondence  that  showed  the  models  were  defective.  The  company  sued  for  breach  of  confidence  and  infringement  of  copyright.  

Held  -­‐ The  court  found  that  there  was  a  “well  established”  defence  of  public  interest  to  actions  for  breach  of  confidence  

and  copyright    

Case:    R.  v  James  Lorimer  [1984]  FC  (p.232)  

Reasoning  -­‐    “I  have  no  doubt  that  a  defence  of  public  interest  as  enunciated  in  the  English  cases  is  available  in  proper  

circumstances  against  an  assertion  of  Crown  copyright  (but  the  defence  was  rejected  according  to  the  facts  of  this  particular  case).    

-­‐ One  difficulty  with  the  public  interest  defence  in  Canada  is  that  copyright  law  is  “purely  statutory”.  -­‐ Difficulty  is  not  public  interest  defence  stated  in  legislation  -­‐  no  implied  exceptions  

 -­‐ NB:  In  addition  to  economic  rights  infringement,  parodies  of  copyrighted  works  can  also  infringe  the  author’s  moral  

rights.    

 e)  Other  Exceptions  (p.  237)    

-­‐ While  fair  dealing  applies  to  specific  acts  by  any  user,  there  are  a  number  of  exceptions  in  the  Act  (ss.  29.4-­‐30)  which  are  available  only  to  particular  categories  of  users.    o Many  apply  only  in  the  absence  of  a  “motive  of  gain”  

o Several  exceptions  are  specific  to  “educational  institutions”  (only  for  non-­‐profit  institutions  and  governmental  agencies).  

o Libraries,  archives  and  museums  also  benefit  from  specific  exceptions  (ss.  30.1-­‐30.5)  o There  is  an  exception  allowing  users  of  computer  programs  to  make  a  copy  of  the  program  if  necessary  for  

compatibility  with  a  particular  computer  and  if  solely  for  the  person’s  use,  provided  the  copy  is  destroyed  after  the  person  ceases  to  be  the  owner  of  the  copy  (s.  30.6(a)).    

o Also,  no  infringement  for  incidental  infringement  and  ephemereal  recordings  s.30.7,  s.30.8  

   

CHAPTER  4:  TRADE-­‐MARKS  

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐LAURIE  CLASS  10-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  I.    INTRODUCTION  (P.  317)  

1.  ORIGIN  -­‐ General  

o “Trademark”  =  a  word,  symbol,  drawing,  shape,  packaging,  or  color(s)  or  a  combination  of  the  preceding  used  to  distinguish  the  products  or  services  of  a  person  or  organization  from  those  of  another  in  the  market  

o Trade-­‐Marks  are  used  in  relation  to  wares  (i.e.  goods)&  services    o Trade-­‐Marks  are  a  mental  link  between  consumers  &  the  Trade-­‐Mark  owners  o SCC    

§ Trademark  =  “a  symbol  of  a  connection  between  a  source  of  a  product  and  the  product  itself”    § “the  purpose  of  Trade-­‐Marks  is  to  create  &  symbolize  linkages”.  Over  time,  that  particular  link  gives  the  

mark  value  and  Trade-­‐Mark  law  protects  that  value  -­‐ Purpose  of  Trademark  law  

o By  indicating  the  source  of  wares/services,  the  marks  distinguish  wares/services  of  one  source  from  another.  The  idea  of  distinctiveness  underlies  the  purpose  of  Trade-­‐Mark  law  

o 2-­‐fold  purpose  to  Trade-­‐Marks  Act  § 1)  protect  the  public  by  indicating  the  source  of  goods/services  in  order  that  purchaser  can  reduce  their  

search  costs,  identify  the  level  of  quality  they  seek,  and  receive  a  similar  product  or  consistent  service  over  time;    • informational  purpose:  helping  consumers  recognize  goods  &  services  more  quickly;  serving  to  

identify  the  product/service  that  matches  the  characteristics  they  seek  § 2)  to  protect  the  Trade-­‐Mark  owner  against  commercial  misappropriation  of  the  mark  &/or  the  

goodwill  associated  with  the  mark    • Purpose  of  brand  differentiation  is  much  more  than  identification;  represent  a  certain  reputation  

or  lifestyle;  link  with  brand  loyalty  o à  J.  Binnie  in  Mattel  (Barbie)  case  (p.  318)  touches  on  the  importance  of  Trade-­‐Marks  as  intangible  assets  for  

businesses  and  how  Trade-­‐Mark  is  an  assurance  of  quality  for  consumers  such  that  Trade-­‐Mark  law  is  essentially  consumer  protection  legislation  

-­‐ Jurisdiction  o Federal  jurisdiction  

§ In  Canada,  Trade-­‐Marks  are  of  federal  jurisdiction  under  the  general  federal  power  under  s.  91(2)    § This  is  different  from  copyrights  &  patents,  which  are  explicitly  listed  under  91(23)  &  91(22)  § Most  statutory  law  for  trade-­‐marks  is  found  in  the  Trade-­‐Marks  Act,  but  other  statutes  effect  Trade-­‐

Mark  law  as  well  (e.g.  Competition  Act,  Criminal  Code)  o Provincial  jurisdiction  

§ A  substantial  portion  of  Trade-­‐Mark  law  is  regulated  by  the  provinces  • Torts  of  passing  off,  slander  of  title,  injurious  falsehood,  trade  libel  • Some  of  these  are  under  s.  7  of  the  Trade-­‐Mark  Act    [s.7(3)  has  been  held  ultra  vires  &  s.  7(b)  has  

been  upheld  as  valid  exercise  of  fed  power]  -­‐ Current  Trade-­‐Mark  Act  

o Establishes  a  regulatory  scheme  for  both  registered  &  unregistered  marks  and  provides  civil  remedies  for  both  o Regulates  the  adoption,  use,  transfer  &  enforcement  of  rights    o Provides  for  a  national  registry  system  

-­‐ Advantages  of  registration  o National  protection  (exclusive  right  to  use  the  mark  in  association  with  the  designated  ware/service  

throughout  Canada)  whereas  unregistered  marks  ONLY  protected  in  the  same  “trade  area”  o The  rights  can  be  enforced  in  Federal  Court  o Registration  has  a  presumption  of  validity  (other  party  has  burden  of  showing  that  the  mark  is  invalid)  

-­‐ Without  registration,  the  rights  in  a  mark  already  exist  before  registration  o Registration  only  extends  protection  to  national  exclusive  use  

-­‐ Long  quote  by  J.  Lebel  in  Kirkbi  v.  Ritvik  Holdings  about  Trade-­‐Mark  Act’s  applicability  to  registered  &  unregistered  Trade-­‐Marks  (p.  322-­‐323)  explaining  that  these  are  NOT  two  separate  enforcement  regimes;  a  comprehensive  scheme  is  designed  to  protect  all  Trade-­‐Marks  

2.  PURPOSE  &  THEORY  OF  PROTECTING  TRADE-­‐MARKS  (P.  323)  -­‐ Purposes:  

o 1)  protect  consumers  § granting  right  to  sue  for  infringement  safeguards  public  while  allowing  owners  to  protect  their  

intangible  assets    o 2)  Exclusive  rights    

§ giving  owners  an  exclusive  right  to  use  the  mark  in  association  with  the  designated  goods/services  § marks  are  protected  as  indicators  of  source  to  distinguish  one  person’s  goods  from  another’s  § Trade-­‐Mark  law  doesn’t  provide  absolute  property  rights  in  the  mark  itself    

-­‐ What  does  a  Trade-­‐mark  allow  you  to  do  with  it?    o Like  all  other  IP,  can  be  sold,  licensed  &  assigned    o HOWEVER,  in  some  ways  functions  differently  than  other  IP  

§ Unlike  copyright/patent  where  something  is  created  or  invented,  there  is  NO  prerequisite  for  a  new  creation  or  invention  with  Trade-­‐Marks  (i.e.  the  mark  doesn’t  need  to  be  a  new  word/symbol/design)  

§ Quote  by  J.  Binnie  in  Mattel  on  how  Trade-­‐Marks  are  somewhat  of  an  anomaly  in  IP  law  (p.  324)  § There  is  no  reward/incentive  for  the  mere  creation  of  the  mark  and  creating  the  mark  doesn’t  give  the  

creator  a  monopoly  on  the  mark  § Trade-­‐Mark  rights  result  from  use;  not  from  the  mark’s  creation  § The  mark  has  no  legal  meaning  in  isolation:  rights  arise  from  use  of  the  mark  in  association  with  

wares/services  and  the  rights  protect  the  owner’s  right  to  use  the  mark  to  indicate  source  § Requirement  of  use  is  crucial  to  balance  Trade-­‐Mark  law  and  consistent  with  the  dual  purpose  of  the  

Trade-­‐Mark  Act  (protect  consumers  &  intangible  asset)  § NB  Trade-­‐Mark  rights  belong  to  person  who  uses  the  mark  to  distinguish  wares/services  and  not  the  

author  of  the  mark  (although  might  have  copyright  in  design)  -­‐ Length  of  term  for  Trade-­‐Mark  

o Initial  term  =  15  years  but  can  be  renewed  as  long  as  criteria  for  maintaining  the  mark  are  met  (s.  46)  o Potential  for  indefinite  trademark:  as  long  as  its  in  use  &  distinctive,  term  can  be  renewed    o This  protects  the  informational  purpose  of  the  mark  

-­‐ Balancing  Interests  and  Comparison  with  consumer  protection  o Tempting  to  think  of  Trade-­‐Mark  law  as  consumer  protection  but  it’s  about  balancing  interests    

§ Trade-­‐Mark  owner’s  interests  § Vs.  Public’s  interest  in  mark’s  signalling  value,  commercial  competition,  access  to  the  mark  for  purposes  

such  as  expression)    o In  sum,  the  need  for  fair  competition  &  not  to  create  zones  of  exclusivity  o e.g.  competitors  can  access  functional/general  aspects  (e.g.  name  of  good)  &  individuals  can  access  marks  for  

non-­‐commercial  expressive  purposes  o “balancing  the  public  right  to  competition  w/  the  private  right  to  ownership”  (United  Artists  Pictures  v.  Pink  

Panther  Beauty  Corp)  -­‐ 3  essential  characteristics  of  Trade-­‐Marks  (from  Pink  Panther)  

o 1)  Mark  o 2)  Distinctiveness  o 3)  Use  

II.  OBJECT  OF  THE  PROTECTION  (P.  329)  –  THE  MARK  

-­‐ Object  =  first  characteristic:  what  is  a  mark?    -­‐ Reliance  on  consumer  interest  

o Traditional  IP  law  deals  with  monopolies  granted  to  creators  &  inventors  whereas.  Trade-­‐Mark  takes  into  account  the  concerns  of  consumers  à  if  there’s  no  consumer  interest,  we  won’t  enforce  Trade-­‐Mark  

o (except  for  the  depreciation  of  goodwill  at  s.  22  which  is  a  pure  rights  holder  right)    o NB  –  in  the  past,  Trade-­‐Mark  was  distinguishable  as  the  ONLY  IP  right  that  focuses  on  the  public’s  interests  but  

this  is  changing  as  the  court  is  speaking  about  the  public’s  interest  more  and  more  in  copyright  and  patent  too    -­‐ What  is  a  Trade-­‐Mark  

o s.  15  of  the  TRIPS  Agreement  (p.  330)  à  A  mark  is  any  sign  or  any  combination  of  signs  capable  of  distinguishing  the  goods/services  of  one  undertaking  from  those  of  other  undertakings  and  can  include  personal  names,  letters,  numerals,  figurative  elements  &  combination  of  colors  as  well  as  any  combination  of  such  signs  -­‐    

o NAFTA  art.  1708(1)  (p.  330)  à  very  similar  definition  o Trade-­‐mark  Act  (s.2)  

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.2  (“trade-­‐mark”)   “trade-mark” means

• (a) a mark that is used by a person for the purpose of distinguishing or so as to distinguish wares or services manufactured, sold, leased, hired or performed by him from those manufactured, sold, leased, hired or performed by others,

• (b) a certification mark, • (c) a distinguishing guise, or • (d) a proposed trade-mark;

   

§ a)  traditional  marks  à  a  mark  that  is  used  by  a  person  for  the  purpose  of  distinguishing  …wares  or  services  manufactured,  sold,  leased,  hired  or  performed  by  him  from  those  of  [others]  • note  that  this  refers  to  mark,  use  &  distinctiveness    • ware  doesn’t  mean  final  product    • same  mark  can  be  used  for  one  entity’s  wares  &  services  (e.g.  a  restaurant)  • includes  word  marks,  phrases,  design  marks  (e.g.  golden  arches)    

o note:  design  marks  can  also  be  copyrighted    § b)  Certification  Mark  § c)  Distinguishing  Guise  § d)  Proposed  Trade-­‐Mark  

-­‐ Issues  with  Trade-­‐Mark  not  defining  “mark”  –  what  counts?  o **NB  “mark”  itself  is  not  defined  under  the  Act  –  instead,  it  sets  out  the  purpose  of  a  mark:  to  distinguish  the  

sources  of  wares/services,  as  a  signalling  device  for  consumers  of  quality,  reputation,  cost  &  other  traits  o Under  the  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  if  we  don’t  define  a  “mark”,  what  sensory  indicators  qualify?  What  qualifies  as  

“any  sign”  under  TRIPS/NAFTA?  § Traditionally,  visual  (e.g.  signs,  logos,  packaging)  § Colors  too  (as  long  as  not  functional)  § TRIPS/NAFTA  don’t  require  member  states  to  make  visual  perceptibility  a  condition  § VISIBLE  à  Since  it’s  anything  that  distinguishes,  it  COULD  be  a  sound  (e.g.  jingle)  or  an  odor  (e.g.  

perfume)  if  the  mark  distinguishes  one’s  wares/services  from  another’s  …  but  Canadian  courts  are  unwilling  to  go  that  far  &  have  stated  that  the  mark  MUST  be  visible  (Playboy  v  Germain)  

Case:  Playboy  v.  Germain  

Facts  -­‐ Company  selling  hair  stuff  tells  customers  verbally  that  their  goods  are  “PLAYBOY”.  No  visual  representation  of  

mark.  Issue:    -­‐  Is  auditory  use  of  the  word  PLAYBOY  a  mark?  

Held  -­‐  No  

Reasoning  -­‐ Court  states  in  obiter  dictum  that:  “a  “mark”  must  be  something  that  can  be  represented  visually”  -­‐ Discussion:  really  it’s  about  whether  saying  a  mark  that  is  registered  as  a  visual  mark  constitutes  use  of  the  mark.  

Maybe  the  result  would  have  been  different  had  PLAYBOY  tried  and  been  allowed  to  register  it  as  an  auditory  mark  as  well.  

-­‐ Note:  visual  perceptibility  (visible  to  eye)  isn’t  the  same  as  graphical  representation  (representation  of  sign  through  pictures,  written  description  or  both)  

o a  non-­‐conventional  mark  (sound,  smell,  tactile)  could  meet  the  broad  definition  of  mark  under  s.  2  although  it  isn’t  visibly  perceptible  à  the  difficulty  is  more  evidentiary    

o as  long  as  it  can  be  graphically  represented  and  precisely  defined  so  that  it  can  be  identified/recorded,  it  should  be  able  to  be  registered    

o i.e.  the  court  saying  that  the  mark  needs  to  be  “visually  represented”  doesn’t  mean  that  it  needs  to  be  “visually  perceptible”  

 -­‐ Not-­‐traditional  marks  

o Canada  has  been  slow  to  allow  non-­‐traditional  marks  to  be  registered  (e.g.  smell,  sound,  holograms,  color,  motion,  tactile  marks)…  we  keep  focusing  on  visual  perceptibility  although  other  jurisdictions  will  allow  non-­‐conventional  marks  that  are  graphically  represented  but  not  visually  perceptible  (like  music!)  

o fictional  characters  are  protected  (but  the  less  graphic  they  get  the  harder  it  is)  o if  graphical  representations  were  allowed,  music  could  be  registered  but  applications  have  been  refused    o purely  auditory  marks  haven’t  been  recognized  b/c  not  visually  perceptible    o scent  is  even  harder  b/c  it’s  hard  to  represent  graphically  &  isn’t  visibly  perceptible    o motion  marks  also  can’t  be  represented  in  fixed  form  (can  only  be  separate  visual  stills)  

-­‐ b)  certification  mark  =  given  by  a  third  party  guaranteeing  a  certain  origin  &  quality  (defined  at  s.  23)  o can  only  be  registered  by  someone  who  isn’t  engaged  in  manufacturing,  selling,  leasing  or  hiring  the  

wares/services    o mark’s  owner  doesn’t  use  it  but  licenses  others  to  use  the  mark  &  their  use  is  deemed  to  be  the  use  of  a  

certification  mark  owner  (s.  23(2))  o the  mark  signifies  the  standard  and  isn’t  registered  with  the  wares/services  themselves  o e.g.  ISO  standards,  “certified  organic”    o note:  if  the  owner  of  the  mark  is  an  unincorporated  body,  any  member  can  bring  an  action  to  prevent  

unauthorized  use  o note:  proposed  use  applications  can’t  be  filed  for  certification  marks  

-­‐ c)  distinguishing  guise  =  shape,  wrapping  or  packaging  distinctive  to  the  product  (but  can’t  be  functional!)  o e.g.  shape  &  color  of  Perrier  bottle    o it  can  refer  to  the  shaping  of  wares  but  the  ware  and  the  mark  shouldn’t  be  confused  (the  mark  is  the  

connection  between  a  product  and  its  source)  o Additional  requirements  for  distinguishing  guise  

§ distinctive  through  use  at  the  time  of  application  (no  proposed  use)  § exclusive  use  of  the  distinguishing  guise  can’t  be  “likely  unreasonably  to  limit  the  development  of  any  

art  or  industry  (s.13(1))  § can’t  interfere  w/  the  use  of  any  utilitarian  features  (s.13(2))    § need  evidence  of  use  

§ registration  is  not  automatically  national  –  need  evidence  used  across  Canadaà  limited  to  the  wares/services  and  territorial  area  where  it’s  been  used  to  be  distinctive  (s.  32)  

§ **why  all  these  additional  requirements?  à  we  don’t  want  Trade-­‐Mark  to  be  used  as  a  backdoor  for  patent  law  (unlike  patent  law  which  is  limited  to  20  years,  Trade-­‐Mark  protection  can  be  perpetual)  

o Just  as  copyright  is  separate  from  the  object,  distinguishing  guise  is  separate  from  the  functional  elements  § e.g.  Remington  Rand  v  Philips  Electronics:  arrangement  of  3  cutting  heads  on  shaver  is  primarily  

functional    § e.g.  Dominion  Lock  Co  v  Schlage  Lock:  application  for  distinguishing  guise  mark  for  bow-­‐shaped  top  for  

original  keys  rejected    o Kirkbi:  LEGO  had  patent  on  interlocking  blocks.  Patent  expires.  Mega  Blocks  markets  the  same  toy.  LEGO  

argues  there’s  a  distinguishing  guise.  SCC  says  design  is  functional  &  Trade-­‐Mark  to  extend  expired  patent  -­‐ d)  Proposed  trademark    

o allows  entities  to  apply  for  the  registration  of  Trade-­‐Mark  before  using  them    o TRIPS  article  15  o In  Canada  &  US,  can  file  application  but  will  only  be  registered  when  commerce  begins    o Applicant  has  priority  from  application  date  over  someone  with  actual  use  that  is  later  in  time    

-­‐ A  trade-­‐name  is  not  the  same  thing  as  a  trade-­‐mark  o Trade-­‐name  =  name  under  which  business  is  carried  on  o Can  also  be  a  Trade-­‐Mark  (if  functions  as  one)  but  not  necessarily  so  o Can  cause  confusion  w/  a  Trade-­‐Mark  (s.6(1)  and  following)    

 -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐BARBARA  CLASS  11-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

III.  REGISTRABLE  MARKS    

1.  SECTION  12  OVERVIEW  (P.  342)  -­‐ To  be  eligible  for  registration,  a  mark  must  meet  the  criteria  set  out  in  s.  12  TMA:  

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.  12  à  registrability   12.  (1)  Subject  to  section  13,  a  trade-­‐mark  is  registrable  if  it  is  not  

(a)  a  word  that  is  primarily  merely  the  name  or  the  surname  of  an  individual  who  is  living  or  has  died  within  the  preceding  thirty  years;  (b)  whether  depicted,  written  or  sounded,  either  clearly  descriptive  or  deceptively  misdescriptive  in  the  English  or  French  language  of  

the  character  or  quality  of  the  wares  or  services  in  association  with  which  it  is  used  or  proposed  to  be  used  or  of  the  conditions  of  or  the  persons  employed  in  their  production  or  of  their  place  of  origin;  

(c)  the  name  in  any  language  of  any  of  the  wares  or  services  in  connection  with  which  it  is  used  or  proposed  to  be  used;  (d)  confusing  with  a  registered  trade-­‐mark;  (e)  a  mark  of  which  the  adoption  is  prohibited  by  section  9  or  10;  (f)  a  denomination  the  adoption  of  which  is  prohibited  by  section  10.1;  (g)  in  whole  or  in  part  a  protected  geographical  indication,  where  the  trade-­‐mark  is  to  be  registered  in  association  with  a  wine  not  

originating  in  a  territory  indicated  by  the  geographical  indication;  (h)  in  whole  or  in  part  a  protected  geographical  indication,  where  the  trade-­‐mark  is  to  be  registered  in  association  with  a  spirit  not  

originating  in  a  territory  indicated  by  the  geographical  indication;  and  (i)  subject  to  subsection  3(3)  and  paragraph  3(4)(a)  of  the  Olympic  and  Paralympic  Marks  Act,  a  mark  the  adoption  of  which  is  

prohibited  by  subsection  3(1)  of  that  Act.    (2)  A  trade-­‐mark  that  is  not  registrable  by  reason  of  paragraph  (1)(a)  or  (b)  is  registrable  if  it  has  been  so  used  in  Canada  by  the  applicant  or  his  predecessor  in  title  as  to  have  become  distinctive  at  the  date  of  filing  an  application  for  its  registration.  

2.  PRIMARILY  MERELY  A  NAME  OR  SURNAME  AND  SECTION  12(1)(A)  (P.  344)  -­‐ General    

o The  rule  does  not  prohibit  the  registration  of  marks  using  only  a  first  name,  fictitious  name,  or  historical  name  (the  person  is  deceased  more  than  30  years).    

o When  the  number  of  instances  where  a  word  is  used  as  a  name  or  surname  is  greater  than  the  number  of  instances  where  the  same  word  is  used  in  a  different  context,  the  evidence  shows  that  a  name  is  mostly  used  as  a  name  or  surname,  and  the  standard  of  s.  12(1)(a)  would  be  met.    

o Examiners  and  judges  use  telephone  directories  and  dictionaries  as  evidence  respectively  of  the  word  as  a  name  or  surname  and  of  other  meanings  of  the  word.    

-­‐ Test  for  “primarily  merely”  a  name  or  a  surname:  o The  Trade-­‐marks  Office  practice  is  that  there  must  be  at  least  25  entries  of  the  name  or  surname  in  Canadian  

telephone  directories,  or  the  name  or  surname  must  be  of  a  famous  individual,  for  an  objection  under  s.  12(1)(a)  to  be  considered.  …If  that  preliminary  test  is  satisfied…  

o The  Examiner  will  consider  the  response  of  the  general  public  in  Canada  to  that  word.  § If  the  evidence  shows  that  the  mark  has  both  uses,  then  to  assess  whether  a  mark  is  “primarily  merely”  

a  name,  the  Trade-­‐mark  Office  and  courts  use  Canadians’  perceptions  of  the  word  to  measure  whether  it  is  “primarily  merely  a  surname”.    

§ If  a  person  in  Canada  of  ordinary  intelligence  and  of  ordinary  education  in  English  or  French  would  be  just  as  likely,  if  not  more  likely,  to  respond  to  the  word  by  thinking  of  it  as  a  brand  or  mark  or  some  business  as  to  respond  to  it  by  thinking  of  some  family  of  people  (that  is,  by  thinking  of  it  as  being  the  surname  of  one  or  more  individuals),  then  it  is  not  primarily  merely  as  name  or  surname.  (Standard  Oil  Co.  v  Canada,  p.  346)    

§ The  test  for  “primarily  merely  a  surname”  is  whether  more  Canadians  perceive  the  word  to  be  a  name  or  surname  rather  than  as  a  mark.    

§ If  the  two  senses  are  equally  weighted,  it  is  not  “primarily  merely”  a  name  or  surname.    

Case:  Standard  Oil  v.  Canada  (Registrar)  [1968]    

Facts  -­‐ The  word  FIOR  was  proposed  as  a  trade-­‐mark  for  use  on  wares  described  as  direct  reduction  iron  ore.  The  

proposed  trade-­‐mark  was  an  invented  word  mark,  based  on  the  acronym  for  “fluid  iron  ore  reduction”.  The  issue  in  this  case  concerned  an  invented  word  (with  no  dictionary  meaning)  that  was  also  a  surname.  The  Registrar  had  refused  the  application  for  registration  on  the  ground  of  s.  12(1)(a)  because  FIOR  appeared  in  Toronto  and  Montreal  telephone  directories  as  a  surname  and  had  no  dictionary  meaning.  

Issue:    -­‐  Is  “Fior”  primarily  merely  a  surname?  

Held  -­‐  The  court  concluded  that,  even  though  FIOR  was  listed  as  a  name  in  telephone  directories,  it  was  not  “primarily  

merely”  a  name  Reasoning  -­‐  The  court  reasoned  that  s.  12(1)(a)  is  not  intended  to  bar  the  registration  of  all  words  that  appear  as  a  surname  in  

a  telephone  directory  -­‐ S.  12(1)(a)  was  not  intended  to  eliminate  the  creation  of  new  words  for  purposes  of  proposed  trade-­‐marks  

   -­‐ Examples  where  the  word  was  a  surname  but  also  a  dictionary  word  in  a  language  other  than  English  or  French:  

o Calona  Wines  Ltd.  v  Canada  (Registrar  of  Trade  Marks),  [1978]  1  FC  591  (p.  347)  § Word:  Fontana  Bianco  (for  wine)  § Fontana  is  an  Italian  word  for  fountain  § “I  cannot  convince  myself  that  the  purchasing  general  public  in  Canada  would  respond  to  the  word  

“Fontana”,  used  in  conjunction  with  the  words  “Bianco”  on  the  label  of  a  bottle  of  wine,  by  spontaneously  thinking  of  it  as  being  the  surname  of  an  individual.”  

§ Held  à  NOT  “primarily  merely”  a  name  or  a  surname.    o Galanos  v  Canada  (Registrar  of  Trade  Marks),  (1982)  69  CPR  (2d)  144  (p.  347)  

§ Word:  Galanos  (for  perfume)  § The  court  found  that  the  general  public  would  think  of  that  word  as  being  a  brand  or  trade-­‐mark.    § Galanos  is  a  Spanish  word  for  elegant  or  beautiful.    § Held  à  NOT  primarily  merely  a  surname  

o Nishi  v  Robert  Morse  Applicances  Ltd.,  (1990)  34  CPR  (3d)  161  (p.  348)  § The  Federal  Court  did  not  accept  evidence  that  Nishi,  a  Japanese  surname,  is  recognized  as  such  by  

many  Canadians.    

§ “Nishi”  also  means  “west”  in  Japanese  language.  So  not  “merely”  a  name  or  surname,  but  still  need  to  determine  “primarily”  

§ Conclusion  that  albeit  a  number  of  people  in  Vancouver  might  recognize  “Nishi”  as  a  surname,  the  same  could  not  be  said  of  the  majority  of  Canadians  or  even  a  majority  of  Canadians  in  a  significant  area  such  as  British  Columbia.    

§ Held  à  Nishi  NOT  not  primarily  merely  a  surname    -­‐ Examples  where  the  word  was  a  surname  but  also  had  dictionary  definitions  English  

o Elder’s  beverages  (1975)  Ltd.  v  Canada  (Registrar  of  Trade  Marks),  [1979]  2  FC  735  (p.  350)  § The  court  allowed  ELDER  to  be  registered  as  a  trade-­‐mark  for  non-­‐alcoholic  beverages.    § Although  the  word  is  a  surname  that  appears  in  telephone  directories  in  many  Canadian  cities,  the  

court  emphasized  that  it  also  has  several  dictionary  definitions  and  therefore  is  not  “merely”  a  surname  and  it  is  not  “primarily”  a  surname  because  the  word  in  the  dictionary  and  the  surname  are  each  of  substantial  significance.    

§ Held  à  NOT  primarily  merely  a  surname  o Registrar  of  Trade-­‐Marks  v  Coles  Book  Stores  Ltd,  (1972),  [19744]  SCR  438  (p.  351)  

§ The  court  found  that  COLES  was  essentially  a  family  name  and  refused  to  rely  on  the  dictionary  definition  of  “cole”  as  a  synonym  of  cabbage  (cole  slaw)  because  it  was  not  well-­‐known.    

§ What  matters  is  the  perception  of  the  average  Canadian.    § Held  à  Coles  IS  primarily  merely  a  surname  

3.  CLEARLY  DESCRIPTIVE  AND  DECEPTIVELY  MISDESCRIPTIVE  TRADE-­‐MARKS  AND  SECTION  12(1)(B)  (P.  351)  -­‐ General  

o A  trade-­‐mark  that  is  clearly  descriptive  or  deceptively  misdescriptive  (in  English  or  French)  of  the  ware  or  service  cannot  be  registered  under  s.  12(1)(b)  of  the  Act,  until  and  unless  it  becomes  distinctive  for  purposes  of  s.  12(2).  

o The  terms  “clearly  descriptive”  and  “deceptively  misdescriptive”  refer  to  the  character  or  quality  of  the  wares  or  services  themselves,  the  conditions  of  their  production,  the  persons  employed  in  their  production,  or  their  place  of  origin.    

-­‐ What  will  the  courts  look  at  (    o The  test  à  is  one  of  first/immediate  impression  from  the  perspective  of  a  hypothetical  everyday  

consumer/prospective  purchaser  of  wares  and  services  (A.  Lassonde  v.  Canada)  o  The  mark  must  be  considered  as  a  whole  (in  its  totality)  o Although  we  consider  if  the  trade-­‐mark  is  clearly  descriptive  or  deceptively  misdescriptive  in  English  or  

French,  foreign  words  commonly  used  by  English  or  French  speakers  would  be  included.    -­‐ Associated  through  use  

o S.  12  prohibits  only  the  registration  (not  the  use)  of  a  clearly  descriptive  or  deceptively  misdescriptive  term;  but  if,  through  use,  that  term  becomes  associated  with  a  particular  source  of  products  or  services  (i.e.  fulfills  the  function  of  a  mark),  then  it  will  be  registrable  (s.  12(2)).    

-­‐ Clearly  descriptive  o If  the  mark  is  clearly  descriptive,  then  it  is  improper  for  the  manufacturer  or  distributor  or  other  user  of  the  

mark  to  have  a  monopoly  on  a  word  that  clearly  describes  the  product  or  service.    o The  reason  why  the  trade-­‐mark  cannot  be  descriptive  is  that,  if  it  was,  it  would  take  words  from  the  common  

vocabulary  o Thus  the  name  can  be  suggestive,  but  it  cannot  be  descriptive  

-­‐ Issues  with  the  “clearly  descriptive”  test  o The  test  is  difficult  to  apply  because  there  is  no  bright  line  to  distinguish  what  is  merely  suggestive  and  what  is  

clearly  descriptive.    o There  is  a  high  volume  of  apparently  inconsistent  cases.  

-­‐ Clearly  descriptive  cases  

Case:  A.  Lassonde  v.  Canada  [2000]  (p.  355)  

Facts  

-­‐  The  mark  BANANORANGE  in  association  with  a  fruit  juice  was  contested.  Issue:    -­‐  is  “bananorange”  clearly  descriptive?    

Held  -­‐  YES,  the  mark  is  in  violation  of  s.  12(1)(b)  because  it  was  clearly  descriptive  of  the  composition  of  the  product  and  

the  intrinsic  nature  of  the  product  Reasoning  -­‐  The  impression  of  a  potential  buyer  on  hearing  or  seeing  the  mark  BANANORGANGE  would  be  of  those  mixed  

fruits  (not  of  any  of  the  other  dictionary  meanings  of  the  words  “banana”  or  “orange”)  and  since  that  was  clearly  descriptive  of  the  product,  the  mark  was  therefore  not  registrable  under  s.  12(1)(b).  

 

Case:  Rideout  Wines  v.  Vins  Brights  [1986]  (p.  356)  

Facts  -­‐ The  word  SELECTION  was  proposed  as  a  mark  for  wines    -­‐ Dictionary  meaning  is  related  to  the  act,  instance  or  process  of  selecting  or  choosing,  or  the  fact  or  state  of  being  

selected  or  chosen  Issue:    -­‐  Is  “selection”  clearly  descriptive?    

Held  -­‐  YES.  “selection”  is  clearly  descriptive  or  deceptively  misdescriptive  of  the  character  or  quality  of  the  wares  within  

the  scope  of  s.  12(1)(b)  of  the  TMA.  Reasoning  -­‐  After  applying  the  proper  test,  the  court  concluded  that  the  mark  was  clearly  descriptive  of  the  character  or  

quality  of  the  ware    -­‐ Certain  words  may  be  laudatory  in  relation  to  certain  wares  but  not  in  relation  to  others  

o SELECTION  in  relation  to  wines  has  such  a  laudatory  connotation.    

Case:  S.C.Johnson  &  Son  v.  Marketing  International  [1979]  (p.357)  

Facts  -­‐  The  word  OFF  was  proposed  as  a  mark  for  bugs  repellent  spray  -­‐  

Issue:    -­‐  Is  the  word  OFF  clearly  descriptive?    

Held  -­‐  Yes.  The  word  OFF    was  descriptive  of  the  bug  repellent  spray  sold  under  that  mark  because  although  the  word  

“off”  is  used  elliptically  with  regard  to  a  repellent,  it  describes  the  wares  of  their  effect.  Reasoning  -­‐  Off”  in  isolation  is  vague,  but  it  is  clearly  descriptive  when  assessed  in  the  context  of  a  ware  that  repels  insects.  -­‐ Must  consider  mark  in  totality  -­‐ The  court  compares  this  case  to  the  one  involving  the  word  “Frigidaire”  (for  refrigerator)  which  was  considered  to  

be  descriptive  (frigid  air)  -­‐ Would  monopolize  the  most  apt  and  descriptive  word  for  this  type  of  product  

 

Case:  Jordan  &  Ste.  Michelle  Cellars  v.  T.G.  Bright  [1984]  (p.  360)  

Facts  -­‐  CHILLABLE  RED  was  proposed  as  a  mark    for  wine  

Issue:    -­‐ Is  CHILLABLE  RED  clearly  descriptive?      

Held  -­‐  NO,  the  name  may  be  suggestive  but  is  not  descriptive  of  a  wine  

Reasoning  -­‐  The  court  distinguished  this  case  from  S.C.  Johnson  &  Son  where  OFF  was  a  common  word  while  Chillable  was  

not.    -­‐ It  may  be  considered  as  being  suggestive,  but  it  is  not  descriptive  

 

Case:  Reed  Stenhouse  v.  Canada  [1992]  (p.  361)  

Facts  -­‐  PET  PLAN  proposed  as  a  mark  for  pet  health  insurance  

Issue:    -­‐  Is  PET  PLAN  clearly  descriptive?  

Held  -­‐  NO,  merely  suggestive  mark  and  can  thus  be  registered  

Reasoning  -­‐  The  court  found  that  the  mark  merely  suggested  that  the  product  was  associated  with  animals  without  stating  

what  the  link  was    

Case:  Kellogg  v.  Canada  [1939]  (p.  361)  

Facts  -­‐  GRO-­‐PUP  proposed  as  a  mark  for  dog  food  

Issue:    -­‐  is  GRO-­‐PUP  clearly  descriptive?    

Held  -­‐  NO.  GRO-­‐PUP  was  suggestive  of  the  result  from  the  dog  food  but  not  clearly  descriptive.  

 

Case:  Pizza  Pizza  v.  Canada  [1989]  (p.  362)  

Facts  -­‐  Pizza  Pizza  wanted  to  trademark  their  phone  number  

Issue:    -­‐  Is  a  phone  number  clearly  descriptive?    

Held  -­‐  NO,  the  phone  number  was  a  registrable  mark  

Reasoning  -­‐  The  court  held  that  a  phone  number  was  registrable  as  a  mark  for  a  take-­‐out  pizza  delivery  business  because  the  

number  did  not  clearly  describe  the  product  or  service  provided.    -­‐ Thus,  a  mark  with  some  functional  aspect  is  not  (always)  considered  as  being  clearly  descriptive  -­‐ The  functional  aspect  must  be  unrelated  to  the  ware  (service)  to  which  it  is  associated  

   -­‐ Deceptively  misdescriptive  definition  

o If  the  mark  gives  a  wrong  description  likely  to  deceive,  it  cannot  be  registered  under  s.  12(1)(b)  (deceptively  misdescriptive).    

o Amendments  were  made  to  replace  the  word  “clearly”  misdescriptive  with  “deceptively”  misdiscriptive  as  many  words  may  be  “clearly  misdescriptive”  of  the  ware  with  which  they  are  used  in  association  but  are  not  necessarily  “deceptively  misdescriptive”.  

-­‐ Test  

o The  proper  test  to  be  applied  to  the  determination  as  to  whether  a  trade  mark  in  its  entirety  is  deceptively  misdescriptive  must  be  whether  the  general  public  in  Canada  would  be  misled  into  the  belief  that  the  product  with  which  the  trade  mark  is  associated  had  its  origin  in  the  place  of  a  geographic  name  in  the  trade  mark.    

o Under  s.  12(1)b)  one  of  the  ways  in  which  a  mark  can  be  clearly  descriptive  or  deceptively  misdescriptive  is  with  respect  to  the  place  of  origin  of  the  goods.    

-­‐ Deceptively  misdescriptive  as  to  the  place  of  origin  examples  o MONSIEUR  DE  PARIS  

§ YES.  The  court  found  it  to  be  deceptively  misdescriptive  as  to  the  place  of  origin  of  the  perfumes  (it  did  not  originate  in  France),  Paris  having  a  well-­‐known  reputation  as  a  source  of  perfumes.      (Syndicat  National  de  la  Perfumerie  Francaise  v  Laboratoire  Jean-­‐Pierre  Ltée,  p.  365)  

o MEMORIES  OF  PARIS  § NO.  The  court  found  that  a  perfume  sold  under  that  mark  was  not  deceptively  misdescriptive  as  to  its  

place  of  origin  even  though  it  was  not  manufactured  in  France.  (Syndicat  National  de  la  Perfumerie  Francaise  v  Andrew  Jergens,  p.  365)  

o SWISS  CHOCOLATE  § NO.  May  be  misdescriptive  of  place  of  origin  but  are  not  deceptively  so  because  they  are  as  likely  to  

create  a  first  impression  on  the  average  Canadian  not  of  a  place  of  origin  but  of  a  type  of  chocolate  and  those  words  do  not  dominate  the  trademark.  (Chocosuisse  Union  des  Fabricants-­‐Suisses  de  Chocolate  v  Hiram  Walker  &  Sons  Ltd,  p.  365)  

o HEIDELBERG  (beer)  § YES.  Not  registrable  because  it  is  deceptively  misdescriptive  of  the  place  where  the  beer  was  brewed  

(not  brewed  in  Heidelber,  West  Germany).    § The  mark  was  found  likely  to  lead  person  in  Canada  of  ordinary  intelligence  and  ordinary  education  in  

French  or  English  to  think  that  beer  originated  in  Germany,  or  Heidelberg  in  particular.  (Labatt  Breweries  of  Canada  v  Carling  Breweries  of  Canada,  p.  366)  

o OBERHAUS  (beer)  § NO.  Since  it  was  not  established  that  the  general  public  is  even  aware  that  there  are  placed  in  Germany  

called  Oberhausen,  it  certainly  cannot  be  concluded  that  the  general  public  in  Canada  would  be  misled  into  the  belief  that  wines  associated  with  the  mark  Oberhaus  had  their  origin  in  the  places  in  Germany  called  Oberhausen.    

§ Not  deceptively  misdescriptive.  (Der  Stabilisierungsfonds  fur  Wein  v  T.G.  Bright  &  Co  (1985)  p.  367)  

 -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐PAULINA  CLASS  12-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

4.  NAME  IN  ANY  LANGUAGE  OF  WARE  OR  SERVICE  AND  SECTION  12(1)(C)      

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.12(1)(c)  

 12.  (1)  Subject  to  section  13,  a  trade-­‐mark  is  registrable  if  it  is  not  (c)  the  name  in  any  language  of  any  of  the  wares  or  services  in  connection  with  which  it  is  used  or  proposed  to  be  used;  

-­‐ “generic  in  any  language”  o Section  12(1)(c)  refers  to  marks  that  are  generic  and  applies  to  any  language  o If  the  mark  is  generic  because  it  signifies  the  general  name  of  the  ware  or  service  and  not  the  particular  

source,  it  is  not  functioning  as  a  mark  to  distinguish  the  wares  or  services  and  is  thus  not  registrable  o Unlike  s.12(1)(b)  which  uses  the  first  impression  test,  s.12(1)(c)  applies  regardless  of  whether  the  ordinary  

Canadian  would  recognize  the  word  (370)  o Examples  of  evidence  include  definitions  in  dictionaries,  legislation,  or  government  documents  and  expert  

witness  testimony.      o Phonetic  equivalents  are  also  included  in  the  definition  (371)  

Case:  Canadian  Shredded  Wheat  v.  Kellogg  

Facts  -­‐ The  plaintiff  had  patents  on  a  shredded  what  manufacturing  process  and  sole  the  product  as  “shredded  what  

biscuits”  and  registered  the  trade-­‐mark  SHREDDED  WHEAT  for  biscuits,  crackers  etc.  (371)  -­‐ When  the  patents  expired,  Kellogg  manufactured  biscuits  using  the  patented  process  and  sold  biscuits  of  similar  

appearance  under  the  name  “Kellogg’s  Shredded  Whole  Wheat  Biscuits”  -­‐ CSW  sued  for  trade-­‐mark  infringement  arguing  unsuccessfully  that  during  the  patent  term  SHREDDED  WHEAT  was  

distinctive  for  CSW  as  a  source  Issue:    -­‐ had  patents  on  a  shredded  what  manufacturing  process  and  sole  the  product  as  “shredded  wheat  biscuits”  and  

registered  the  trade-­‐mark  SHREDDED  WHEAT  for  biscuits,  crackers  etc.  (371)  Held  -­‐ The  single  source  origin  obtained  as  a  result  of  a  patent  monopoly  did  not  mean  that  he  term  was  distinctive  of  

the  plaintiff  in  a  trade-­‐mark  sense  Reasoning  -­‐ Lord  Russell:  “a  word  or  words  to  be  really  distinctive  of  a  person’s  goods  must  generally  speaking  be  incapable  of  

application  to  the  goods  of  anyone  else.”  

 

Case:  Linoleum  Manufacturing  v.  Nairn  

Facts  -­‐  The  plaintiff  invented  an  patented  a  new  floor  covering  and  coined  the  phrase  “linoleum”  to  describe  it  

Issue:    -­‐  Can  linoleum  prevent  others  from  using  the  name  “linoleum”  after  their  patent  expired?    

Held  -­‐ The  court  found  that  the  inventor  could  not  prevent  a  competitor  company  from  marketing  their  solidified  oil  

floor  product  as  “linoleum”  after  the  patent  had  expired  Reasoning  -­‐ The  inventor  company  cold  not  claim  exclusive  trade-­‐mark  rights  in  a  word  which  described  the  good  itself  and  

did  not  distinguish  the  source  (371)    -­‐ The  word  or  words  commonly  used  to  designate  a  general  name  of  the  good  are  available  to  a  competitor  firm  

which  can  market  a  similar  product  once  the  patent  expires  (372)    -­‐ Trade-­‐marks  are  not  rights  in  the  ware  itself  (which  patent  law  might  provide)  nor  in  the  generic  name  of  the  ware  

(372)      

5.  CONFUSION  AND  SECTION  12(1)(D)  (P.307)    

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.12(1)(d)  

 s.12(1)  Subject  to  section  13,  a  trade-­‐mark  is  registrable  if  it  is  not  ((d)  confusing  with  a  registered  trade-­‐mark;  

-­‐ Confusing  o Fundamental  principal:  that  is  it  unfair  to  let  a  defendant  sell  its  product  as  being  that  of  another  person  and  

to  let  one  undertaking  benefit  from  the  goodwill  of  another  (372)  o The  test  as  to  whether  a  product/service  is  market  as  those  of  another  is  based  on  the  perception  of  

prospective  buyers  

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.6(2)  à  Definition  of  confusion  

s.  6(2)  The  use  of  a  trade-­‐mark  causes  confusion  with  another  trade-­‐mark  if  the  use  of  both  trade-­‐marks  in  the  same  area  would  be  likely  to  lead  to  the  inference  that  the  wares  or  services  associated  with  those  trade-­‐marks  are  manufactured,  sold,  leased,  hired  or  performed  by  the  same  person,  whether  or  not  the  wares  or  services  are  of  the  same  general  class  

-­‐ Interpretation  o Confusion  is  a  defined  term  and  the  Trade-­‐Mark  Opposition  Board  is  required  to  address  the  likelihood  that  in  

areas  where  both  trade-­‐marks  are  used,  prospective  purchasers  will  infer  (incorrectly)  that  the  wares  and  services  –  though  not  being  of  the  same  general  class  –  are  supplied  by  the  same  person  (372  –  from  Mattel)    

o Confusion  is  based  on  “what  the  registration  would  authorize  the  respondent  to  do,  not  what  the  respondent  happens  to  be  doing  at  the  moment”  (374)  

-­‐ The  relevant  date    o The  relevant  date  for  determining  whether  there  is  a  likelihood  of  confusion  both  for  the  purposes  of  

registration  under  s.  12(1)(d)  and  for  opposition  proceedings,  is  the  hearing  date  -­‐ Burden  of  proof  

o The  onus  of  proof  lies  on  the  person  applying  to  register  a  trade-­‐mark,  who  must  establish  on  a  balance  of  probabilities  that  there  is  no  likelihood  of  confusion  with  a  previously  used  or  registered  mark  (373)  

-­‐ Wares/service  overlap  o It  is  possible  to  have  confusion  between  a  ware  and  a  service  and  between  wares  and/or  services  of  a  

different  class  o BUT  if  the  wares  or  services  are  in  the  same  class  and  intended  for  the  same  audience,  those  factors  tend  to  

support  confusion  

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.15(2)  à  Registration  of  confusing  marks  

Registration  of  confusing  marks  15.  (1)  Notwithstanding  section  12  or  14,  confusing  trade-­‐marks  are  registrable  if  the  applicant  is  the  owner  of  all  such  trade-­‐marks,  which  shall  be  known  as  associated  trade-­‐marks.  Record  (2)  On  the  registration  of  any  trade-­‐mark  associated  with  any  other  registered  trade-­‐mark,  a  note  of  the  registration  of  each  trade-­‐mark  shall  be  made  on  the  record  of  registration  of  the  other  trade-­‐mark  Amendment  (3)  No  amendment  of  the  register  recording  any  change  in  the  ownership  or  in  the  name  or  address  of  the  owner  of  any  one  of  a  group  of  associated  trade-­‐marks  shall  be  made  unless  the  Registrar  is  satisfied  that  the  same  change  has  occurred  with  respect  to  all  the  trade-­‐marks  in  the  group,  and  corresponding  entries  are  made  contemporaneously  with  respect  to  all  those  trade-­‐marks.  

-­‐ **The  Act  includes  an  exception  under  s.15  that  allows  for  otherwise  confusing  marks  to  be  registered  IF  the  applicant  owns  all  the  marks  in  question  

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.6(5)  à  What  to  be  considered  

 6(5)  In  determining  whether  trade-­‐marks  or  trade-­‐names  are  confusing,  the  court  or  the  Registrar,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  have  regard  to  all  the  surrounding  circumstances  including  (a)  the  inherent  distinctiveness  of  the  trade-­‐marks  or  trade-­‐names  and  the  extent  to  which  they  have  become  known;  (b)  the  length  of  time  the  trade-­‐marks  or  trade-­‐names  have  been  in  use;  (c)  the  nature  of  the  wares,  services  or  business;  (d)  the  nature  of  the  trade;  and  (e)  the  degree  of  resemblance  between  the  trade-­‐marks  or  trade-­‐names  in  appearance  or  sound  or  in  the  ideas  suggested  by  them  

-­‐ Factors  to  consider  o Section  6(5)  provides  a  guide  for  courts  to  determine  whether  a  trade-­‐marks  is  confusing.    The  five  basic  

criteria  are:    § Strength  § Length  of  use  § Type  of  merchandise  and  service  

§ Nature  of  commerce    § Resemblance  

o These  criteria  do  not  have  to  be  equally  weighted;  the  criteria  are  not  exhaustive  and  the  test  set  out  in  s.  6(5)  is  highly  factual  and  contextual  

o NB  Confusion  is  always  with  respect  to  the  SOURCE  of  the  wares  and  services  with  which  the  mark  is  associated  and  not  the  marks  by  themselves  (375)  

-­‐ Factors  supporting  confusion  are  (and  adverse  inference  from  lack  of  such  evidence  where  it  would  be  available):  o If  the  mark  is  well-­‐known  o In  use  for  a  long  time  o Customers  are  not  sophisticated  o Little  time  is  spent  on  purchase  o The  ware  or  service  is  inexpensive  o The  marks  are  very  similar  or  identical  

-­‐ Perspective  and  test  o Likely  Consumer  à  Confusion  is  evaluated  from  the  perspective  of  the  likely  consumer  of  the  wares  and  

services  at  issue  o The  test    àconsiders  the  perspective  of  a  person,  with  an  imperfect  recollection  of  the  registered  mark,  who  

might  encounter  the  applicant’s  wares  or  services  in  the  marketplace  and  whether  they  would  likely  be  confused  about  the  source.  (376)  

o The  “first  impression  test”  is  that  of  the  “ordinary  casual  customer  in  a  hurry”  (Binnie  J.    in  Mattel)  (377)  o In  Veuve  Clicquot  [summarized  in  infringement  section],  the  companion  case  to  Mattel,  Justice  Binnie  further  

elaborated  the  first  impression  test:  § “The  test  to  be  applied  is  a  matter  of  first  impression  in  the  mind  of  a  casual    consumer  somewhat  in  a  hurry  who  

sees  the  name  Cliquot  on  the  respondents’  storefront  or  invoice,  at  a  time  when  he  or  she  has  no  more  than  an  imperfect  recollection  of  the  VEUVE  CLICQUOT  trade-­‐marks,  and  does  not  pause  to  give  the  matter  any  detailed  consideration  or  scrutiny,  nor  to  examine  closely  the  similarities  and  differences  between  the  marks.    As  stated  by  Pigeon  J.  in  Benson  &  Hedges  (Canada)  Ltd.  v.  St.  Regis  Tobacco  Corp.,  1968  CanLII  1  (SCC),  [1969]  S.C.R.  192,  at  p.  202:  

It  is  no  doubt  true  that  if  one  examines  both  marks  carefully,  he  will  readily  distinguish  them.    However,  this  is  not  the  basis  on  which  one  should  decide  whether  there  is  any  likelihood  of  confusion    

the  marks  will  not  normally  be  seen  side  by  side  and  [the  Court  must]  guard  against  the  danger  that  a  person  seeing  the  new  mark  may  think  that  it  is  the  same  as  one  he  has  seen  before,  or  even  that  it  is  a  new  or  associated  mark  of  the  proprietor  of  the  former  mark.  

o NB  -­‐  The  marks  should  NOT  be  compared  side  by  side  –  to  maintain  the  first  impression  test  (379)  o “General  Recollection”  à  In  British  Drug  Houses  v.  Battle  Pharmaceuticals  the  court  described  the  correct  

approach  as  a  combination  of  a  “negation  of  careful  analysis  of  the  marks  side  by  side  together  with  the  necessity  of  assuming  only  a  general  recollection  of  the  earlier  marks  when  the  later  one  is  seen  by  itself”  (379)  

a)  Strength  of  the  mark  -­‐ General    

o The  Act  refers  to  both  the  inherent  distinctiveness  and  the  extent  to  which  it  has  become  known  o To  assess  the  strength  of  the  mark,  the  trade-­‐mark  has  to  be  considered  both  as  a  whole  and  in  its  entire  

context  (380)  o Although  marks  should  not  be  minutely  dissected,  the  individual  features  of  a  mark  may  be  examined  for  

comparison  purposes  -­‐ Rule  of  thumb  and  “thin  protection”:    

o Confusion  exists  where  the  use  of  that  mark  in  connection  with  wares  or  services  different  from  those  with  which  it  is  currently  used  would  lead  the  public  to  believe  there  is  a  connection  between  the  “new”  product  or  service  and  the  trade-­‐mark  owner.    A  strong  mark  with  an  inherent  distinctiveness  can  be  used  in  connection  with  wares  or  services  that  don’t  differ  widely  from  the  original  wares  and  services  (380)  

o When  marks  are  weak,  smaller  differences  aren’t  enough  to  avoid  confusion  -­‐ Confusion  in  PARTS  

o Confusion  can  exist  with  only  parts  of  the  marks    

o In  Pernod  Ricard  v.  Molson  Breweries,  there  was  a  dispute  which  concerned  RICARD  and  RICKARD’s  RED.    The  court  indicated  that  for  the  purposes  of  distinction,  the  most  important  part  of  the  mark  was  usually  the  first  part.  (381)  

o Use  of  part  of  a  mark  can  be  confusing  where  a  company  has  associated  marks  that  use  the  same  part  of  the  mark  i.e.  McDonald’s  identifies  many  of  its  products  with  “Mc”  

-­‐ Major  Factors:  nature  of  good  and  distribution  channels  o The  likelihood  of  confusion  as  to  the  origin  of  the  product  depends  on  factors  such  as  the  nature  of  the  goods  

(i.e.  food  or  not)  and  distribution  channels  (382)  -­‐ Evidence  looked  to  

o To  evaluate  confusion,  evidence  of  the  state  of  the  register  and  the  marketplace  in  Canada  may  be  assessed  for  third  party  marks  in  use  that  have  elements  common  to  both  of  the  marks  at  issue  and  the  extent  and  duration  of  their  use  

o In  Maximum  Nutrition  Limited  v.  Kellogg  Salada  Canada  Inc.  the  Federal  Court  of  Appeal  concluded  that  there  was  no  likelihood  of  confusion  between  the  mark  NUTRI-­‐VITE  for  breakfast  and  snack  foods  and  the  registered  marks  NUTRI-­‐MAX  and  NUTRI-­‐FIBRE  for  health  food  products.    The  court  reasoned  that  the  term  “Nutri”  is  commonly  used  in  marks,  with  more  than  225  registrations  for  trade-­‐marks  and  trade-­‐names  using  the  word,  the  marks  have  little  or  no  inherent  distinctiveness  and  small  differences  distinguishing  them.  (383)  

 b)  The  Length  of  Use  -­‐ Existence  à  A  mark  that  has  been  in  use  for  a  longer  time  is  more  likely  to  be  distinctive.  -­‐ Co-­‐existence  à  The  longer  the  marks  have  co-­‐existed,  the  more  difficult  is  it  will  be  to  convince  a  court  that  there  

exists  a  likelihood  of  confusion  without  evidence  of  the  actual  confusion  (385)  -­‐ Example:  In  Panavision  Inc.  v.  Matsushita  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  the  court  concluded  that  two  marks,  which  existed  

side  by  side  for  10  years  without  any  evidence  of  confusion  during  this  period,  could  not  be  said  to  be  confusing  (385)  

 c)  The  Type  of  Merchandise  and  Service  -­‐ S.  6(2)  establishes  that  there  can  be  a  likelihood  of  confusion  even  where  the  wares  and  services  are  not  of  the  same  

general  class  -­‐ Distinct  Fields  

o If  two  marks  operate  in  distinct  fields,  there  is  a  smaller  likelihood  of  confusion  o Examples  of  distinct  fields  à  no  confusion  

§ In  Clorox  Co.  v.  Sears  Canada  Inc.,  the  judge  found  that  fruit  cake  and  bbq  sauce  which  both  used  the  name  MASTERPIECE  were  different  types  of  merchandise  and  that  confusion  was  unlikely  (385)  

§ In  Joseph  E.  Seagram  &  Sons  Ltd.  v.  Canada  (Regisrar  of  Trade  Marks)  the  court  found  that  the  mark  SEAGRAM  was  only  protected  in  the  field  of  alcoholic  beverages  and  that  use  of  that  name  for  a  real  estate  company  would  not  create  customer  confusion  (386)  

§ LEXUS  for  a  car  and  LEXUS  for  food  are  not  likely  to  make  the  consumer  think  that  the  car  maker  started  making  food  

-­‐ Sophistication  of  consumer  o The  type  of  merchandise  and  service  criterion  also  implicates  how  knowledgeable  a  likely  purchaser  is  i.e.  a  

purchaser  of  nuclear  power  is  an  extremely  sophisticated  consumer  (386)  o The  purchaser  of  high  quality  and  expensive  Max  Mara  Fashion  products  is  not  likely  to  confuse  those  

products  of  Max  &  Cie  which  has  a  chain  of  supermarkets  and  retail  department  stores  and  also  sells  some  clothing  items  (387)  

o Similarly  for  services,  consumers  buying  a  service  that  involves  large  sums  of  money,  such  as  a  mortgage  service,  will  take  more  care  than  when  buying  a  routine  household  consumable.  (388)  

 d)  The  nature  of  commerce  -­‐ Commercialization  factor  

o This  part  of  the  test  relates  to  the  methods  and  strategies  of  commercialization  (i.e.  the  type  of  store  –  retail  of  wholesale,  the  type  of  buyer,  the  display  of  the  wares  in  the  store,  distribution  and  marketing  of  the  wares  and  services)    

o i.e.  a  consumer  in  a  supermarket  may  be  more  likely  to  purchase  in  a  hurry  than  in  a  department  store  o the  likelihood  of  confusion  is  less  if  it  is  a  professional  consumer  at  a  wholesale  vs.  a  retail  consumer  or  where  

the  items  are  sold  in  different  channels  i.e.  luxury  boutiques  vs.  whole  sale  -­‐ Tiger  Bran  Knitting  Co.  v.  John  E.  Fetzer  Inc.    

o the  court  illustrated  the  importance  of  the  channels  of  distribution  and  targeted  clientele.  o The  court  had  to  determine  whether  there  could  be  confusion  between  the  Detroit  Tigers  (a  professional  

baseball  team)  merchandise  labeled  as  TIGER  and  a  brand  of  clothing  called  TIGER  –  it  found  that  the  different  looking  logos,  pitched  to  different  consumers  in  different  settings  and  with  different  channels  of  distribution  had  to  be  considered  by  the  Opposition  Board  

o “The  marks  and  the  products  have  to  be  viewed  thought  the  eyes  of  the  ordinary  consumer  which  brings  into  play  the  intention  of  the  parties  in  terms  of  channels  of  distribution  and  marketing  strategy.”  (389)  

 e)  Degree  of  resemblance  -­‐ Appearance/sound/idea  

o this  part  of  the  test  considers  the  appearance,  sound  and  idea  (including  connotations  and  slang)  of  the  marks  o resemblance  is  evaluated  by  considering  the  whole  mark,  though  when  the  mark  is  composed  in  part  of  a  

common  word,  courts  tend  to  focus  on  the  other  elements  (389)  -­‐ Coca-­‐cola  example:    

o “The  real  basis  of  the  plaintiff’s  claim  is  not  against  the  style  of  the  script  lettering  in  which  the  Pepsi-­‐Cola  mark  was  registered  or  used  by  the  defendant  is  written;  the  basis  of  the  claim  is  the  use  of  the  compound  word  in  any  form…Here  the  plaintiff  is  really  attempting  to  secure  a  monopoly  on  the  word  “cola”.  (390-­‐391)  

-­‐ Territorial  element  /  “same  area”  o The  notion  of  confusion  between  marks  also  has  a  territorial  element  (recall  s.6(2)  says  “in  the  SAME  AREA”  o Thus,  the  same  mark  can  be  used  by  two  different  businesses  if  the  use  of  the  marks  in  the  same  area  would  

not  lead  to  a  likelihood  of  confusion  about  the  source    o Depending  on  the  nature  of  the  wares  and  services,  the  “same  area”  may  not  necessarily  be  all  of  Canada  

(391)  o S.  32(2)  of  the  Act  states  that  the  Registrar  may  impose  a  territorial  restriction  on  the  use  of  a  trade-­‐mark  to  

the  region  where  it  has  become  distinctive.    This  applies  with  respect  to  distinguishing  guise  and  secondary  meaning.  

o Prior  concurrent  use  à  S.21  permits  the  prior  concurrent  use  of  a  confusing  trade-­‐mark  in  a  restricted  territory  if  it  was  used  in  good  faith  before  the  other  mark  was  registered  and  the  other’s  mark’s  registration  is  uncontestable  under  s.  17(2)  (example:  McDonalds  Bakery)  

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.32(2)  à  restricting  registration  to  defined  territorial  area  

 s.32(2)  The  Registrar  shall,  having  regard  to  the  evidence  adduced,  restrict  the  registration  to  the  wares  or  services  in  association  with  which  the  trade-­‐mark  is  shown  to  have  been  so  used  as  to  have  become  distinctive  and  to  the  defined  territorial  area  in  Canada  in  which  the  trade-­‐mark  is  shown  to  have  become  distinctive.      

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.21(1)  à  concurrent  use  of  confusing  marks  Concurrent  use  of  confusing  marks  21.  (1)  Where,  in  any  proceedings  respecting  a  registered  trade-­‐mark  the  registration  of  which  is  entitled  to  the  protection  of  subsection  17(2),  it  is  made  to  appear  to  the  Federal  Court  that  one  of  the  parties  to  the  proceedings,  other  than  the  registered  owner  of  the  trade-­‐mark,  had  in  good  faith  used  a  confusing  trade-­‐mark  or  trade-­‐name  in  Canada  before  the  date  of  filing  of  the  application  for  that  registration,  and  the  Court  considers  that  it  is  not  contrary  to  the  public  interest  that  the  continued  use  of  the  confusing  trade-­‐mark  or  trade-­‐name  should  be  permitted  in  a  defined  territorial  area  concurrently  with  the  use  of  the  registered  trade-­‐mark,  the  Court  may,  subject  to  such  terms  as  it  deems  just,  order  that  the  other  party  may  continue  to  use  the  confusing  

trade-­‐mark  or  trade-­‐name  within  that  area  with  an  adequate  specified  distinction  from  the  registered  trade-­‐mark.      -­‐ To  which  consumer  does  the  confusion  test  apply?  

o To  the  likely  consumer  for  that  ware  or  service  and  not  the  average  consumer  for  all  wares  and  services  o This  emphasis  on  the  likely  consumer  is  especially  significant  for  goods  sold  in  specialized  markets  or  via  

specialized  channels  (393)    

-­‐ Language  o Language  is  another  source  of  potential  confusion  (394)  especially  when  a  French  or  English  word  is  used  

§ See  Boy  Scouts  of  Canada  v.  Alfred  Stenrjakob  GmbH  &  Co  KG  –  the  use  of  the  mark  SCOUT  &  DESIGN  –  the  word  “scout”  has  numerous  meanings  in  English  but  only  one  meaning  in  French  which  associates  the  word  with  the  Scout  movement  (394-­‐395)  

o The  language  that  the  relevant  consumer  speaks  can  also  be  significant  § In  Ferrero  v.  Produits  Freddy  Inc.  the  court  had  to  pronounce  on  the  confusion  found  between  

NUTELLA  and  NOIXELLE.    Marceau  J.A.  observed  that  the  two  marks  had  distinct  meanings  in  English  and  French  that  could  cause  confusion  for  a  bilingual  person.  The  federal  court  ruled  that  it  was  important  to  consider  the  bilingual  consumer.  (399)  

§ In  Monsport  Inc.  v.  Vetements  de  Sports  Bonnie  Ltee  the  issue  was  the  confusion  between  MONSPORT  and  BONSPORT.    The  court  concluded  that  neither  an  Anglophone  or  francophone  customer  would  be  likely  confused  between  the  marks,  which  both  have  a  meaning  in  French.    The  court  went  through  the  test  under  s.6(5)  of  the  Act  (see  pages  400-­‐404)  

o Other  languages  § While  Anglophone,  francophone,  and  in  special  cases,  bilingual  consumers  are  relevant,  those  speaking  

other  languages  thus  have  not  been  considered  relevant,  at  least  under  the  standard  confusion  test  (404)  

§ See  KRAZY  GLUE  and  KOLA  LOKA  example  (Spanish  language  issue)  which  dealt  with  Spanish  speaking  consumers  in  Canada  who  may  be  confused  by  the  two  marks.    The  court  in  Krazy  Glue  Inc.  v.  Group  Cyanomex    conclude  that  the  mere  fact  that  there  are  ethnic  enclaves  in  urban  centers  in  the  Canada  who  understand  Spanish  is  not  sufficient  to  displace  the  well-­‐established  average  consumer  test.  (405)  

 -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐PAULINA  CLASS  13-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

 -­‐ Famous  marks  

o Confusion  often  arises  as  an  issue  with  famous  marks  but  note  that  the  same  analysis  under  s.  6(5)  [see  above]  applies  to  famous  marks  as  well  

o However,  when  the  factors  are  applied  having  “regard  to  all  the  surrounding  circumstances”,  as  directed,  many  of  the  criteria  in  this  factually  specific  and  contextual  analysis  will  support  a  finding  of  confusion  within  the  famous  mark  (405)  

o The  significance  of  a  famous  mark  in  relation  to  confusion  is  explained  by  Justice  Binnie  in  Veuve  Clicquot:  The…finding  that  VEUVE  CLICQUOT  is  a  “famous”  mark  is  of  importance  in  considering  “all  the  surrounding  circumstances”  because  fame  presupposes  that  the  mark  transcends  at  least  to  some  extent  the  wares  with  which  it  is  normally  associated.  However,  the  fact  of  being  famous  or  well  known  does  not  by  itself  provide  absolute  protection  for  a  trade‑mark.  It  is  one  factor  which  must  be  assessed  together  with  all  the  others.  The  s.  6(5)  list  is  clearly  not  exhaustive.    Some  enumerated  factors  may  not  be  particularly  relevant  in  a  specific  case,  and  in  any  event  their  weight  will  vary  with  “all  the  surrounding  circumstances”.    The  fame  of  the  mark  is  not,  as  such,  an  enumerated  circumstance  (although  it  is  implicit  in  three  of  the  enumerated  factors,  namely  inherent  distinctiveness,  the  extent  to  which  a  mark  has  become  known,  and  the  length  of  time  that  it  has  been  used).    Undoubtedly  fame  (or  strength)  is  a  circumstance  of  great  importance  because  of  the  hold  of  famous  marks  on  the  public  mind.    With  that  introduction,  I  turn  to  discuss  the  statutory  list.  

o As  with  all  marks,  the  owner  of  a  famous  mark  does  not  have  a  monopoly  on  the  mark  itself,  the  rights  to  a  famous  marks  are  in  association  with  the  designated  wares  and  services,  and  the  confusion  for  a  famous  mark  is  analyzed  in  relation  to  the  wares  and  services  in  association  with  which  the  marks  is  registered  (though  the  defendant  does  not  have  to  use  the  identical  mark  as  registered  for  there  to  be  a  likelihood  of  confusion)  (406)  

o Cross-­‐marketing  § Companies  with  famous  marks  are  increasingly  exploiting  them  assertively  and  moving  into  new  areas,  

the  more  this  occurs  the  more  people  expect  that  a  mark  that  resembles  a  famous  mark,  even  when  used  with  a  completely  different  class  of  wares,  is  from  the  same  source  as  the  famous  mark…thus  increasing  the  likelihood  of  confusion  

§ For  all  marks,  s.  6(2)  of  the  Act  provides  that  there  can  be  a  likelihood  of  confusion  between  two  marks  even  where  the  wares  or  services  are  not  from  the  same  class  (407)  

o Trade-­‐mark  Act’  purposes  and  balance  § Confusion  with  famous  marks  implicates  both  the  purposes:    of  protecting  customers  and  protecting  

the  owners’  intangible  asset…  while  ALSO  invoking  the  need  to  ensure  fair  competing  by  not  over-­‐protecting  the  mark  

o No  foregone  conclusion    § While  many  of  the  confusion  factors  tend  to  support  a  finding  of  confusion  with  respect  to  famous  

marks,  this  does  not  suggest  a  foregone  conclusion  that  any  other  trade-­‐mark  will  cause  a  likelihood  of  confusion  with  a  famous  mark  

o “the  relevant  point  about  famous  marks  is  that  fame  is  capable  of  carrying  the  mark  across  product  lines  where  lesser  marks  would  be  circumscribed  to  their  traditional  wares  and  services”  (407)  

o Example  of  fame  NOT  carrying  mark  across  product  lines  

Case:  United  Artists  Pictures  v.  Pink  Panther  Beauty    

Facts  -­‐  Beauty  products  have  same  name  as  famous  [trade-­‐marked]  “Pink  Panther”  cartoons  

Issue:    -­‐  Is  there  likelihood  of  confusion  between  famous  trade-­‐marked  Pink  Panther  cartoon  character  and  PINK  

PANTHER  Shampoo?  Held  -­‐  No  likelihood  of  confusion    

Reasoning  -­‐  There  is  no  doubt  that  "The  Pink  Panther"  is  a  famous  and  strong  trade-­‐mark.  If  it  does  not  have  inherent  

distinctiveness,  then  it  certainly  has  acquired  a  great  deal  of  distinctiveness  in  the  thirty  years  or  so  that  it  has  been  part  of  popular  culture.  However,  the  issue  to  be  decided  is  not  how  famous  the  mark  is,  but  whether  there  is  a  likelihood  of  confusion  in  the  mind  of  the  average  consumer  between  United  Artists'  mark  and  the  one  proposed  by  the  appellant  with  respect  to  the  goods  and  services  specified.  That  question  must  be  answered  in  the  negative.  There  is  no  likelihood  of  confusion  as  to  the  source  of  the  products.  The  key  factor  here  is  the  gaping  divergence  in  the  nature  of  the  wares  and  in  the  nature  of  the  trade.  It  is  not  a  fissure  but  a  chasm  

-­‐ United  Artists  produces  movies.  It  does  not  manufacture  or  distribute  beauty  products.  United  Artists'  products  are  not  likely  to  be  made  available  in  the  same  places  of  trade  as  the  appellant's  products.  Shampoo  is  not  sold  in  movie  theatres  or  video  stores.  Videos  are  not  available  in  beauty  parlours.  These  are  facts  recognized  by  the  Trial  Judge,  but  they  bear  emphasizing.  What  the  Trial  Judge  did  not  give  sufficient  weight  to  is  that,  not  only  were  the  wares  in  each  case  completely  disparate,  but  there  is  no  connection  whatsoever  between  them.  As  I  stated  earlier,  where  no  such  connection  exists  a  finding  of  confusion  will  be  rare.  

Adams/Books  counter-­‐arguments    -­‐ BUT  one  wonders  whether  the  merchandising  wave  of  the  last  several  years,  especially  for  clothing  and  countless  

assorted  produces  and  services  using  cartoon  characters,  would  lead  a  court  to  a  different  conclusion  if  the  issue  were  addressed  again…  

 

o Amount  of  credit  with  respect  to  famous  marks  § One  could  also  argue  that  while  it  is  important  to  give  credit  to  the  consumer  this  “amount  of  credit”  

should  vary  depending  on  the  ware,  the  likely  consumer  and  other  factors  i.e.  when  a  consumer  is  purchasing  a  shampoo  the  decision  making  time  is  likely  to  be  limited  versus  a  car  or  a  major  appliance  (409)  

§ In  Veuve  Clicquot  the  SCC  emphasized  that  under  the  statutory  provision  a  likelihood  of  confusion  can  arise  when  the  wares  or  services  are  not  of  the  same  general  class  –  a  mark  is,  even  if  well  known,  is  not  protected  per  se  as  an  isolated  object  but  rather  as  an  indicator  of  source  to  distinguish  one  person’s  goods  (or  services)  from  another  person’s,  and  that  he  purpose  and  the  value  of  the  mark  is  in  the  mental  link  that  is  created  over  time  in  the  minds  of  prospective  buyers  between  the  marks  and  the  goods  or  services  of  a  particular  source.  

§ Thus  in  Veuve  Clicquot,  the  SCC  acknowledged  that  the  fame  of  a  luxury  champagne  mark  had  an  aura  that  extended  to  luxury  goods  beyond  wine  and  champagne,  but  found  that  fame  did  not  extend  so  far  as  mid-­‐priced  women’s  clothing.  (410)  

Case:  Mattel  v.  3894207  Canada  Inc.  [2006]    

Facts  -­‐ Mattel  Inc.  owner  of  the  BARBIE  trade-­‐mark,  which  is  not  an  inherently  distinctive  mark  but  has  acquired  

distinctiveness  in  association  with  dolls  -­‐ Mattel  was  relying  on  the  well-­‐known  nature  of  its  trade-­‐mark  to  argue  that  even  a  barbeque  restaurant  would  

cause  a  likelihood  of  confusion  with  the  famous  doll  despite  the  difference  in  the  ware  and  channels  of  trade.    -­‐ Mattel  contended  that  the  application  by  a  Montreal-­‐based  restaurant  chain  to  register  the  trade-­‐mark  BARBIE’S  

in  association  with  “restaurant  services,  take-­‐out  services,  catering  and  banquet  services”  would  likely  create  confusion  with  the  famous  mark  BARBIE  for  dolls  

Issue:    -­‐  Is  there  a  likelihood  of  confusion  between  trade-­‐marked  Barbie  dolls  and  Barbie  restaurant?  

Held  -­‐  No  

Reasoning  (Binnie  J.)  -­‐ Having  acquired  such  fame,  marks  such  as  .  .  .  BARBIE  may  not  now  be  used  in  Canada  on  most  consumer  wares  

and  services  without  the  average  consumer  being  led  to  infer  the  existence  of  a  trade  connection  with  the  owners  of  these  famous  brands”  (emphasis  added    but  the  Board  found  BARBIE’s  fame  to  be  tied  to  dolls  and  doll  accessories.    At  this  stage,  its  fame  is  not  enough  to  bootstrap  a  broad  zone  of  exclusivity  covering  “most  consumer  wares  and  services”.      

-­‐ The key factor here is the gaping divergence in the nature of the wares and in the nature of the trade. It is not a fissure but a chasm  

-­‐ Real issue under s.6 analysis is NOT a connection between wares and services of the parties but is an issue of customer confusion  o Examples  of  famous  marks  that  DID  transcend  the  different  product  lines  

§ Although  in  Veuve  Clicquot  and  Mattel  the  famous  marks  did  not  transcend  the  different  product  lines  at  issue,  other  cases  have  found  that  a  mark  from  a  different  class  of  wares  DID  raise  a  likelihood  of  confusion  with  a  famous  mark.  

§ The  following  marks  were  found  to  cause  a  likelihood  of  confusion  with  a  famous  mark  despite  differences  with  wares:    • Proposed  mark  CUTTY  SARK  for  pipe  tobacco  with  the  famous  registered  mark  CUTTY  SARK  for  

whisky  • The  proposed  mark  VOGUE  for  costume  jewelry  with  the  famous  mark  VOGUE  for  magazines  and  

sewing  patterns  • The  proposed  mark  VOGUE  for  door  locks  and  hardware  with  the  famous  mark  VOGUE  for  

magazines    • The  mark  KODAK  for  bicycles  with  the  famous  mark  KODAK  for  cameras  • The  mark  JAGUAR  for  luggage  with  the  famous  mark  JAGUAR  for  luxury  cars  (425)  

-­‐ Survey  evidence  o The  use  of  survey  evidence  of  the  likelihood  of  confusion  has  been  controversial.    This  issue  was  addressed  in  

Mattel  o The  more  recent  practice  is  to  admit  evidence  of  a  survey  of  public  opinion,  presented  through  a  qualified  

expert,  provided  its  findings  are  relevant  to  the  issues  and  the  survey  was  properly  designed  and  conducted  in  an  impartial  manner.  

o Courts  have  been  more  receptive  to  such  evidence,  provided  that  the  survey  is  both  reliable  (in  the  sense  that  if  the  survey  were  repeated  it  would  likely  produce  the  same  results)  and  valid  (in  the  sense  that  the  right  questions  have  been  put  to  the  right  pool  of  respondents  in  the  right  way,  in  the  right  circumstances)  

o Surveys  have  been  excluded  where:  § The  individuals  surveyed  did  not  constitute  the  relevant  population;  § Where  the  trade-­‐mark  used  in  the  survey  was  not  precisely  the  trade-­‐mark  applied  for;  § Where  the  wrong  question  was  asked  i.e.  survey  done  for  Coca-­‐Cola  was  excluded  on  the  basis  that  it  

was  not  directed  to  the  issue  of  confusion  but  rather  to  the  measure  of  public  recognition  of  the  word  Classic  as  part  of  soft  drink  names    

§ Where  the  survey  was  not  carried  out  in  an  impartial  and  independent  manner  § Lack  of  information  provided  to  those  who  responded  in  the  survey  (427)  

o Thus,  the  SCC  approves  of  the  admission  of  survey  evidence  providing  that  it  is  relevant  to  the  issue  (which  is  the  likelihood  of  confusion,  not  the  mere  possibility  of  confusion)  and  the  survey  satisfies  both  reliability  and  validity  for  evidentiary  purposes.  

   

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐LAURIE  CLASS  14-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  IV.  DISTINCTIVENESS  

1.  TRADEMARK  DISTINCTIVENESS  REQUIREMENT  (P.  452)    

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.2  “distinctive”  

s.2  “distinctive”  à  …means  a  trade-­‐mark  that  actually  distinguishes  the  wares  or  services  in  association  with  which  it  is  used  by  its  owner  from  the  wares  or  services  of  others  or  is  adapted  so  to  distinguish  them;  

 -­‐ 3  requirements  for  distinctiveness  (Philip  Morris  v.  Imperial  Tobacco,  1989):    

o 1)  a  mark  and  a  product  are  associated;  o 2)  the  “owner”  uses  this  association  between  the  mark  &  his  product  in  the  manufacturing/selling  of  his  

product;  o 3)  the  association  enables  the  owner  of  the  mark  to  distinguish  his  product  from  that  of  others.  

-­‐ Inherent  distinctiveness  v.  acquired  from  use    o Inherent    

§ “adapted  so  to  distinguish”    § Coined  or  arbitrary  word  has  no  meaning  apart  from  association    

• Coined  words  tend  to  be  more  inherently  distinctive  (Standard  Coil  Products  v  Standard  Radio  Corp)  If  it  isn’t  inherently  distinctive,  then  it  becomes  a  question  of  fact  whether  it  actually  distinguishes  the  wares  –  if  yes,  can  be  registered  

§ E.g.  APPLE  for  computers  o Acquired  

§ “actually  distinguishes”  § Mark  that  is  initially  descriptive  that  acquires  distinctiveness  w/  time  § E.g.  McDonald’s,  Barbie  dolls  § NB:  if  clearly  descriptive,  prima  facie  unregistrable  but  can  be  registered  if  it  has  been  used  to  acquire  

distinctiveness  at  the  time  of  the  application    § Usually  weaker  than  inherently  distinctive  Trade-­‐Marks    

§ AstraZeneca  AB  v.  Novopharm  Ltd.  explains  distinctiveness  &  the  difference  b/w  clearly  descriptive  &  inherently  descriptive  marks  (p.  453)  

-­‐ Condition  for  maintaining  o Distinctiveness  isn’t  only  a  condition  for  obtaining  Trade-­‐Mark  rights,  but  also  for  maintaining  them  o If  you  don’t  use  it,  you  lose  it  

-­‐ General    o A  Trade-­‐Mark  must  be  distinctive  of  its  owner  o Single  source  à  The  message  to  the  public  must  indicate  a  single  source  i.e.  public  must  believe  that  the  mark  

indicates  that  the  product/service  sold  under  a  particular  mark  comes  from  a  single  source  (this  ensures  quality  of  goods/services)  

-­‐ Distinctiveness  vis-­‐à-­‐vis  registration  and  confusion  o distinctiveness  is  a  precondition  to  registration    o it  is  one  of  the  4  grounds  to  oppose  registration  (s.  38(2)(d))  o note  that  distinctiveness  is  also  a  factor  for  confusion    (s.  12)  

-­‐ Foreign  marks  o A  foreign  mark  can  negate  the  distinctiveness  of  another  party’s  mark  if  the  foreign  mark:  

§ 1)  is  known  to  “some  extent  at  least”  and  its  reputation  is  “substantial,  significant  or  sufficient”  or  § 2)  it  is  well-­‐known  in  a  specific  area  of  Canada    

o s.5  à  to  negate  distinctiveness,  the  mark  doesn’t  need  to  satisfy  the  s.  5  test  for  a  well-­‐known  mark  made  known  in  Canada  (that  determines  whether  the  foreign  mark  itself  has  rights  in  Canada)  

o the  issue  is  the  distinctiveness  of  someone  else’s  mark  and  whether  the  foreign  mark’s  reputation  has  negated  the  distinctiveness  of  that  mark  

o Evidential  burden  à  the  evidential  burden  that  needs  to  be  satisfied  for  a  mark’s  reputation  from  use  in  another  country  to  negate  the  distinctiveness  of  another  party’s  mark  is  explained  in  Bojangles’  International  LLC  v  Bojangles  Café  Ltd.  

Case:  Bojangles’  International  LLC  v.  Bojangles  Café  Ltd.    Facts  -­‐ Applicant  (Bojangles  Intl)  argues  that  Bojangles  Café  mark  doesn’t  distinguish  the  respondent’s  wares/service  

from  their  own  because  Bojangles  is  already  known  in  Canada  as  Bojangles  International’s  Trade-­‐Mark  Issue:    -­‐ What  is  the  extent  to  which  a  mark  need  be  known  in  Canada  for  that  mark  to  negate  the  distinctiveness  of  

another  party’s  mark?  Held  -­‐ Bojangles  Café  Trade-­‐Mark  is  not  already  known  in  Canada  because  the  evidence  presented  to  the  Trade-­‐Mark  

Opposition  Board  is  not  substantial,  sufficient  or  significant  Reasoning  -­‐  not  required  to  prove  that  the  Trade-­‐Mark  is  well  known  in  Canada  w/in  the  meaning  of  s.  5  (repeats  Andres  

Wines)  -­‐ Old  standard  à  known  “to  some  extent  at  least”  was  the  legal  standard  set  out  in  Motel  6  but  this  is  vague;  

“substantial,  significant  or  sufficient”  give  a  clearer  meaning  to  that  expression    

2.  ACQUIRED  DISTINCTIVENESS  (P.  461)  -­‐ Definition:  

o marks  that  were  clearly  descriptive  a  priori  (or  which  were  primarily  merely  a  person’s  name)  but  which  through  use  in  Canada  have  “become  distinctive”  when  the  application  is  filed  

o see  ss.  12(1)(a)  &  (b)  o also  referred  to  as  “secondary  meaning”  o In  other  words,  this  relates  to  trade-­‐marks  that  prima  facie  unregistrable  but  can  be  rebutted  through  

acquired  distinctiveness  &  the  marks  registered  pursuant  to  s.  12(2)  [subject  to  s.  10]  o this  concept  also  applies  to  distinguishing  guise  (only  registrable  once  it  becomes  distinctive  s.13(1)(a))  

-­‐ To  become  distinctive  o Question  of  fact  à  whether  a  mark  has  acquired  distinctiveness  is  a  question  of  fact  (Astrazeneca  v  

Novopharm)    o Need  to  show  a  strong  link  between  the  wares/service  and  the  mark  o Applicant  must  show  on  a  balance  of  probabilities  that  through  use  in  Canada,  the  mark  has  become  

distinctive  on  the  date  of  application  -­‐ Limitations  

o General  name  à  the  general  name  of  the  ware/service  cannot  become  distinctive  (s.12(1)(c),  s.  10,  s.  12(1)(e))  § e.g.  orange  will  never  be  protected  in  connection  with  oranges  

o Territorial  limitations  à  marks  registered  because  of  acquired  distinctiveness  are  territorially  limited  to  the  geographic  area  where  distinctiveness  is  shown  (s.32(2))  while  registered  marks  usually  have  national  protection  

3.  LOSS  OF  DISTINCTIVENESS  (P.463)  -­‐ To  keep  Trade-­‐Mark  rights,  marks  must  

o continue  to  be  distinctive  of  the  owner    o continue  to  indicate  source  

-­‐ Why  this  single-­‐source  rule?    o To  protect  the  public  &  the  Trade-­‐Mark  owner  (remember  two-­‐fold  purpose  of  Trade-­‐Mark  Act)  

§ note  that  consumer  doesn’t  have  to  be  able  to  name  source;  mark  just  has  to  signal  a  single  one  § mark  doesn’t  have  to  identify  a  specific  corporate  or  physical  entity  either  § consumer  needs  to  associate  particular  mark  à  particular  product  

-­‐ When  will  mark  be  lost  o Possible  for  a  single  infringer  to  cause  a  mark  to  lose  its  distinctiveness  (although  unlikely)  o Trade-­‐Mark  is  no  longer  distinctive  when  there  is  more  than  one  origin  or  if  the  origin  is  not  the  owner  of  

the  mark  -­‐ 2  different  products/services  can  be  sold  under  the  same  mark.  Why?  

o 1)  owner  can  register  a  mark  for  use  with  >1  ware/service  o 2)  >1  owner  can  use  the  same  mark  if  the  mark  indicates  source  &  provided  that  confusion  doesn’t  apply  

§ b/c  Trade-­‐Mark  rights  aren’t  rights  in  the  mark  but  in  the  mark’s  signaling  capacity  as  an  indicator  of  source  in  association  w/  designated  wares/services  

-­‐ What  is  key  to  look  at?  o the  message  sent  to  the  consumer  or  relevant  public  is  key  (White  Consolidated  Industries  Inc.  v  Beam  of  

Canada  Inc.)  -­‐ When  the  owner  loses  rights  

o owner  may  lose  the  rights  in  the  mark  if,  without  adequately  informing  the  public,  the  owner  § transfers  the  mark;  § licenses  the  mark  w/o  ensuring  quality  control;  § uses  the  same  mark  w/  products/services  of  different  quality;  § degrades  the  quality  of  the  wares/services;  § *and  the  mental  link  that  was  created  over  time  in  the  minds  of  prospective  buyers  b/w  the  mark  &  the  

goods/services  of  a  particular  source  has  been  severed  (i.e.  loss  of  distinctiveness)  -­‐ lack  of  distinctiveness  can  be  raised:  

o before  registration  in  an  opposition  to  an  application  for  registration  (s.  38)  o after  registration  in  proceedings  to  invalidate  the  registration  (s.18)  

-­‐ 2  relevant  time  periods  for  assessing  distinctiveness  under  s.  18  o 1)  Trade-­‐Mark  registration  is  invalid  if  it  was  not  registrable  at  the  date  of  registration  (s.18(1)(a))  

§ but  there’s  an  exception  to  “rescue”  a  mark  that  acquired  distinctiveness  at  the  date  of  registration  (s.18(2))  

o 2)  Trade-­‐Mark  registration  is  invalid  if  the  Trade-­‐Mark  is  not  distinctive  when  the  proceedings  to  invalidate  it  begin  (s.18(1)(b))  

 

-­‐ Loss  of  distinctiveness  due  to  licensing/assignment  o problems  with  loss  of  distinctiveness  often  occur  when  a  Trade-­‐Mark  is  assigned  or  licensed  and  the  message  

to  the  public  doesn’t  adequately  indicate  who  the  owner  is    § s.  50(1)  allows  Trade-­‐Mark  owners  to  count  the  use,  advertisement  or  display  of  a  mark  by  a  licensee  as  

the  owner’s  own  use,  provided  that  the  owner  has  direct  or  indirect  control  of  the  character  or  quality  of  the  wares/services  

§ s.  48  allows  the  assignment  of  Trade-­‐Marks  but  provides  that  an  assignment  can  result  in  the  mark  being  non-­‐distinctive  if  the  transfer  results  in  >1  person  having  rights  to  the  use  of  confusing  Trade-­‐Marks  

§ NB:  these  2  sections  change  the  CML  which  hadn’t  allowed  licensing  &  assignments  unless  the  mark  transferred  with  all  the  goodwill  of  the  original  source  –  because  it  was  believed  that  licensing  &  transfers  undermined  source  theory  

§ Quote  from  Pink  Panther  case  (p.  465)  shows  this  move  away  from  a  rigid  view  of  source  theory  o So  we  allow  assignments  &  transfers,  but  the  requirement  that  a  Trade-­‐Mark  be  distinctive  is  paramount  

§ Canada  doesn’t  require  an  explicit  determination  from  the  registrar  that  the  transfer  is  in  the  public  interest  (the  UK  does)…  

§ …  but  as  Laskin  shows  in  the  Breck’s  case  (p.  466),  the  public  is  protected  because  the  mark  may  be  invalidated  for  loss  of  distinctiveness    

Case:  Breck’s  case  

Facts  -­‐ Fishing  equipment  manufactured  by  1st  owner  of  the  Trade-­‐Mark.  The  mark  is  assigned  to  an  American  company  

and  then  to  a  Canadian  company.  Source  of  goods  =  French  company.  Canadian  company  became  owner  of  mark  and  continued  to  buy  goods  from  the  French  company.  

Issue:    -­‐  The  source  didn’t  change,  but  ownership  did  à  confusion?  

Held  -­‐  Yes  

Reasoning  -­‐ SCC  didn’t  accept  the  argument  that  the  mark  used  to  identify  the  origin  of  the  good  “morphed”  to  identify  the  

seller-­‐distributor  of  the  good  instead  of  the  manufacturer    

Case:  Bousquet  v.  Barmish  

Facts  -­‐ Cacharel  Trade-­‐Mark  is  well  established  in  France  by  Bousquet  but  Bousquet  didn’t  sell  or  promote  the  product  in  

Canada.  -­‐ Barmish  acquired  a  reputation  using  Cacharel  in  Canada    

Issue:    -­‐  Does  Bousquet  lose  the  right  to  Trade-­‐Mark  in  Canada?  

Held  -­‐  Yes,  “if  you  don’t  use  it  you  lose  it.  Bousquet  lost  the  right  to  trade-­‐mark  in  Canada  

Reasoning  -­‐ This  is  unlike  the  transfer  of  Trade-­‐Marks  from  the  Korean  Hyundai  Company  to  Hyundai  Canada  à  survived  an  

expungement  action  because  Hyundai  Canada    is  the  “uninterrupted  face  to  the  public”  because  of  its  extensive  advertising  and  network  of  franchised  dealerships  

 

o Important  to  educate  the  public  about  changes  in  the  mark’s  source  (Wilkinson  Sword  v  Juda)  § Court  invalidated  registrations  of  marks  for  “loss  of  distinctiveness”  reasons  because  the  marks  

distinguished  goods  from  the  British  manufacturer  and  not  the  seller  (the  Canadian  subsidiary  who  

resold  some  razorblades  manufactured  by  the  parent  in  the  UK  and  assembled  others  in  Canada)  who  made  no  effort  to  educate  the  public    

§ Single  source  requirement  also  applies  to  subsidiaries  of  a  corporation  (Moore  Dry  Kiln  Co  v  United  States  Natural  Resources  Inc)  • 2  U.S.  companies  &  a  Canadian  company  (all  part  of  a  larger  corporate  family)  selling  dry  kilns  

under  the  Trade-­‐Mark  MOORE    • court  concludes  that  since  the  mark  is  simultaneously  being  used  by  all  3  who  all  have  the  right  to  

do  so,  it  isn’t  distinctive  of  the  wares  for  any  of  them  à  expunged    o example  of  a  loss  of  distinctiveness  after  assignment  of  the  mark:  Heintzman  

Case:  Heintzman  v  751056  Ontario  Ltd  

Facts  -­‐ Mark  initially  used  by  Ontario  piano  manufacturer  for  high  quality  pianos.    -­‐ Company  is  sold.  Mark  assigned  to  new  owner  that  outsources  production  to  Asia  –  lower  standards  w/o  

informing  consumers.    -­‐ Actively  concealed  that  source  was  no  longer  Canadian  

Issue:    -­‐  Does  the  trade-­‐mark  hold  up?    

Held  -­‐  NO,  mark  is  expunged  for  loss  of  distinctiveness  

 

-­‐ Loss  of  distinctiveness  through  name  becoming  generic  o Letting  a  mark  become  generic  is  another  way  to  lose  distinctiveness    o Generic  =  word  that  identifies  a  type  of  goods  or  services  rather  than  their  source  (think  Kleenex,  Xerox,  etc)  o A  distinctive  mark  becomes  clearly  descriptive  or  generic  (opposite  of  acquired  distinctiveness)  o Trade-­‐Mark  becomes  known  as  general  category    o Sometimes  words  are  “partly  generic”  (sometimes  identify  product  &  sometimes  specific  manufacturer)  –  e.g.  

THERMOS  -­‐  

Case:  Aladdin  Industries  (Thermos  case)  (p.  471)  

Facts  -­‐    

Issue:    -­‐  Should  “Thermos”  be  expunged  for  loss  of  distinctiveness  and  genericizing  of  name?    

Held  -­‐  No,  it  would  cause  consumer  confusion    

Reasoning  -­‐  Different  interests  court  considers:  

o mark  owner’s  interest  in  mark    o competitor’s  interest  in  generic  term  o paramount  interest  of  protecting  consumers  

-­‐ Although  the  word  was  used  as  a  term  for  any  vacuum  bottle,  it  also  still  indicated  source  -­‐ Court  does  NOT  expunge  mark  because  an  “appreciable  number  of  ultimate  purchases  might  be  misled  or  

confused”  if  the  mark  was  used  generically  -­‐ i.e.  if  manufacturers  other  than  respondent  (Thermos)  can  mark  their  bottles  as  thermos  bottles,  consumers  will  

be  misled  into  buying  these  other  bottles  when  they  think  they’re  buying  the  respondents’  bottles  -­‐ once  distinctiveness  is  lost,  non-­‐distinctive  mark  can  be  struck  from  Register  &  opposition  procedures  apply  to  any  

application  for  re-­‐registration.  For  rights  to  re-­‐emerge,  Trade-­‐Mark  owner  must  begin  using  the  mark  to  try  to  re-­‐establish  its  distinctiveness  

 

 -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐BARBARA  CLASS  15-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

V.  USE  OF  A  MARK  (P.  474)    

-­‐ The  importance  of  use:  o Use  is  a  central  concept  in  Canadian  trade-­‐mark  law  both  to  GAIN  and  to  MAINTAIN  rights  against  third  

parties,  and  hence  it  is  essential  to  be  able  to  determine  when  a  trade-­‐mark  is  used.    o “Unlike  other  forms  of  intellectual  property,  the  [essence]  of  trade-­‐mark  entitlement  is  actual  use.  By  

contrast,  a  Canadian  inventor  is  entitled  to  his  or  her  patent  even  if  no  commercial  use  of  it  is  made.  A  playwright  retains  copyright  even  if  the  play  remains  unperformed.  But  in  trade-­‐marks  the  watchword  is  ‘use  it  or  lose  it’.  In  the  absence  of  use,  a  registered  mark  can  be  expunged  (s.  45(3)).”  (Mattel)  (p.  474)  

 -­‐ Use  required  for  registration:  

o For  trade-­‐marks  (unlike  copyright  or  patent)  the  right  holder  has  a  positive  obligation  to  use  the  trade-­‐mark  in  order  to  acquire  and  to  maintain  trade-­‐mark  rights  and  to  enforce  the  rights  against  others.  Without  use,  the  mark  will  not  be  distinctive  of  source.    

o A  trade-­‐mark  cannot  actually  be  registered  until  a  ‘Declaration  of  Use’  is  filed,  although  one  can  apply  for  registration  in  respect  of  a  proposed  trade-­‐mark.    § A  statement  of  use  may  be  filed  with  the  initial  application  if  the  mark  is  already  in  use  (s.  30(b))  § If  the  mark  is  only  a  proposed  mark,  the  Declaration  of  Use  must  be  filed  before  the  mark  can  be  

registered  (s.  40(2)).    o NB  

§ Needs  to  show  not  only  advertisement,  but  actual  commercial  use  of  the  mark  § No  registration  without  actual  use  of  the  mark  § Needs  to  indicate  the  specified  wares  and  services  (cannot  be  “for  everything”  –  because  no  property  in  

the  mark,  only  in  the  mark  in  association  with  the  wares  and  services)  -­‐ Use  determines  scope  of  right  

o S.  19  –  right  to  exclusive  use  § With  respect  to  registered  marks,  “use”  delineated  the  exclusive  right  of  the  trade  mark  owner  to  the  

national  use  of  the  mark  throughout  Canada  in  respect  of  the  designated  wares  or  services.    § The  defendant’s  use  of  the  plaintiff’s  mark  is  a  required  element  for  infringement  under  ss.  19  and  22)  

o S.  20  –  right  to  exclusive  use  infringed  by  confusing  mark  o Exclusive  use  is  infringed  by  a  person  who  is  selling,  distributing  or  advertising  wares  or  services  in  

association  with  a  confusing  mark.  • S.  22  –  depreciation  of  goodwill  

o Defendant’s  use  of  the  plaintiff’s  registered  mark  depreciates  goodwill.      -­‐ Defining  use:  

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.2  “use”  

 s.2  “use”  à  ”,  in  relation  to  a  trade-­‐mark,  means  any  use  that  by  section  4  is  deemed  to  be  a  use  in  association  with  wares  or  services      

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.4  “use”  

 4.  (1)  A  trade-­‐mark  is  deemed  to  be  used  in  association  with  wares  if,  at  the  time  of  the  transfer  of  the  property  in  or  possession  of  the  wares,  in  the  normal  course  of  trade,  it  is  marked  on  the  wares  themselves  or  on  the  packages  in  which  they  are  distributed  or  it  is  in  any  other  manner  so  associated  with  the  wares  that  notice  of  the  association  is  then  given  to  the  person  to  whom  the  property  or  possession  is  transferred.  

 (2)  A  trade-­‐mark  is  deemed  to  be  used  in  association  with  services  if  it  is  used  or  displayed  in  the  performance  or  advertising  of  those  services.    (3)  A  trade-­‐mark  that  is  marked  in  Canada  on  wares  or  on  the  packages  in  which  they  are  contained  is,  when  the  wares  are  exported  from  Canada,  deemed  to  be  used  in  Canada  in  association  with  those  wares.    -­‐ Use  in  association  with  wares  

o Transferred  goods  à  “Use  of  a  trade-­‐mark  in  association  with  ware  requires  the  transfer  of  property  in  goods  in  the  course  of  trade.  Consequently,  if  no  goods  are  transferred  in  the  course  of  trade,  there  can  be  no  confusion”.  (p.  476)  

o Sale/delivery  time  à  In  most  cases  regarding  wares,  ‘use’  means  that  the  mark  appears  on  the  wares  or  their  packaging  at  the  time  of  sale  and  delivery.    

o Registered  à  The  use  must  be  in  association  with  the  wares  that  are  registered.    o Proof  à  For  a  mark  to  be  deemed  to  be  used  there  must  be  proof  of  at  least  one  sale  (wholesale  or  retail)  in  a  

normal  course  of  trade,  which  must  be  a  genuine  commercial  transaction  and  not  a  sale  that  is  deliberately  manufactured  or  contrived  to  protect  the  mark’s  registration  nor  a  symbolic  sale.    

o Distribution  of  info  not  sufficient  à  The  distribution  of  catalogues,  comparative  brochures,  advertising,  and  other  promotional  material  on  their  own  are  not  sufficient  to  constitute  use  of  a  mark  in  association  with  wares.  However,  such  advertising  and  promotional  material  can  qualify  as  an  association  with  the  wares  in  “any  other  manner”  (s.  4(1))  trade-­‐mark  ‘use’  can  be  constituted  if  it  is  distributed  with  the  wares  when  the  property  in,  or  possession  of,  the  wares  is  transferred.    

 -­‐ Use  in  association  with  services  

o “normal  course  of  trade”  requirement  does  not  apply  to  services.    o The  mark  is  deemed  to  be  used  if  it  is  used  or  displayed  when  performing  or  advertising  services.    o Advertising  and  making  services  available  in  Canada  is  sufficient  to  constitute  the  use  under  s.  4(2)  o But  the  services  must  be  also  performed  in  Canada  

 -­‐ Non-­‐use  can  lead  to  expungement  

o Example:  Mayborn  Products  Ltd  v.  Canada  (Registrar  of  Trade-­‐Marks)  (p.  479)  § The  Federal  Court  held  that  the  Registrar  correctly  expunged  a  mark  for  non-­‐use  where  the  

manufacturer  owned  the  trade-­‐mark  but  only  the  manufacturer’s  subsidiary  was  using  the  mark  in  the  normal  course  of  trade  and  nothing  identified  to  the  consumer  that  the  subsidiary  was  merely  a  conduit.    

o 3  year  rule  à  Non-­‐use  may  lead  to  the  loss  of  trade-­‐mark  rights.  After  3  years  of  non-­‐use,  a  third  party  may  apply  to  the  Registrar  for  expungement  of  a  trade-­‐mark  under  s.  45  

o What  are  criteria  for  expunging?  § A  mark  is  abandoned  for  purposes  of  attaching  the  registration  under  s.  18(1)(c)  when  two  elements  are  

proven:  • The  mark  is  no  longer  used  in  Canada,  and  • There  is  an  intention  to  abandon  the  mark  (intention  can  be  inferred  from  long  period  of  non-­‐use).    

 -­‐ Must  use  the  registered  mark  

o Deviated  significantly  from  register  à  Whether  a  mark  is  in  “use”  is  evaluated  against  the  appearance  of  the  mark  in  the  register,  and  thus  if  the  mark  owner  uses  a  mark  that  deviated  significantly  from  the  appearance  of  the  mark  on  the  registry  and  does  not  use  the  mark  as  registered,  the  registered  mark  may  not  be  in  use.    

o Updated  mark  à  When  the  owner  is  using  an  updated  mark  that  deviated  significantly  from  the  registered  mark,  the  registered  mark  can  be  attacked  for  lack  of  use  or  abandonment.    

o Mark  change  without  message  change  à  If  the  mark  changes  significantly  and  the  owner  does  not  change  the  message  to  the  consumer  so  the  new  mark  still  identifies  the  source,  the  registered  mark  may  no  longer  be  in  use  (s.  45)  

o Flexibility  à  However,  the  trade-­‐mark  law  allows  some  flexibility  and  does  not  require  that  the  mark  in  use  be  completely  identical  to  the  mark  on  the  register.  If  the  updated  or  revised  mark  can  be  recognized  by  the  public  as  maintaining  an  identity  with  the  registered  mark  and  does  not  lead  to  confusion,  use  of  the  updated  mark  will  count  as  continued  use  of  the  registered  mark.    

o Test  of  consumer  perception  à  “The  practical  test  to  be  applied  in  order  to  resolve  a  case  of  this  nature  is  to  compare  the  trade  mark  as  it  is  registered  with  the  trade  mark  as  it  is  used  and  determine  whether  the  differences  between  these  two  marks  are  so  unimportant  that  unaware  purchaser  would  be  likely  to  infer  that  both,  in  spite  of  their  differences,  identify  the  goods  having  the  same  origin.”  (→Canada  (Registrar  of  Trade-­‐Marks)  v  Cie  international  pour  l’informatique  CII  Honeywell  Bull  SA)  (p.  481)  o The  test  is  always  about  the  consumers’  perception  

Case:  Promafil  Canada  Ltée  v  Munsingwear  Inc  [1992]  

Facts  -­‐ Company  owns  use  of  both  thin  and  fat  penguin  trade-­‐marks    but  the  owner  had  not  used  the  thing  penguin  for  a  

period  of  time.    Issue:    -­‐  Should  the  thin  penguin  trademark  be  expunged?  

Held  -­‐ NO.  The  court  ruled  that  the  use  of  corpulent  formally  attired  penguin  counted  as  use  of  the  registered  slim  

penguin  mark  Reasoning  -­‐ The  court  explained  that  the  test  is  “the  maintenance  of  identity  and  recognisability  and  the  preservation  of  

dominant  features”,  and  variations  from  a  registered  mark  can  be  used  if  they  would  not  mislead  an  unaware  purchaser.  

-­‐ “Obviously,  with  every  variation  the  owner  of  the  trademark  is  playing  with  fire.  […]  But  cautious  variations  can  be  made  without  adverse  consequences,  if  the  same  dominant  features  are  maintained  and  the  differences  are  so  unimportant  as  not  to  mislead  an  unaware  purchaser”  (p.  483)  

-­‐ “Maintains  recognizability”  à  “The  law  must  take  account  of  economic  and  technical  realities.  The  law  of  trademark  does  not  require  the  maintaining  of  absolute  identity  of  marks  in  order  to  avoid  abandonment,  nor  does  it  look  to  minuscule  differences  to  catch  out  a  registered  trademark  owner  acting  in  good  faith  and  in  response  to  fashion  and  other  trends.  It  demands  only  such  identity  as  maintains  recognisability  and  avoids  confusion  on  the  part  of  unaware  purchasers.”  (p.  483)  

 VI.  REGISTRATION    

Prof  Adams  skipped  this  section    VII.  LICENSES  AND  ASSIGNMENTS  

Prof  Adams  skipped  this  section    VIII.  INFRINGEMENT  (P.  498)  

-­‐ 2    main  categories  of  infringement:  o 1.  Infringement  of  any  trade-­‐mark  (registered  or  not),  based  on  the  common  law  of  tort  of  passing  off  and  

general  civil  liability  in  Quebec,  and  partly  codified  in  s.  7  of  the  Trade-­‐Mark  Act  o 2.  Three  specific  instances  of  infringement  that  apply  only  to  registered  marks,  provided  for  in  ss.  19,  20  and  

22  of  the  TMA.    § S.  19’s  infringement  applied  to  the  use  of  identical  marks  on  identical  wares  or  services  as  the  

registered  mark.    § S.  20’s  infringement  applied  to  confusing  marks  § S.  22’s  infringement  applies  to  the  depreciation  of  a  mark’s  goodwill.    

1.  INFRINGEMENT  OF  REGISTERED  MARKS    a)  “Right  to  Use”  and  “Use”  for  Purposes  of  Infringement  

-­‐ S.  19  protects  against  use  of  identical  mark    -­‐ Defendant  must  be  “using”“mark”  as  defined  with  reference  to  s.  2  and  s.  4  (see  above  in  “use”  section)  

 b)  Section  19  (p.  500)    

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.19  –  infringement  of  identical  marks  

 s.19  à  Subject  to  sections  21,  32  and  67,  the  registration  of  a  trade-­‐mark  in  respect  of  any  wares  or  services,  unless  shown  to  be  invalid,  gives  to  the  owner  of  the  trade-­‐mark  the  exclusive  right  to  the  use  throughout  Canada  of  the  trade-­‐mark  in  respect  of  those  wares  or  services.  -­‐ What  does  trademark  holder  get?  

o S.19  à  An  exclusive  right  valid  “throughout  Canada”  regardless  of  where  the  mark  is  in  fact  used,  unless  the  mark  was  registered  pursuant  to  s.  12(2)  or  s.  13  and  has  become  distinctive  only  in  part  of  the  country  (s.  32(2))  or  unless  a  concurrent  prior  use  of  a  confusing  mark  is  allowed  under  s.  21.    

-­‐ When  is  there  infringement?    o For  infringement,  the  registered  trade-­‐mark  and  the  ware  or  service  in  association  with  which  it  is  used  must  

be  identical  to  the  infringing  mark  and  the  ware  and  service  in  association  with  which  it  is  used.    -­‐ NB:  No  evidence  of  confusion  is  required  for  infringement  under  s.  19  

 

Case:  Mr.  Submarine  v.  Amandista  Invetments  [1987]  (p.  501)  re  :  s.19  

Facts  -­‐ The  plaintiff,  who  was  the  owner  of  the  registered  trade-­‐mark  of  MR  SUBMARINE  for  sandwiches  and  restaurant  

services,  claimed  that  the  defendant’s  use  of  the  marks  MR  SUBS’N  PIZZA  and  MR  29  MINS  SUBS’N  PIZZA  for  a  business  that  quickly  delivered  food  through  telephone  orders  infringed  the  plaintiff’s  registered  trade-­‐mark  because  the  defendant’s  mark  took  an  “essential  element”  of  the  plaintiff’s  mark.    

Issue:    -­‐ Did  Mr  Subs’n  Pizza  and  Mr.  29  Mins  Subs’N  pizza    take  an  essential  element  of  Mr.  Submarine    

Held  -­‐  NO  –  cannot  argue  infringement  under  s.19  on  the  basis  of  an  ‘essential  element’  

Reasoning  -­‐ Because  the  defendant’s  mark  were  only  similar,  and  not  identical,  to  the  plaintiff’s  registered  trade-­‐mark  there  

was  no  infringement  of  s.  19,  which  required  that  the  whole  identical  mark  be  used.  ***  continues  below  w.r.t.  s.  20      c)  Section  20  (p.  503)    

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.20  à  infringement  with  confusing  trade-­‐mark    20.  (1)  The  right  of  the  owner  of  a  registered  trade-­‐mark  to  its  exclusive  use  shall  be  deemed  to  be  infringed  by  a  person  not  entitled  to  its  use  under  this  Act  who  sells,  distributes  or  advertises  wares  or  services  in  association  with  a  confusing  trade-­‐mark  or  trade-­‐name,  but  no  registration  of  a  trade-­‐mark  prevents  a  person  from  making  

(a)  any  bona  fide  use  of  his  personal  name  as  a  trade-­‐name,  or  (b)  any  bona  fide  use,  other  than  as  a  trade-­‐mark,  

(i)  of  the  geographical  name  of  his  place  of  business,  or  (ii)  of  any  accurate  description  of  the  character  or  quality  of  his  wares  or  services,  

in  such  a  manner  as  is  not  likely  to  have  the  effect  of  depreciating  the  value  of  the  goodwill  attaching  to  the  trade-­‐mark.    (2)  No  registration  of  a  trade-­‐mark  prevents  a  person  from  making  any  use  of  any  of  the  indications  mentioned  in  subsection  11.18(3)  in  association  with  a  wine  or  any  of  the  indications  mentioned  in  subsection  11.18(4)  in  association  with  a  spirit.  

-­‐ Under  s.  20,  the  registered  trade-­‐mark  owner’s  exclusive  right  to  use  is  expanded  to  “confusing”  trade-­‐marks  and  trade-­‐names.    

-­‐ S.  20  protects  against  use  of  confusing  mark  o S.  20  expands  the  scope  of  the  exclusive  right  of  the  owner  of  the  registered  mark  in  s.  19  to  cases  where  

wares  or  services  are  sold,  distributed,  or  advertised  in  association  with  a  confusing  mark  or  trade-­‐name,  in  which  case  infringement  is  deemed.    

o Under  s.  20,  the  two  identities  that  are  required  for  s.  19  are  not  necessary.  Can  also  be  in  relation  to  different  wares  and  services  (s.  6(5))  

o The  issue  is  the  likelihood  that  prospective  purchasers  will  be  confused  about  the  source.    o Infringement  under  s.  20  does  not  require  that  the  defendant  “use”  the  mark  as  defined  in  ss.  2  and  4.    o Contrary  to  s.  19,  which  applied  throughout  Canada,  a  combined  reading  of  ss.  20  and  6(2)  leads  to  the  

conclusion  that  confusion  must  be  present  in  a  given  area.    o Confusion  can  exist  even  if  mark  is  used  on  different  types  of  wares  and  services.    

§ Recall  s.  6(2)  § Confusion  defined  in  s.  6(5)  –  same  test  used  for  registration  requirements  

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.6(2)   The use of a trade-mark causes confusion with another trade-mark if the use of both trade-marks in the same area would be likely to lead to the inference that the wares or services associated with those trade-marks are manufactured, sold, leased, hired or performed by the same person, whether or not the wares or services are of the same general class.  

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.6(5)   In determining whether trade-marks or trade-names are confusing, the court or the Registrar, as the case may be, shall have regard to all the surrounding circumstances including

• (a) the inherent distinctiveness of the trade-marks or trade-names and the extent to which they have become known; • (b) the length of time the trade-marks or trade-names have been in use; • (c) the nature of the wares, services or business; • (d) the nature of the trade; and • (e) the degree of resemblance between the trade-marks or trade-names in appearance or sound or in the ideas suggested by

them.    

Case:  Mr.  Submarine  v.  Amandista  Invetments  [1987]  (p.  501)  re  :  s.20  

Facts  -­‐ See  above  in  s.19  section  

Issue:    -­‐ Did  Mr  Subs’n  Pizza  and  Mr.  29  Mins  Subs’N  pizza  infringe  s.20  rights  of  Mr.  Submarine  by  causing  confusion?    

Held  -­‐  YES  –  Although  the  plaintiff  failed  in  the  infringement  call  based  on  s.  19  since  the  marks  were  not  identical,  the  

plaintiff  was  successful  on  the  infringement  claim  based  on  confusion  under  s.  20  Reasoning  -­‐  “Whether  the  respondent’s  trademarks  or  trade  names  are  confusing  with  the  appellant’s  registered  trade  mark  

must  […]  be  considered  not  only  having  regard  to  the  appellant’s  present  business  in  the  area  of  the  respondent’s  operations  but  having  regard  as  well  to  whether  confusion  would  be  likely  if  the  appellant  were  to  operate  in  that  area  in  any  way  open  to  it  using  its  trade  mark  in  association  with  the  sandwiches  or  services  sold  or  provided  in  the  operation.”  (p.  505)  

-­‐ “The  essence  of  the  trade  mark,  that  which  alone  gives  it  distinctiveness,  is  the  combination  of  the  two  common  and  by  themselves  quite  undistinctive  words.”  (p.  506)  

o For  both  MR  SUBMANIE  and  MR  SUBS’N  PIZZA,  what  makes  the  mark  distinctive  is  the  combination  of  

“Mr”  with  a  common  word.    -­‐ Both  have  retail  customers,  and  the  only  difference  in  the  nature  of  the  wares  is  that  the  defendant  also  sells  

pizza  -­‐ There  is  a  small  degree  of  resemblance  between  the  marks  -­‐ It  would  likely  confuse  purchasers  where  both  marks  appear  close  together,  such  as  in  telephone  listing.  -­‐ There  is  also  a  likelihood  of  confusion  in  the  store  signs  -­‐ Consumers  might  think  that  the  defendant’s  store  is  a  licensed  outlet  that  varies  slightly  because  it  also  sells  pizza.  

 -­‐ Reverse  confusion:  

o Reverse  confusion  can  also  be  the  subject  of  an  infringement  action  under  s.  20  o Reverse  confusion  usually  occurs  when  the  junior  user  has  greater  economic  power  than  the  senior  user  and  

uses  a  mark  that  is  confusingly  similar  to  the  senior  user  to  crowd  out  the  senior  user.    o Consumer  thinks  that  the  defendant’s  goods  originate  with  the  plaintiff  o This  is  a  novel  claim  in  Canadian  trade  mark  law.    o Reverse  confusion  is  recognized  implicitly  in  s.  6  of  the  Trade-­‐mark  Act.  

Case:  A&W  v.  McDonalds  [2005]  FC  –    “reverse  confusion”  

Facts  -­‐  A&W  was  the  senior  mark  owner  of  CHICKEN  GRILL  and  McDonald’s  the  junior  mark  owner  of  CHICKEN  MCGRILL,  

and  A&W  alleged  that  McDonald’s  use  of  its  mark  would  lead  A&W’s  consumers  to  think  that  their  chicken  sandwiches  are  coming  from  McDonald’s  

Issue:    -­‐  Does  s.20  protect  A&W  from  reverse  confusion  (consumers  thinking  their  trademarked  sandwiches  were  from  

McD?)    Held  -­‐  Although  s.20  COULD  apply  to  reverse  confusion,  it  was  not  the  case  here.    

Reasoning  -­‐    

 -­‐ Exceptions  to  s.20:  good  faith  use  

§ S.  20(1)(a)  allows  a  person  to  use  her  personal  name  as  a  trade-­‐name  in  good  faith.    § S.  20(1)(b)  allows  a  person  to  use  the  geographic  name  of  his  or  her  location  or  an  accurate  description  

of  the  type  or  quality  of  the  merchandise  or  service,  if  either  is  done  in  good  faith  and  the  use  is  not  as  a  trade-­‐mark  

o For  good  faith  use  under  s.  20(1)(a)  and  (b),  the  defendant  must  not  be  trying  to  deceive  consumers  into  thinking  the  business  is  the  same  as  the  plaintiff’s.    

o Both  ss.  20(1)(a)  and  (b)  are  qualified  by  the  condition  that  the  good  faith  use  cannot  be  likely  to  depreciate  goodwill  

Case:  Hurlburt  Co.  v.  Hurlburt  Shoe  Co  (p.  510)  à  s.20  exception  using  name  in  good  faith  

Facts  -­‐  Both  parties  manufactured  shoes  and  were  stamping  the  shoes  with  the  same  word  

Issue:    -­‐  Is  there  a  trademark  infringement?    

Held  -­‐  No.  There  was  only  good  faith  use  of  a  persons  name  without  attempting  to  gain  advantage  of  the  usage  

Reasoning  -­‐ Registered  trade-­‐mark  owner  could  not  prevent  another  trader  from  using  his  own  name  (which  was  the  same  as  

the  trade-­‐mark)  as  a  trade-­‐name  where  the  defendant  had  no  intent  to  pass  off  the  goods  as  someone  else’s  

 -­‐ Parody  and  satire?  

o Balance  between  trademark  law  and  freedom  of  expression  o Parody:  an  imitation  of  the  style  of  a  particular  writer,  artist,  or  genre  with  deliberate  exaggeration  for  comic  

effect:  the  film  is  a  parody  of  the  horror  genre  (OED)  o Satire:  the  use  of  humour,  irony,  exaggeration,  or  ridicule  to  expose  and  criticize  people’s  stupidity  or  vices,  

particularly  in  the  context  of  contemporary  politics  and  other  topical  issued  (OED)    o Likelihood  of  confusion  

§ Source  Perrier  S.A.  v  Fira-­‐Less  Marketing  Co  [1983]  2  FC  18  (p.  511)  • The  FC  rejected  the  defendant’s  Charter  claim  as  to  freedom  of  expression  and  found  a  prima  facie  

case  of  infringement  under  s.  20,  reasoning  that  the  similarity  in  appearance  and  pronunciation  of  PERRIER  and  PIERRE  EH!  are  not  likely  to  cause  confusion  but  are  obviously  meant  to  cause  confusion.  Otherwise,  the  spoof  would  not  be  a  spoof.      

§ Green  v  Schwarz  (1986)  9  CIPR  290  (p.  511)  • The  court  enjoined  the  defendant  from  marketing  sweatshirts  which  spoofed  the  design  of  Roots’  

sweatshirts,  which  have  a  beaver  silhouetted  in  a  tree  and  the  trade-­‐mark  ROOTS  in  a  stylized  script,  by  substituting    a  “macabre  beaver”  with  a  skeletal  body  and  having  ROTS  in  the  same  script  style  used  by  Roots.    

§ Are  the  courts  confused?  • One  could  argue  that  a  satire  or  parody  or  spoof  is  not  meant  to  cause  confusion  because  in  order  

for  it  to  work  the  audience  must  be  able  simultaneously  to  hold  in  their  head  the  original  source  and  the  parodic  version.  If  the  audience  is  confused  and  thinks  it  is  authentic,  the  parody  or  satire  has  not  worked.    

• “One  could  say,  in  contradiction  to  the  Federal  Court,  that  ‘a  spoof  would  not  be  a  spoof’  if  it  causes  confusion  because  the  effect  is  achieved  only  when  the  audience  can  distinguish  between  the  authentic  and  the  spoofed  versions.    

• This  argument  addresses  the  likelihood  of  confusion,  but  the  likelihood  of  depreciation  with  a  satire  or  parody  of  spoof  raises  distinct  issues.  For  many  satires  and  parodies,  especially  where  the  targeted  audience  is  large,  the  likelihood  of  depreciation  of  a  mark’s  goodwill  is  more  logically  implicated  by  parody  and  satire  than  is  the  likelihood  of  confusion.    

o Parody  examples  § The  north  face  makes  outdoor  activewear  and  The  South  Butt  makes  outdoor  active  wear  § Intent  of  confusion  is  irrelevant,  because  the  consumers  still  have  to  be  confused  

 -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐PAULINA  CLASS  16-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

d)  Section  22  (p.  512)    

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.22(1)  à  depreciation  of  good  will  

 Depreciation  of  goodwill  22.  (1)  No  person  shall  use  a  trade-­‐mark  registered  by  another  person  in  a  manner  that  is  likely  to  have  the  effect  of  depreciating  the  value  of  the  goodwill  attaching  thereto.  Action  in  respect  thereof  2)  In   any   action   in   respect   of   a   use   of   a   trade-­‐mark   contrary   to   subsection   (1),   the   court  may   decline   to   order   the   recovery   of  damages  or  profits  and  may  permit  the  defendant  to  continue  to  sell  wares  marked  with  the  trade-­‐mark  that  were  in  his  possession  (or  under  his  control  at  the  time  notice  was  given  to  him  that  the  owner  of  the  registered  trade-­‐mark  complained  of  the  use  of  the  trade-­‐mark)  -­‐ Focus  on  trade-­‐mark  owner  rights  

o S.  22  is  the  only  section  of  the  Act  that  creates  a  right  essentially  in  favor  of  the  trade-­‐mark  owner  and  which  does  not  have  the  purpose  of  protecting  the  public  

o S.22  applies  even  in  the  absence  of  consumer  confusion    

-­‐ Veuve  Clicquot  test  for  depreciation  o the  SCC  established  that  infringement  under  s.22  for  deprecation  has  4  elements:  

§ 1)  Used  in  connection  à  A  claimant’s  registered  trade-­‐mark  was  used  by  the  defendant  in  connection  with  wares  or  services  –  whether  or  not  such  wares  and  services  are  competitive  with  those  of  the  claimant;  

§ 2)  Sufficiently  well-­‐known  à  the  claimant’s  registered  trade-­‐mark  is  sufficiently  well-­‐known  to  have  significant  goodwill  attached  to  it  (without  it  needing  to  be  famous);  

§ 3)  Likely  effect  à  the  claimant’s  register  red  trade-­‐mark  was  used  in  a  manner  likely  to  have  an  effect  on  that  good  will  (i.e.  linkage);    

§ 4)  Depreciation  à    the  likely  effect  would  be  to  depreciate  the  value  of  its  good  will  (i.e.  damage).  o Under  this  test  look  to  the  definition  of  “use”  under  ss.  2  and  4  of  the  act  (513)  

 

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.4  à  “use”    When  deemed  to  be  used  4.  (1)  A  trade-­‐mark  is  deemed  to  be  used  in  association  with  wares  if,  at  the  time  of  the  transfer  of  the  property  in  or  possession  of  the  wares,  in  the  normal  course  of  trade,  it  is  marked  on  the  wares  themselves  or  on  the  packages  in  which  they  are  distributed  or  it  is  in  any  other  manner  so  associated  with  the  wares  that  notice  of  the  association  is  then  given  to  the  person  to  whom  the  property  or  possession  is  transferred.  (2)  A  trade-­‐mark  is  deemed  to  be  used  in  association  with  services  if  it  is  used  or  displayed  in  the  performance  or  advertising  of  those  services.  Use  by  export  (3)  A  trade-­‐mark  that  is  marked  in  Canada  on  wares  or  on  the  packages  in  which  they  are  contained  is,  when  the  wares  are  exported  from  Canada,  deemed  to  be  used  in  Canada  in  association  with  those  wares.      -­‐ “Use”  under  s.4  related  to  s.22  depreciation  of  good  will  

o The  plaintiff  must  show  that  the  defendant  used  a  sufficiently  similar  mark  to  the  registered  mark  to  “evoke  in  a  relevant  universe  of  consumers  a  mental  association  of  the  two  marks  that  is  likely  to  depreciate  the  value  of  the  goodwill  attaching  to  the  plaintiff’s  mark  

o The  onus  of  proof  is  on  the  plaintiff  to  establish  a  likelihood  of  depreciation  (514)  o The  marks  do  not  have  to  be  identical:  in  Veuve  Clicquot  only  part  of  the  mark  was  used  by  the  defendant  and  

that  part  was  not  spelled  the  same  way  o Use  with  different  wares  and  services  –  the  suggestion  is  that  the  mark  placed  with  different  goods  may  make  

the  use  more  likely  to  depreciate  the  value  of  the  mark’s  goodwill  -­‐ The  goodwill  of  the  mark    

o is  the  part  of  the  reputation  of  the  business  identified  with  the  goods  and  services  with  which  the  mark  is  associated  

o The  goodwill  of  the  mark  is  its  power  to  draw  a  buyer  towards  one  company’s  product  or  service  rather  than  that  of  a  competitor  (515)  

-­‐ The  depreciation  of  goodwill  in  a  mark    o is  when  the  advantage  of  that  goodwill  is  reduced  o To  evaluate  whether  there  is  enough  goodwill  in  a  mark  that  it  could  be  depreciated  includes  factors  such  as:  

§ Whether  the  mark  retains  its  source  significance  when  encountered  outside  of  the  context  of  goods  and  services  with  which  the  mark  is  used  by  the  trademark  owner;  

§ The  mark’s  degree  of  recognition  within  the  relevant  universe  of  consumers;  § The  sales  volume  and  market  penetration  of  the  associated  products;  § The  extent  of  the  duration  of  advertising  and  publicity  for  the  mark;  § The  mark’s  geographic  reach;    § The  mark’s  degree  of  inherent  distinctiveness;  § Whether  the  associated  products  have  a  narrow  or  specialized  channel  of  trade  and  if  there  are  

multiple  channels  of  trade  

Case:  Veuve  Clicquot  Ponsardin  v.  Boutiques  Cliquot  [2006]  SCC  à  depreciation  of  goodwill  

Facts  -­‐ Famous  luxury  wine  and  champagne  maker  claimed  that  the  trade-­‐name  and  registered  trade-­‐mark  CLIQUOT  of  a  

small  Ontario  and  QC  chain  of  mid-­‐priced  women’s  apparel  stores  infringed  the  champagne  maker’s  mark  under  ss.20  and  22.Infringement  case,  (unlike  Mattel  –  opposition  proceedings)  and  the  claimant  has  the  burden  to  prove  the  likelihood  of  depreciation  on  a  balance  of  probabilities  

Issue:    -­‐  Did  boutiques  infringe  trademark  as  per  s.20  or  s.22?    

Held  -­‐ The  court  found  NO  LIKELIHOOD  of  confusion  between  the  marks  for  the  purpose  of  s.20  given  the  significant  

differences  in  pricing,  target  marketing  and  channels  of  trade.      -­‐ The  court  also  rejected  the  s.22  claim  finding  that  a  consumer  would  not  make  a  mental  link  between  the  use  of  

“CLIQUOT”  in  the  defendant’s  stores  and  the  plaintiff’s  mark.    NO  mental  link,  no  likelihood  of  depreciation  in  the  goodwill  of  the  plaintiff’s  mark.  

Reasoning    -­‐  Depreciation  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  blurring  and  tarnishing  of  a  trade-­‐mark,  in  which  the  defendant  

creates  a  negative  association  for  the  mark  by  blurring  the  brand  image  evoked  by  the  Trade-­‐Mark  or  of  its  positive  associations,  or  decreasing  the  mark’s  ability  to  distinguish  products  and  attract  customers.  

-­‐ 4  elements  of  s.22  o 1)  Use  of  the  claimant’s  registered  mark:  The  appellant’s  s.  22  claim  fails  at  the  first  hurdle.  In  my  

view  a  consumer  who  saw  the  word  “Cliquot”  used  in  the  defendants’  stores  would  not  make  any  link  or  connection  to  the  [plaintiff’s  mark].  [para.  96]  if  a  reasonable  buyer  is  not  at  all  likely  to  think  of  the  senior  user’s  trademark  in  his  or  her  own  mind,  even  subtly  or  subliminally,  then  there  can  be  no  dilution.    That  is,  how  can  there  be  any  “whittling  away”  if  the  buyer,  upon  seeing  defendant’s  mark,  would  never,  even  unconsciously,  think  of  the  plaintiff’s  mark?    So  the  dilution  theory  presumes  some  kind  of  mental  association  in  the  reasonable  buyer’s  mind  between  the  two  parties  and  the  mark.  

o 2)  Proof  of  Goodwill:  there  is  clearly  considerable  goodwill  attaching  to  the  VEUVE  CLICQUOT  mark  that  extends  beyond  wine  and  champagne.  [54]    While  “fame”  is  not  a  requirement  of  s.  22,  a  court  required  to  determine  the  existence  of  goodwill  capable  of  depreciation  by  a  “non-­‐confusing”  use  (as  here)  will  want  to  take  that  approach  into  consideration,  as  well  as  more  general  factors  such  as  the  degree  of  recognition  of  the  mark  within  the  relevant  universe  of  consumers,  the  volume  of  sales  and  the  depth  of  market  penetration  of  products  associated  with  the  claimant’s  mark,  the  extent  and  duration  of  advertising  and  publicity  accorded  the  claimant’s  mark,  the  geographic  reach  of  the  claimant’s  mark,  its  degree  of  inherent  or  acquired  distinctiveness,  whether  products  associated  with  the  claimant’s  mark  are  confined  to  a  narrow  or  specialized  channel  of  trade,  or  move  in  multiple  channels,  and  the  extent  to  which  the  mark  is  identified  with  a  particular  quality.  

o 3)  The  Likely  connection  of  linkeage  made  by  consumes  between  the  claimant’s  goodwill  and  the  defendant’s  use:  the  appellant  failed  to  establish  this  element.  “Likelihood”  is  a  matter  of  evidence  not  speculation.      

o 4)  The  Likelihood  of  depreciation.  The  appellant  did  not  establish  this.  -­‐ The  casual  consumer,  on  the  evidence,  would  not  associate  the  name  of  the  respondents’  stores  with  the  house  

of  VEUVE  CLICQUOT,  whose  mark  would  continue  to  distinguish  without  depreciation  the  famous  French  champagne.    The  goodwill  would  remain  intact.    There  would  be  no  negative  perceptions  to  tarnish  its  positive  aura  (s  in  Clairol,  or  Dallas  Cheerleaders  porn  example).  

 

Case:  Clairol  International  v.  Thomas  Supply  [1968]  

Facts  -­‐ The  plaintiff  Clairol  and  the  defendant  Revlon  were  both  manufacturers  of  hair  coloring.    To  entice  customers,  

Revlon  used  Clairol’s  trade  marks  (MISS  CLAIROL  and  HAIR  COLOR  BATH)  along  with  Revlon’s  marks  (REVLON  and  COLORSILK)  on  comparative  hair  color  shade  charts  to  identify  which  of  Revlon’s  shades  would  be  closest  to  Clairol’s.    All  of  the  marks  were  registered  in  association  with  hair  coloring  or  cosmetics.    The  defendant’s  color  comparison  charts  appeared  in  advertising  brochures  and  product  packaging.    Clairol  sued  for  infringement.  

Issue:    -­‐  Was  there  infringement?    

Held:  -­‐ Use  of  the  plaintiff’s  marks  on  the  defendant’s  packages  was  used  in  a  manner  that  was  likely  to  depreciate  the  

goodwill  in  the  plaintiff’s  marks  and  infringed  s.22.  BUT  use  of  the  mark  on  the  brochures  did  not  meet  the  s.  4(1)  requirement  for  use  of  a  mark  in  association  with  wares  and  services  and  thus  did  not  come  within  the  scope  of  s.22  

Reasoning:  -­‐  “the  goodwill  attaching  to  a  trade  mark  is  I  think  that  portion  of  the  goodwill  of  the  business  of  its  owner  which  

consists  of  the  whole  advantage,  whatever  it  may  be  of  the  reputation  and  connection,  which  may  have  been  built  up  by  years  of  honest  work  or  gained  by  lavish  expenditure  of  money  and  which  is  identified  with  the  goods  distributed  by  the  owners  in  association  with  the  trade  mark”    

-­‐ You  may  not  put  the  competitor’s  trade  mark  on  your  goods  for  the  purpose  of  appealing  to  your  competitor’s  customers  in  your  effort  to  weaken  their  habit  of  buying  what  they  have  bought  before  for  this  is  “not  only  calculated  to  depreciated  and  destroy  the  competitor’s  goodwill  but  it  is  using  his  competitor’s  trade  mark  to  accomplish  his  purpose  

Comments:  -­‐ when  consumers  are  led  to  buy  one  product  rather  than  a  competitor’s  because  the  competitor’s  trade  mark  is  

used  for  comparative  purposes  on  the  wares  or  packaging  there  is  a  likelihood  of  depreciation  of  the  mark  -­‐ However,  use  must  qualify  as  such  under  s.  4  of  the  Act  and  it  is  different  for  wares  and  services  -­‐ S.22  does  not  prohibit  all  forms  of  comparative  advertising.    It  is  only  when  the  use  of  the  mark  is  likely  to  

depreciate  the  goodwill  that  s.22  is  infringed.    Note  that  a  likelihood  of  depreciation  can  be  found  even  if  the  information  that  the  defendant  provides  is  truthful  –i.e.  color  comparison  chart  

-­‐ Businesses  can  compete  and  can  try  to  get  their  competitor’s  customers  but  they  cannot  use  someone  else’s  mark  in  a  menner  that  is  likely  to  depreciate  it  

 -­‐ Use  distinction  re:s.22  

o Clairol  distinguishes  between  the  comparison  charts  on  the  packaging  and  those  in  advertising  brochures  under  s.4(1)–  had  the  brochures  been  available  at  the  point  of  sale,  the  could  possibly  fit  under  s.4(1)  

o By  contrast,  if  the  comparison  charts  had  been  about  services,  the  brochures  would  fit  the  definition  under  s.4(2)  (530)  

-­‐ Lego  case  o In  AG  v.  Irwin  Toy  Ltd.  the  Federal  Court  ordered  the  defendant  to  stop  using  the  plaintiff’s  LEGO  trade-­‐mark  

on  the  defendant’s  packaging,  and  in  brochures  inside  the  packages  that  said  that  the  defendant’s  children’s  toy  blocks  were  compatible  with  LEGO  and  states  “works  with  leading  brand”  with  a  picture  of  a  Lego  block  

-­‐ Michelin  o to  prevent  a  union  from  using  the  employer’s  logo  or  other  trade-­‐mark  on  their  posters,  flyers  or  website  

(530)  § The  cases  turned  on  the  fact  that  the  defendant  unions  were  not  “using”  the  plaintiff’s  marks.  S.  2  

includes  “any  lawful  trade  union”  as  a  “person”  under  the  Act,  and  thus  a  union  can  register  a  trade-­‐mark  and  can  infringe  other  people’s  marks  BUT  the  union’s  use  of  the  employer’s  trademarks  in  the  union’s  recruitment  literature  is  not  a  “use”  of  the  mark  under  s.4  of  the  Act,  which  is  a  requirement  under  s.22  

§ The  term  “use”  is  limited  to  its  definition  under  s.2  and  s.4  of  the  Act  

o In  Michelin  the  court  found  that  the  plaintiff  did  not  prove  that  the  union’s  activities  would  likely  have  a  “negative  effect  or  depreciate  the  drawing  power  of  the  plaintiff’s  marks  in  the  market  place”  Although  the  union’s  activities  might  diminish  the  plaintiff’s  reputation  as  an  employer  

o S.20  claim  also  rejected  because  the  court  did  not  find  that  a  consumer  would  likely  be  confused  that  the  source  of  brochures  featuring  a  mean  tire  creature  about  to  stomp  an  employee  had  come  from  Michelin  and  the  union  identified  itself  in  the  material  

-­‐  Source  Perrier  S.A.    

o The  Federal  Court  found  that  there  was  a  use  and  that  the  parody  infringed  s.  22  (see  page  531)  o The  court  was  unwilling  to  recognize  the  freedom  of  expression  interests  of  the  satirist  –  freedom  of  

expression  was  outweighed  by  the  protection  of  the  mark’s  goodwill  because  the  owner  of  the  mark  should  not  have  to  bear  a  loss  association  with  the  mark  being  exploited  to  make  a  point  about  another  point  entirely  (533)  

-­‐ Comparison  with  US  dilatation    

o The  notion  of  depreciation  of  goodwill  IS  NOT  the  equivalent  of  the  U.S.  concept  of  dilution,  a  cause  of  action  for  dilution  of  the  distinctive  quality  of  a  famous  mark  in  cases  of  injury  to  the  economic  value  of  a  famous  mark  

o U.S.  law  refers  to  dilution  of  a  marks’  distinctiveness;  Canadian  law  refers  to  depreciation  of  a  mark’s  goodwill  (534)  

o U.S.  notion  of  dilution  applies  essentially  to  famous  marks,  while  the  Canadian  protection  against  depreciation  in  s.22  applies  to  any  registered  mark  

o U.S.  right  focuses  on  the  reduction  of  the  capacity  of  the  famous  mark  to  identify  the  goods  of  the  owner,  not  loss  of  goodwill  as  with  the  Canadian  concept  

-­‐ Conclusions  on  s.22  o The  focus  of  Section  22  is  thus  NOT  CONFUSION,  rather,  depreciation  refers  to  use  by  a  person,  in  most  cases  

a  competitor,  in  the  course  of  trade  of  another  person’s  mark(s)  in  a  way  that  is  likely  to  negatively  affect  the  reputation  and  worth  of  the  mark  

o Section  22  does  not  deal  with  libel,  injurious  falsehood  or  other  matters  left  to  tort  law  o The  main  target  of  S.22  is  NOT  comparative  advertising  –  if  done  properly  and  without  undue  negative  

inference,  comparative  advertising  should  be  allowed.  o A  consumer  may  well  decide  to  opt  for  a  different  product  because  of  the  product’s  features  and/or  price  

without  thinking  less  of  the  reputation  of  another  company’s  mark    

-­‐ SUMMARY  OF  INFRINGEMENT  SECTIONS  FOR  REGISTERED  MARKS:  o Section  19:  

§  Requires  identical  marks  and  identical  wares  or  services  and  that  the  defendant  use  the  mark;  § It  does  not  require  confusion;  

o Section  20:  §  Requires  the  likelihood  of  confusion  and  that  the  defendant  “sells,  distributes  or  advertises”  wares  or  

services;  §  it  does  not  require  that  the  defendant  “use”  the  mark  as  defined  in  ss.2,  4;  §  S.20  has  three  exceptions:  good  faith  use  of  own  name,  geographical  location  and  description  of  

business/wares  o Section  22:    

§ Requires  a  likelihood  of  depreciation  of  the  goodwill  of  a  mark;  § The  defendant  must  use  the  mark  § It  does  not  require  confusion,  identical  marks  or  identical  wares  and  services;  § Requires  linkeage  in  the  consumer’s  mind  between  the  defendant’s  use  and  the  plaintiff’s  mark  

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐CLAIRE  CLASS  17-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

e)  Parallel  Importation  

-­‐ Definition  of  parallel  importation:  “importation  of  a  product  which  is  legally  made  abroad  but  is  manufactured  without  the  permission  of  the  intellectual  property  holder.    

-­‐ Rule:    o Wares  produced  abroad  with  lawful  Trade-­‐Marks  can  be  imported  and  sold  in  even  when  there  is  an  exclusive  

distributor  in  Canada  o Exception  (i.e.  imported  product  can’t  be  sold):  When  the  imported  product  is  not  the  same  quality  as  

domestic  product  -­‐ NB:  this  is  different  for  copyright,  there  is  explicit  provision  against  parallel  importation  -­‐ Smith  &  Nephew  v.  Glen  Oak  (Federal  Court  of  Appeal)  

o Plaintiff  was  exclusive  licensee  allowed  to  use  NIVEA  trade-­‐mark  in  Canada.  Defendant  imported  NIVEA  products  from  Mexico  where  they  were  cheaper…and  then  sold  them  in  Canada  for  cheaper.      

o Allowed  parallel  importation,  saying  plaintiff  could  have  contractual  action  against  parent  company,  but  didn’t  have  action  in  trade-­‐mark  infringement  against  another  authorized  licensee.    

 

2.  INFRINGMENT  OF  ANY  MARK  Prof.  Adams  skipped  this  section    a)  Common  Law  Prof  Adams  skipped  this  section      b)  Section  7    

Statute:  Trade-­‐Mark  Act,  s.7  à  infringement  of  any  mark  Notes  

 No  person  shall:  a)  make  a  false  or  misleading  statement  tending  to  discredit  the  business,  wares  or  services  of  a  competitor  

Parallel  to  tort  of  injurious  falsehood  

b)  direct  public  attention  to  his  wares,  services  or  business  in  such  a  way  as  to  cause  or  be  likely  to  cause  confusion  in  Canada,  at  the  time  he  commenced  so  to  direct  attention  to  them,  between  his  wares,  services  or  business  and  the  wares,  services  or  business  of  anothe  

Codify  tort  of  “passing  off”  

c)  pass  off  other  wares  or  services  as  and  for  those  ordered  or  requested    d)  make  use,  in  association  with  wares  or  services,  of  any  description  that  is  false  in  a  material  respect  and  likely  to  mislead  the  public  as  to:  i)  the  character,  quality,  quantity  or  composition;  ii)  the  geographical  origin;  iii)  the  mode  of  the  manufacture,  production  or  performance  of  the  wares  or  services;    

Resembles  tort  of  deceit  

e)  do  any  other  act  or  adopt  any  other  business  practice  contrary  to  honest  industrial  or  commercial  usage  in  Canada  

Ultra  vires!!  Doesn’t  apply!  

 Constitutional  issues  -­‐ Constitutional  unlike  copyrights  and  patents,  federal  trade-­‐mark  legislative  power  stems  from  general  “trade  and  

commerce”  provision  and  provinces  can  regulate  through  tort  law  (property  and  civil  rights)    -­‐ Constitutionality  of  s.  7  has  been  challenged  a  number  of  times  

o MacDonald  v.  Vapor  Canada  à  SCC  determines  7(e)  is  ultra  vires  framework    § FYI  -­‐  the  book  takes  5  pages  right  out  of  this  judgment  and  sticks  it  in,  completely  unnecessarily  § Plaintiff  sought  relief  because  former  employee  disclosed  their  trade  secrets,  there  was  a  breach  of  

confidence  and  a  misappropriation  of  confidential  information.    § Court  found  that  s.7  nor  s.7(e)  standing  alone  would  be  valid  but  that  s.7  (with  the  exception  of  s.7e)  

would  be  valid  because  it  rounds  out  the  regulatory  scheme  for  trade-­‐marks,  patents  and  copyrights.    § As  this  case  did  not  involve  intellectual  property  infringement,  it  was  outside  federal  competence  to  

make  it  a  subject  of  a  statutory  cause  of  action.    § In  the  end,  it  was  a  mere  contractual    

o Kirkbi  v.  Ritvik  Holdings  à  SCC  holds  7(b)  is  valid  exercise  of  federal  trade  and  commerce  power  

§ Plaintiff  claims  s.7(b)  is  not  linked  or  connected  in  any  way  to  the  trade-­‐mark  registration  scheme  in  the  Act.    

§ Court  finds  that  it  IS  directly  connected  to  the  federal  scheme  for  enforcing  trade-­‐mark,  it’s  a  minimum  intrusion  into  provincial  jurisdiction,  is  limited  in  application  and  rounds  out  an  otherwise  incomplete  trade-­‐mark  scheme.    

o In  sum,    § 7(a)  à  no  final  word,  book  says  “constitutionally  dubious”  § 7(b)  à  OK,  as  per  Kirkbi  § 7(c)  à  no  final  word,  book  says  “would  likely  survive  challenge,  “  although  plaintiff  would  need  to  show  

passing  off  is  connected  to  trade-­‐mark  (Celliers  du  Monde,  Federal  Court  of  Appeal  decision)    § 7(d)  à  no  final  word,  unclear  constitutionality  (Balanyk  v.  University  of  Toronto,  in  obiter)  § 7(e)  à  ultra  vires,  as  per  MacDonald  v.  Vapor  Canada  § NB:  regardless  of  constitutionality,  can  always  rely  on  torts  of  passing  off,  slander  of  title,  injurious  

falsehood,  or  trade  libel  (In  provinicial  courts  only!)  Section  7(a)  -­‐ targets  injurious  falsehood  -­‐ constitutionality  in  doubt  -­‐ requirements  (NB:  NOT  necessary  to  show  bad  faith).  Plaintiff  must  show    

o 1)  that  the  parties  are  competitors  o 2)  the  existence  of  an  (objectively)  false  or  misleading  declaration  o 3)  the  declaration’s  likely  or  demonstrated  effect  of  discrediting  the  plainitff’s  business/wares/services  o 4)  damage  

-­‐ Common  contexts:    o Comparative  Advertising,  explicitly  or  by  implication  o Unsubstantiated  threats  of  an  IP  infringement  action,  which  would  put  the  company  out  of  business  

-­‐ Common  law  tort  comparisons  o Slander  of  title  AND  Trade  libel  /  slander  of  goods  /  malicious  falsehood  /  disparagement  of  goods  o Differences  

§ For  torts,  courts  will  look  for  bad  faith  or  knowledge  of  the  falsity,  but  they  are  not  required  for  s.7(a)  § For  torts,  court  requires  a  false  statement,  in  s.7  can  be  false  OR  misleading  

 Section  7(b)  -­‐  “creates  a  civil  cause  of  action  that  essentially  codifies  the  common  law  tort  of  passing  off”  -­‐  Kirkbi  -­‐ Differences  w/  passing  off    

o S.7(b)  plaintiff  must  prove  there  is  a  valid  mark  (registered  or  unregistered)  whereas  common  law  doesn’t  require  mark  and  can  protect  other  indicia  of  reputation.    

o Common  law  passing  off  requires  goodwill,  a  likelihood  of  deception  of  the  public  by  misrepresentation,  and  damage  (actual  or  potential)  whereas  7(b)  requires  that  “direct  public  attention”  to  defendant’s  wares/services/business  in  such  a  way  as  to  cause  or  likely  cause  confusion.    

o 7(b)  parties  don’t  need  to  be  in  the  same  field  of  activity  or  competitors,  although  its  a  factor  in  establishing  confusion,  defined  at  s.6(2)    and  requires  defendant’s  use,  as  defined  in  s.4.  NB  –  use  of  a  trademark  in  association  with  a  ware  requires  transfer  of  goods  in  the  course  of  trade.  If  there  isn’t  transfer,  then  there  can’t  be  confusion.    

-­‐ Foreign  mark  holders  can  bring  action  under  s.7(b)  and  the  plaintiff  would  not  have  to  establish  that  it  has  used  the  mark  in  Canada  for  the  purposes  of  s.4,  nor  that  it  has  made  the  mark  known  for  the  purposes  of  s.5…just  that  it  has  reputation  in  its  mark.    

 Section  7(c)  -­‐ Deals  with  “passing  off”  situations  of  direct  substitution  (i.e.  counterfeiting)  -­‐ Searle  Canada  v.  Novopharm  

o “in  order  to  succeed  in  its  passing  off  action  under  s.7(c),  the  appellant  would  have  to  show  that  its  getup  had  acquired  a  secondary  meaning  or  reputation  in  the  mind  of  the  public  such  that  the  public  identifies  that  get-­‐up  with  the  appellant  or  at  least  with  some  manufacturing  source  

 Section  7(d)  -­‐ requires  a  false  or  misleading  designation  -­‐ MUST  be  “important”  

o E.g.  saying  your  water  contains  591  mL  and  its  only  590  mL  =  not  important  -­‐ Relatively  few  cases  here,  application  is  rare.    -­‐ Fournier  Pharma  v.  Apotex  (although  at  interlocutory  stage)  

o Product  says  “micronized  formulation”  when  it  was  not  micronized.  Court  found  violation  of  7(d).    -­‐ Unclear  constitutionality  

o Balanyk  v.  University  of  Toronto  (SCC,  in  obiter)  à  depends  on  being  applied  to  a  subject  matter  coming  within  federal  legislative  jurisdiction.    

 

Competition  Act,  s.52(1)  à  S.7(d)  often  invoked  in  conjunction  with  52(1)  of  Competition  Act  

52.  (1)  No  person  shall,  for  the  purpose  of  promoting,  directly  or  indirectly,  the  supply  or  use  of  a  product  or  for  the  purpose  of  promoting,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  business  interest,  by  any  means  whatever,  knowingly  or  recklessly  make  a  representation  to  the  public  that  is  false  or  misleading  in  a  material  respect.  Proof  of  certain  matters  not  required  (1.1)  For  greater  certainty,  in  establishing  that  subsection  (1)  was  contravened,  it  is  not  necessary  to  prove  that  (a)  any  person  was  deceived  or  misled;  (b)  any  member  of  the  public  to  whom  the  representation  was  made  was  within  Canada;  or  (c)  the  representation  was  made  in  a  place  to  which  the  public  had  access.  Permitted  representations  (1.2)  For  greater  certainty,  a  reference  to  the  making  of  a  representation,  in  this  section  or  in  section  52.1,  74.01  or  74.02,  includes  permitting  a  representation  to  be  made.  Representations  accompanying  products  (2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  a  representation  that  is  (a)  expressed  on  an  article  offered  or  displayed  for  sale  or  its  wrapper  or  container,  (b)  expressed  on  anything  attached  to,  inserted  in  or  accompanying  an  article  offered  or  displayed  for  sale,  its  wrapper  or  container,  or  anything  on  which  the  article  is  mounted  for  display  or  sale,  (c)  expressed  on  an  in-­‐store  or  other  point-­‐of-­‐purchase  display,  (d)  made  in  the  course  of  in-­‐store,  door-­‐to-­‐door  or  telephone  selling  to  a  person  as  ultimate  user,  or  (e)  contained  in  or  on  anything  that  is  sold,  sent,  delivered,  transmitted  or  made  available  in  any  other  manner  to  a  member  of  the  public,  is  deemed  to  be  made  to  the  public  by  and  only  by  the  person  who  causes  the  representation  to  be  so  expressed,  made  or  contained,  subject  to  subsection  (2.1).  Representations  from  outside  Canada  (2.1)  Where  a  person  referred  to  in  subsection  (2)  is  outside  Canada,  a  representation  described  in  paragraph  (2)(a),  (b),  (c)  or  (e)  is,  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  (1),  deemed  to  be  made  to  the  public  by  the  person  who  imports  into  Canada  the  article,  thing  or  display  referred  to  in  that  paragraph.  Deemed  representation  to  public  (3)  Subject  to  subsection  (2),  a  person  who,  for  the  purpose  of  promoting,  directly  or  indirectly,  the  supply  or  use  of  a  product  or  any  business  interest,  supplies  to  a  wholesaler,  retailer  or  other  distributor  of  a  product  any  material  or  thing  that  contains  a  representation  of  a  nature  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  is  deemed  to  have  made  that  representation  to  the  public.  General  impression  to  be  considered  (4)  In  a  prosecution  for  a  contravention  of  this  section,  the  general  impression  conveyed  by  a  representation  as  well  as  its  literal  meaning  shall  be  taken  into  account  in  determining  whether  or  not  the  representation  is  false  or  misleading  in  a  material  respect.  Offence  and  punishment  (5)  Any  person  who  contravenes  subsection  (1)  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  liable  (a)  on  conviction  on  indictment,  to  a  fine  in  the  discretion  of  the  court  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  not  exceeding  14  years,  or  to  both;  or  

(b)  on  summary  conviction,  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  $200,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  not  exceeding  one  year,  or  to  both.  Reviewable  conduct  (6)  Nothing  in  Part  VII.1  shall  be  read  as  excluding  the  application  of  this  section  to  a  representation  that  constitutes  reviewable  conduct  within  the  meaning  of  that  Part.  Duplication  of  proceedings  (7)  No  proceedings  may  be  commenced  under  this  section  against  a  person  against  whom  an  order  is  sought  under  Part  VII.1  on  the  basis  of  the  same  or  substantially  the  same  facts  as  would  be  alleged  in  proceedings  under  this  section.      

Criminal  Code  ss.  408-­‐410  à  “Also  potentially  relevant”  

408.  Every  one  commits  an  offence  who,  with  intent  to  deceive  or  defraud  the  public  or  any  person,  whether  ascertained  or  not,  (a)  passes  off  other  wares  or  services  as  and  for  those  ordered  or  required;  or  (b)  makes  use,  in  association  with  wares  or  services,  of  any  description  that  is  false  in  a  material  respect  regarding  (i)  the  kind,  quality,  quantity  or  composition,  (ii)  the  geographical  origin,  or  (iii)  the  mode  of  the  manufacture,  production  or  performance  of  those  wares  or  services.  

• R.S.,  1985,  c.  C-­‐46,  s.  408;  • 1992,  c.  1,  s.  60(F).  

Instruments  for  forging  trade-­‐mark  409.  (1)  Every  one  commits  an  offence  who  makes,  has  in  his  possession  or  disposes  of  a  die,  block,  machine  or  other  instrument  designed  or  intended  to  be  used  in  forging  a  trade-­‐mark.  Saving  (2)  No  person  shall  be  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  section  where  he  proves  that  he  acted  in  good  faith  in  the  ordinary  course  of  his  business  or  employment.  

• R.S.,  c.  C-­‐34,  s.  367.  Other  offences  in  relation  to  trade-­‐marks  410.  Every  one  commits  an  offence  who,  with  intent  to  deceive  or  defraud,  (a)  defaces,  conceals  or  removes  a  trade-­‐mark  or  the  name  of  another  person  from  anything  without  the  consent  of  that  other  person;  or  (b)  being  a  manufacturer,  dealer,  trader  or  bottler,  fills  any  bottle  or  siphon  that  bears  the  trade-­‐mark  or  name  of  another  person,  without  the  consent  of  that  other  person,  with  a  beverage,  milk,  by-­‐product  of  milk  or  other  liquid  commodity  for  the  purpose  of  sale  or  traffic.    

3.  DEFENCES    Defences  For  Registered  Marks  -­‐ s.20(1)  –  registration  does  NOT  prevent:  

o s.20(1)(a)  à  good  faith  use  of  one’s  personal  name  as  a  trade-­‐name  § may  require  that  defendant  use  disclaimers  and  other  means  to  notify  the  public.    

o s.20(1)(b)  good  faith  use  (other  than  as  a  trade-­‐mark),  if  the  geographical  name  of  the  place  of  business  or  an  accurate  description  of  the  character  or  quality  of  the  wares  or  services  

o **Both  s.20  defences  are  qualified  by  the  proviso  that  the  use  cannot  be  likely  to  have  the  effect  of  depreciating  the  goodwill  attached  to  the  mark  

-­‐ s.20(2)  -­‐    specific  allowance  for  use  of  certain  listed  generic  names  for  wines  and  spirits  -­‐ common  law  possible  defences  

o “prior  use”  is  a  valid  defence  to  a  claim  of  passing  off…and  court  might  allow  concurrent  prior  use  to  continue.  NB  –  “prior  use’  defence  often  accompanied  by  counterclaim  as  prior  user  usually  has  superior  rights!  

o “unclean  hands”  –  a  party  with  unclean  hands  is  not  permitted  to  ask  for  an  equitable  remedy  such  as  an  injunction  

o an  express  disclaimer  can  be  sufficient  to  defeat  an  action  in  passing  off    

4.  REMEDIES  Prof.  Adams  skipped  this  section    IX.  FOREIGN  MARKS  

Prof.  Adams  skipped  this  section    X.  DOMAIN  NAMES  AND  INTERNET-­‐BASED  INFRINGEMENT  

Prof.  Adams  skipped  this  section    

CHAPTER  5:  PATENTS  

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐LAURIE  CLASS  18-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  I.    INTRODUCTION  (P.  643)    

-­‐ What  is  a  patent  o a  grant  of  a  privilege  or  property  to  an  individual  by  the  government  (Black’s  definition)  o A  patent  is  an  exclusive  right  to  one’s  invention  for  a  limited  period  of  time,  in  exchange  for  its  disclosure  to  

the  public.  o à  it  provides  negative  rights  to  exclude  others  from  exercising  the  patentee’s  exclusive  rights  o The  patentee’s  use  of  the  invention  may  be  subject  to  other  regulatory/legal  constraints  (e.g.  pharma  

products  require  approval  from  Health  Canada)  and  patentee’s  can’t  abuse  their  rights.    -­‐ Term  of  protection?  What  happens  after?    

o After  the  expiry  of  the  term  of  protection,  usually  20  years  after  the  date  of  application  for  the  patent,  the  invention  falls  into  the  public  domain.  

-­‐ Justification  for  patent  law  o Prevents  the  two  following  scenarios  

§ Inventor  keeps  the  invention  secret  or  seeks  protection  under  laws  that  don’t  require  public  disclosure  of  the  information  (e.g.  trade  secrets)  • Patent  Act  designed  to  get  rid  of  “hide  and  hoard”  mentality.  WE  want  public  disclosure  for  societal  

advancement  § naive  inventor  lets  everyone  know  about  the  invention,  but  has  no  recourse  if  someone  w/  more  

resources  markets  the  invention  first  à  limits  his  ability  to  profit  and  reduces  his  incentive  to  invent  in  the  future    

o The  SCC  summarized  its  “patent  bargain”  policy  in  Pioneer  Hi-­‐Bred  v  Canada:  “In  Canada,  the  granting  of  a  patent  means  the  kind  of  contract  b/w  the  Crown  and  the  inventor  in  which  the  latter  receives  an  exclusive  right  to  exploit  his  invention  for  a  certain  period  in  exchange  for  complete  disclosure  to  the  public  of  the  invention  and  the  way  in  which  it  operates.”  

-­‐ Jurisdiction  o Federal,  under:  91(22)  “Patents  of  Invention  and  Discovery”  o Patents  are  solely  statutory  law,  governed  by  the  federal  Patents  Act  

 Basic  Requirements  for  a  patent    -­‐ To  obtain  a  patent  (i.e.  a  limited  term  monopoly),  there  must  be    

o 1)  patentable  subject  matter,    o 2)  novelty,    o 3)  non-­‐obviousness    o 4)  utility  

-­‐ “Disclosure  is  the  quid  pro  quo  for  valuable  proprietary  rights  to  exclusivity  […]  the  patent  monopoly  should  be  purchased  with  the  hard  coinage  of  new,  ingenious,  useful  and  unobvious  disclosures.”  –  Binnie  J.  (Apotex  v  Wellcome  Foundation  Ltd)  

 II.  OBJECT  OF  THE  PROTECTION  (P.  651)    

(again)  Patentability  criteria  -­‐ The  invention  must    

o 1)  have  patentable  subject  matter  (i.e.  the  nature  of  the  invention  must  fall  w/in  the  definition  of  “invention”  in  s.  2)  

o 2)  be  new  o 3)  be  non-­‐obvious    o 4)  be  useful.    

-­‐ Broad  definition  of  “invention”  in  s.2  o Is  broad  because  the  Act  was  designed  in  part  to  promote  innovation,  it  is  only  reasonable  to  expect  the  

definition  of  invention  to  be  broad  enough  to  encompass  unforeseen  and  unanticipated  technology”  –  Bastarache  J.  (Harvard  Mouse)  

 

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.2  à  “invention”  

 s.2  invention  =  any  new  and  useful  art,  process,  machine,  manufacture  or  composition  of  matter,  or  any  new  and  useful  improvement  in  any  art,  process,  machine,  manufacture  or  composition  of  matter.    Summary  of  Basic  Principles  of  Patents    Subject  Matter     Useful   New     Non-­‐Obvious  Art  (not  in  copyright  sense),  Process,  Machine,  Manufacture  or  “Composition  of  Matter”  or  improvement    

Functions  as  described  and  has  a  use  (i.e.  does  something)  

Must  be  new  compared  to  any  element  of  “prior  art”  i.e.,  anything  in  existence  prior  to  the  invention  

Must  be  the  result  of  an  inventive  “spark”  and  not  appear  obvious  to  a  person  “skilled  in  the  art”  when  considered  in  light  of  all  elements  of  prior  art  

   

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.32  “improvement  doesn’t  convey  right  to  original  invention”  

 32.  Any  person  who  has  invented  any  improvement  on  any  patented  invention  may  obtain  a  patent  for  the  improvement,  but  he  does  not  thereby  obtain  the  right  of  making,  vending  or  using  the  original  invention,  nor  does  the  patent  for  the  original  invention  confer  the  right  of  making,  vending  or  using  the  patented  improvement.  

 

1.  SUBJECT  MATTER  (P.  653)    a)  Excluded  Subject  Matter  

-­‐ What  can  a  patent  be?  :    o “any  new  and  useful  art,  process,  machine,  manufacture  or  composition  of  matter,  or  any  new  and  

useful  improvement  in  any  art,  process,  machine,  manufacture  or  composition  of  matter  (s.  2  “invention)  

o Thus  to  be  patentable,  the  subject  matter  must  fit  within  at  least  1  of  those  statutory  categories  &  must,  relate  to  a  field  of  technology.  Technology  =  an  area  of  applied  science,  trade,  industry,  commerce  &  mechanical  arts  

o Embodiment/tangible  or  sellable    § Patents  are  granted  for  the  physical  embodiment  of  an  idea  or  a  process  that  produces  

something  tangible  or  that  can  be  sold.  

-­‐ Examples  of  patentable  subject  matter:    o new  kind  of  umbrella,  new  machine  to  make  an  umbrella,  new  method  to  make  an  umbrella,  new  

process  to  replace  the  fabric  on  an  umbrella,  an  improvement  on  one  of  these  o NB:  The  mast  majority  of  patents  are  for  improvements.  

 

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.27(8)  à  not-­‐patentable  scientific  principle/abstract  theorum  

 What  may  not  be  patented  8)  No  patent  shall  be  granted  for  any  mere  scientific  principle  or  abstract  theorem.  

-­‐ What  is  excluded  from  patent  protection?    o An  invention  is  not  a  discovery.  

§  “No  patent  shall  be  granted  for  any  mere  scientific  principle  or  abstract  theorem”  s.  27(8)  § The  identification  of  an  additional  advantage  to  a  mechanical  device  –  that  always  existed  but  

was  theretofore  unperceived  –  is  a  discovery  (Strayer  J)  § Discover  adds  to  the  amount  of  human  knowledge;  invention  produces  some  tangible  result  

which  is  new  &  useful    § E.g.  E  =  mc2  could  not  be  patented  § E.g.  discovering  that  UV  rays  prevent  the  growth  of  an  organism  is  not  patentable;  applying  the  

new  knowledge  that  irradiating  water  with  low  doses  of  UV  light  adequately  treats  water  to  prevent  the  replication  of  that  organism  has  commercial  value  &  is  an  invention    

§ E.g.  tree,  fungus,  animal  discovered  in  natural  state  can’t  be  patented  v.  practical  application  (e.g.  new  drug,  process  made  possible  by  discovery)  is  

o Explicitly  excluded  as  subject  matter  (Arbour  J  in  Monsanto):  § natural  phenomena,  laws  of  nature,  scientific  principles;  § computer  programs  where  discovery  is  a  method  of  calculation;  § methods  of  medical  treatment;  § higher  life  forms;  § business  systems  &  methods  &  professional  skills  &  methods;  § printed  matter  producing  only  an  artistic  intellectual  or  literary  result;  § mere  human  conduct  or  mental  steps  or  instructions.    

o In  sum,  no  one  can  patent  formulas,  mere  ideas,  speculations  of  what  is  possible…  because  an  invention  must  be  new  &  useful  –  i.e.  it  must  work  &  be  practical.  

o Corollary:  a  patent  won’t  be  granted  for  an  invention  contrary  to  the  laws  of  nature  (e.g.  perpetual  motion  device  –  Otta  case)  

o It  won’t  be  patentable  if  the  same  aspects  are  already  protected  by  another  IP  right.  (e.g.  computer  programs  and  architectural  plans  are  protected  under  copyright)    

Patentable  art  (s.2)  defined  by  SCC:    -­‐ “new  and  innovative  methods  of  applying  skill  or  knowledge  provided  they  produced  effects  or  results  

commercially  useful  to  the  public”  -­‐ Excluded    

o à  Professional  skills  &  methods  (way  of  doing  law,  accounting,  marketing,  selling,  teaching)  are  because  they  aren’t  within  a  field  of  technology.  

o à  Medical  Treatment:  Canada  bans  patents  on  therapeutic  &  surgical  methods,  but  diagnostic  methods  can  be  patented.  

§ A  method  CAN  be  patented  where  it  produces  an  essentially  economic  result  in  relation  to  trade,  industry  or  commerce.    

§ So  medical  treatments  (e.g.  how  surgeon  operates)  can’t  be  patented,  but  medical  instruments  (e.g.  machine  for  laser  eye  surgery)  can.  

§ Tennessee  Eastman:  surgical  method  for  joining  incisions  by  applying  certain  compounds  =  unpatentable  

§ Imperial  Chemical:  method  for  cleaning  teeth  =  unpatentable  

 b)  Computer  Programs  and  Business  Methods  (p.  660)    

-­‐ Controversy  o Both  computer  programs  and  business  methods  are  highly  debated  because  they  potentially  run  afoul  of  

the  rule  that  abstract  mental  steps  alone  can’t  be  patented.  o TRIPS  protects  computer  programs  as  literary  works  but  doesn’t  mention  the  patentability  of  software.  

 Computer  programs  

-­‐ What  is/isn’t  patentablein  Canada  o Unpatentable  à  computer  programs  involving  only  a  method  of  calculation  are  unpatentable  since  they  

are  the  mere  application  of  mathematical  concepts  that  can’t  be  patented  under  s.  27(8)  o Patentable  à  computer-­‐related  inventions,  computers  as  apparatus  in  whole  “system”  can  be  patented.  

Key  (=only)  case  on  patentability  of  computer  programs  =  Schlumberger  v  Canada  § found  a  way  to  take  measurements  obtained  in  boreholes,  transmit  them  to  computer  program  

that  uses  mathematical  formulae  to  convert  this  information  into  useful  charts,  graphs,  etc.  § nothing  new  in  using  computers  to  make  calculations  § what  is  new:  discovery  of  the  various  calculations  to  be  made  &  math  formulae  to  be  used  in  

making  those  calculations  § if  the  calculations  were  made  by  men,  this  would  just  be  mental  steps  and  not  patentable    § However,  in  this  case  the  specifications  prescribe  the  calculations  to  be  made  by  computers  § If  we  allowed  this  to  be  patented,  we  would  be  patenting  something  that  otherwise  can’t  be  

patented  (calculations)  § The  fact  that  a  computer  is  used  to  implement  discovery,  doesn’t  change  that  this  is  discovery  § Although  subject  matter  that  consists  only  of  the  algorithm  of  a  computer  program  to  do  

calculations  according  to  a  specified  formula  are  not  patentable  (Schlumberger),  computer  programs  integrated  w/  hardware  &  computer  related  inventions  can  be  patented.  

§ If  the  program  does  more  than  calculations  (e.g.  it  produces  a  result  according  to  data  recovered),  the  “system”  can  be  patented.  

Business  method:  -­‐ what  is  it?      

o a  plan  or  a  scheme  to  conduct  a  commercial  interaction.  o Often,  combined  w/  computer  programs  in  patent  applications  (e.g.  Amazon  one-­‐click)  

 

Case:  Amazon  v.  Canada  “one-­‐click  ordering”  [??]  FC  …SCCà  patentability  of  computer-­‐based  business  method?  

Facts  -­‐ How  it  works:  Customer  first  visits  website  and  enters  account,  billing  &  shipping  info.  Identifying  cookie  is  stored  

on  customer’s  computer.  On  next  visit  to  website,  cookie  allows  seller’s  server  to  recall  the  customer’  info  &  pair  it  with  the  online  shopping  cart  contents  so  the  customer  can  checkout  w/  a  single  click  without  having  to  reenter  the  info  on  each  transaction    

-­‐ Patent  Appeal  Board  rejected  Amazon’s  application  on  the  grounds  that  o the  claimed  invention  was  not  an  “art”  under  s.  2  &  therefore  not  statutory  subject  matter  o business  methods  are  per  se  unpatentable  o claimed  invention  was  not  technological  in  nature  

Issue:    -­‐  Is  “one  click  ordering?”  patentable?  

Held  -­‐  Federal  Court  says  yes,  both  system  and  method  (process)  are  patentable  subject  matter,  reversing  Patent  

Appeal  Board  and  orders  that  decision  be  sent  back  for  re-­‐examination  Reasoning  -­‐  Phelan  J  expressly  moves  away  form  UK  precedent  that  excludes  business  methods  &  suggests  rapprochement  to  

US  which  allows  business  methods  to  be  patented  

-­‐ notes  that  there  is  no  statutory  exclusion  of  business  methods  in  the  Patent  Act  &  rules  that  Canada  should  assess  business  methods  pursuant  to  the  general  categories  of  “invention”  as  is  done  in  the  US  

-­‐ says  we  need  to  be  flexible  with  how  we  understand  “technology”;  the  Patent  Act  must  be  applied  in  a  way  that  recognizes  changes  in  technology  &  the  move  from  industrial  age  to  electronic  one  

-­‐ Rules  that  both  the  system  &  the  method  (process)  =  patentable  subject  matter  -­‐ Not  simply  an  idea;  a  practical  application  of  the  one-­‐click  concept  put  to  use  through  cookies,  the  internet  &  the  

customer’s  own  action  -­‐ Tangibility  is  not  an  issue;  physical  effect  is  in  customer  manipulating  their  computer  and  creating  an  order    -­‐ This  invention  has  a  commercially  applicable  result  &  is  concerned  w/  trade,  industry  &  commerce    

-­‐ Phelan  does  suggest  however  that  the  invention  may  be  obvious  (SCC  later  says  it  wasn’t  at  the  time)      

-­‐ Key  issues  raised  by  the  Amazon  decision  o 1)  we  need  to  consider  it  against  the  backdrop  of  cases  that  have  limited  the  protection  of  computer  

programs  (Schlumberger)  because  Amazon’s  patent  is  entirely  implemented  by  software  o 2)  there  must  be  a  limit  to  patentable  subject  matter  (i.e.  an  idea,  mental  steps,  business  know-­‐how)  o 3)  alignment  with  US  patent  law  is  significant  because  the  US  has  arguably  the  broadest  definition  of  

patentable  “invention”;  concerns  that  Americans  “anything  under  the  sun  made  by  man”  +  we  decided  differently  than  the  US  in  Harvard  Mouse  

-­‐ Evolution  from  Schlmberger  to  Amazon  o Even  before  Amazon,  CIPO  was  issuing  patents  for  some  inventions  resembling  business  models  &/or  

computer  software  so  long  as  they  were  an  “art”  under  s.  2  § CIPO  guidelines  detailed  software  is  patentable  when:    

• 1)  it  is  included  in  a  new  &  useful  process    •  2)  it  is  integrated  with  another  system  that  comprises  patentable  subject  matter    • **although  these  were  often  applied  while  reiterating  Schlumberger  holding  

§ A  number  of  decisions  by  Patent  Appeal  Board  allowing  patents  on  software-­‐based  inventions  • E.g.  Motorola:  a  novel  algorithm,  if  embodied  in  firmware  or  hardware  will  not  be  

characterized  as  abstract  -­‐ Going  forward  

o Given  the  globalization  of  IP  &  the  cross-­‐border  nature  of  online  shopping  in  N.  America,  there  will  be  pressure  on  Canada  to  review  its  jurisprudential  exclusion  with  respect  to  the  patenting  of  computer  programs  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  business  methods.  

o Maybe  Amazon  Federal  Court  decisions  gives  us  the  opportunity  to  do  this  (it  did,  SCC  confirmed  FC  decision)  

o this  would  be  more  in  line  w/  TRIPS  which  states  that  patents  are  available  in  all  fields  of  technology  o Prediction:  the  decisions  will  be  made  case  by  case.  a  computer  software  program  or  business  method  

won’t  be  patentable  if  §  it  consists  merely  of  abstract  mental  steps  § doesn’t  fit  the  statutory  subject  matter  categories  § isn’t  within  a  field  of  technology    § otherwise  doesn’t  fit  patentability  criteria  

   

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐BARBARA  CLASS  19-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐    c)  Life  Forms  (p.  671)    

Case:  Diamond  Chakrabart  [1980]  US  (p.673)  

Facts  -­‐ Patent  application  for  genetically  engineered  bacterium  that  can  be  used  to  break  down  oil  spills  -­‐ Patent  examiner  refuses  because  bacterium  is  a  life  form  

Issue:    -­‐  Are  life  forms  patentable?    

Held  -­‐ Yes.  The  Supreme  Court  declared  valid  patent  claims  for  a  man-­‐made  micro-­‐organism  capable  of  degrading  four  

kinds  of  hydrocarbons  Reasoning  -­‐  USSC  (5-­‐4)  concludes  that  “manufacture”  and  “composition  of  matter”  includes  “anything  under  the  sun  that  is  

made  by  man”  -­‐ Should  not  read  in  the  Patent  Act  limitations  that  do  not  exist  -­‐ Bacterium  is  patentable  subject  matter  

 

Case:  Re:  Abitibi  Co  [1982]  Patent  Commissioner  à  yeast  

Facts  -­‐  Patent  application  for  a  yeast  culture  engineered  to  digest  certain  waste  products  in  the  effluent  from  a  pulp  and  

paper  plant  Issue:    -­‐  Is  yeast  a  patentable  subject  matter?  

Held  -­‐ Yes.  microbial  culture  that  could  be  used  to  purify  waste  from  pulp  mills  WAS  patentable  

Reasoning  -­‐  Refers  to  Chakrabarty,  but  carefully  limits  the  scop  -­‐ “...this  decision  will  extend  to  all  micro-­‐organisms,  yeasts,  moulds,  fungi,  bacteria,  actinomycetes,  unicellular  

algae,  cell  lines,  viruses  or  protozoa;  in  fact  to  all  new  life  forms  which  are  produced  en  masse  as  chemical  compounds  are  prepared,  and  are  formed  in  such  large  numbers  that  any  measurable  quantity  will  possess  uniform  properties  and  characteristics”  

   

Case:  Pioneer  Hi-­‐Bred  v.  Canada  [1986]  (p.672)  à  cross-­‐bred  plants  

Facts  -­‐ Application  for  patent  on  new  variety  of  soybeans  -­‐ A  strain  of  a  naturally  grown  plant  derived  by  artificial  cross-­‐breeding  -­‐ Reference  to  the  US  case  of  Diamond  v  Chakrabarty  (which  says  life  forms  are  patentable  subject-­‐matter)  

Issue:    -­‐  Are  cross-­‐bred  plant  life  forms  patentable  subject  matter?  

Held  -­‐  Federal  Court  says  No.  SCC  says  No  too.    

Reasoning  -­‐  Federal  court  says  plant  variety  is  not  a  manufacture  or  composition  matter,  as  per  s.2  -­‐ SCC  says  Hi-­‐Bred’s  intervention  does  not  alter  the  soy  beans  reproduction  process,  which  occurs  in  accordance  

with  laws  of  nature  (always  considered  in  the  realm  of  simple  discoveries)  -­‐ This  is  NOT  a  case  of  genetic  engineering  that  changes  the  genetic  material  itself.    -­‐ Court  did  not  directly  decide  on  whether  life  forms  are  patentable  subject  matter  

 -­‐ Conclusions  after  this  case:    

o Combining  the  discussions  in  Pioneer  Hi-­‐Bred  and  Abitibi,  one  could  conclude  that  lower  life  forms,  such  as  yeasts  and  fungi,  can  be  patented  but  not  plants.      

Case:  Harvard  College  v.  Canada  [2002]  SCC  (p.676)  à  mouse  

Facts  -­‐ The  case  dealt  with  mice  that  were  genetically  altered  to  become  more  prone  to  developing  certain  forms  of  

cancer,  thus  accelerating  cancer  research  in  laboratories.    -­‐ Harvard  sought  to  patent  the  life  form  of  the  transgenically  modified  mouse  and  therefore  included  the  

oncomouse  itself  in  its  patent  claims    -­‐ Allowed  patent  on  process  à  The  Commissioner  allowed  the  patent  claims  on  the  method  of  producing  the  

genetically  altered  mice  but  denied  the  patent  claim  on  the  animal  itself.  Issue:    -­‐    

Held  -­‐  No  (split  SCC)  higher  like  forms  such  as  mice,  but  also  plants  (hence  apparently  confirming  Pioneer  Hi-­‐Bred)  could  

not  be  patented  Reasoning  -­‐ Rejects  “anything  under  the  sun  made  by  man”  US  approach  -­‐ Higher  life  forms  can  not  be  considered  “manufactures”  or  “compositions  of  matter”  under  s.  2.  (dissent,  some  

thought  mice  could  be  considered  composition  of  matter)  o If  the  words  “composition  of  matter”  are  understood  too  broadly,  then  the  other  listed  categories  of  

invention,  including  “machine”  and  “manufacture”,  become  redundant.  This  implies  that  “composition  of  matter”  must  be  limited  in  some  way.    

o A  complex  life  form  such  as  a  mouse  or  a  chimpanzee  cannot  easily  be  characterized  as  “something  made  by  the  hands  of  man”  (which  is  the  definition  usually  given  to  “manufacture”)  

-­‐ Just  because  something  is  valuable  to  humans  doesn’t  mean  the  mouse  can  be  defined  solely  with  reference  to  the  genetic  matter  of  which  its  composed.  Unique  qualities  beyond  genetic  matter  transcends  the  mouse  from  its  matter  and  prevents  their  characterization  as  “compositions  of  matter”    

-­‐ Parliament  didn’t  intend  to  include  higher  life  forms  nor  is  the  Patent  act  equipped  to  deal  with  “self-­‐replicating  inventions”  (see  issue  later  in  Monsanto  of  “use”  of  self-­‐replicating  inventions)  

-­‐ Slippery  slope  to  humans  argument    -­‐ multitude  of  arguments  concerning  patenting  higher  life  forms  

o Patent  rights  are  merely  a  right  to  exclude  others  from  making,  using,  and  selling  invention.    § Does  not  give  right  to  commercialize  invention  § Patent  act  is  not  intended  to  regulate  biotechnology  § Issues  raised  involve  corollary  legislation,  not  Patent  Act  

o Statutory  interpretation  of  “manufacture”  and  “composition  of  matter”  § Agree  with  majority  that  definition  of  invention  does  not  include  “everything  under  the  sun  that  

is  made  by  man”  § But  definition  necessarily  includes  unanticipated  inventions  § Untenable  distinction  between  lower  and  higher  life  forms  § Philosophical  debate  on  mind-­‐body  dualism  not  appropriate  for  determining  if  a  higher  life  form  

is  not  a  composition  of  matter  àThis  is  not  part  of  the  Patent  Act.    o International  harmonization  

§ Other  jurisdictions  with  similar  legislation  grated  patent  § Concern  that  companies  will  not  invest  in  R&D  in  Canada  

o Disappearing  subject  matter  § Majority  acknowledged  (in  obiter)  patentability  of  genetically  altered  egg  § Illogical  to  argue  that  the  resulting  oncomouse  is  not  patentable  (becomes  an  issue  in  

Monsanto).    o Incentives  for  research  and  development  

§ Biotechnology  an  important  industry  sector  for  Canada  § Research  requires  compensation,  whether  carried  out  in  public  or  in  the  private  sector  § Patent  rights  is  a  mechanism  for  ensuring  compensation  to  inventors  

o Religious  objection  § Whether  scientists  are  “playing  God”  id  not  a  consideration  for  the  court  

o Lack  of  regulatory  framework  § Patented  inventions  are  regulated  by  corollary  legislation  § How  patents  are  commercialized  is  not  an  issue  to  be  addressed  by  definition  of  invention  

o Laws  of  nature  objection  § Claim  that  oncomouse  is  the  result  of  laws  of  nature  (growth  from  single  fertilized  egg  to  

mouse)  misses  the  point)  § Laws  of  nature  affect  every  patented  invention  –  what  invention  can  work  against  the  laws  of  

nature?  § Patented  drugs  work  because  of  the  laws  of  nature  that  govern  bodily  processes  and  functions.    § The  laws  of  nature  do  not  account  for  the  genetic  alteration  that  makes  the  mouse  an  invention  

o Ordre  public  and  morality  § TRIPS  Agreement  allows  states  to  enact  exceptions  to  patentable  subject  matter  on  basis  of  

ordre  public  and  morality  § Canadian  legislation  has  not  implemented  these  exceptions.    

o Animal  rights  § Animals  can  be  used  in  research  § Mice  are  already  property,  so  granting  a  patent  does  not  commodify  animal  life  § Not  granting  a  patent  will  not  stop  the  use  of  the  technology  –  technology  will  be  available  to  be  

used  by  anyone  o Commodification  of  human  life  

§ Slippery  slope  argument  –  today  mice,  tomorrow  human  beings  § Not  accepted  –  qualitative  divide  between  rodents  and  humans  beings  

o Query:  xenotransplantation  –  animals  genetically  altered  with  human  genetic  material  to  provide  donor  organs  that  will  not  be  rejected  by  human  body  

§ At  what  point  does  “transgenic”  raise  a  concern  with  respect  to  quantity/  type  of  human  genetic  material?  

o Environmental  protection  § Concern  with  release  of  genetically  modified  life  forms  into  the  environment    § An  issue  to  be  addressed  through  corollary  legislation  

o Concerns  of  developing  countries  § Issued  of  equitable  access  addressed  in  multilateral  agreements  

o High  life  forms  are  such  a  “different  kind  of  technology”  patent  should  not  be  allowed,  until  the  parliament  says  that  we  can  patent  it.    

§ All  the  other  objections  that  were  raised  belong  to  other  areas  than  patent  law.      

Case:  Mosanto  Canada  v  Schmeiser  [2004]  SCC  (p.  697)  à  use  of  patented  seed  

Facts  -­‐ This  case  dealt  with  the  patentability  of  genetically  altered  canola  seed.    -­‐ Due  to  the  genetic  modification,  farmers  who  use  the  modified  seed  can  spray  the  herbicide  roundup  which  will  

not  affect  the  canola.  Most  plants  sprayed  with  a  glyphosate  herbicide  do  not  survive,  but  a  canola  plant  grown  from  seed  containing  the  modified  gene  will  survive.    

-­‐ Mosanto  requires  a  farmer  who  wished  to  grow  that  kind  of  canola  seeds  to  enter  into  a  licensing  arrangement.  The  licensed  farmers  may  not  sell  or  give  the  seed  to  any  third  party,  or  save  seed  for  replanting  or  inventory.    

-­‐ Schmeiser,  a  Saskatchewan  farmer,  was  discovered  during  a  Mosanto  audit  of  fields  to  be  using  the  canola  seeds  without  having  purchased  the  seed  or  having  a  licence  to  plant  it.    

-­‐ The  origin  of  the  plants  was  contested.  Schmeiser  argued  it  was  due  to  accidental  contamination  with  seeds  carried  by  the  wind  from  neighbouring  lands  or  from  passing  trucks.  

Issue:    -­‐ What  constitutes  ”use”  necessary  for  infringement?  Whether  the  acts  of  a  farmer  isolating,  harvesting,  saving  and  

replanting  genetically  modified  patented  seed  constituted  patent  infringement?    

Held  -­‐ The  appellants  “used”  Mosanto’s  patented  gene  and  cell  and  hence  infringed  the  Patent  Act  -­‐ Where  a  defendant’s  commercial  or  business  activity  involves  a  thing  of  which  a  patented  part  is  a  significant  or  

important  component,  infringement  is  established.  It  is  no  defence  to  say  that  the  thing  actually  used  was  not  patented,  but  only  one  of  its  components  

-­‐ Infringement  does  not  require  use  of  the  gene  or  cell  in  isolation  (p.  699)  Reasoning  -­‐    Mosanto  claims  protection  only  over  a  gene  and  a  cell.    

o To  find  a  gene  and  a  cell  to  be  patentable  is  in  fact  consistent  with  both  the  majority  and  the  minority  holdings  in  Harvard  Mouse  (lower  life  forms)  

o The  patent  on  the  gene  and  cell  is  valid  -­‐ The  issue  is  whether,  by  cultivating  plant  containing  the  cell  and  gene,  the  appellant  used  the  patented  

components  of  those  plants  -­‐ Held:  Where  a  defendant’s  commercial  or  business  activity  involves  a  thing  of  which  a  patented  part  is  a  

significant  or  important  component,  infringement  is  established.  It  is  no  defence  to  say  that  the  thing  actually  used  was  not  patented,  but  only  one  of  its  components.  

-­‐ Implications  of  life  forms  as  patentable  subject  matter  o What  constitutes  “use”    (exclusive  right  to  make,  sell  or  use)  o Harvard  College:  no  protection  for  higher  life  forms,  including  plants  

§ No  protection  for  the  plant,  not  protection  for  the  seed  o Mosanto  has  patent  protection  for  genetically  modified  gene  and  cell  

§ Is  planting  the  seed  and  harvesting  the  plant  making  “use”  of  the  modified  gene  and  cell?  § YES  

Dissent  -­‐ Majority’s  decision  allows  Monsanto  to  achieve  indirectly  what  cannot  be  done  directly,  which  is  to  obtain  patent  

protection  for  a  plant,  contrary  to  Harvard  College  o by  saying  that  a  plant  infringes  a  patent  on  the  cell,  then  there  is  a  possibility  to  do  indirectly  what  was  

prohibited  in  Harvard  College  (grants  protection  for  the  plant  indirectly  –  nobody  can  use  the  plant)  o “Use”  should  be  restricted  to  use  of  gene  or  cell  in  isolation  

   -­‐ Reversal  of  Harvard?  NO  

o While  Mosanto  may  appear  to  be  a  reversal  of  Harvard  College,  this  conclusion  is  incorrect.  o  Certainly,  in  Mosanto  the  court  seemed  to  accept  the  economic  rationale  to  allow  patents  on  new  types  

of  inventions  (including  modified  genes  in  plants)  which  had  been  mentioned  by  the  minority  in  Harvard.    

o In  Harvard,  the  justices  agreed  that  a  genetically  modified  egg  is  a  patentable  subject  matter;  likewise  in  Mosanto,  the  patent  for  Mosanto’s  gene  and  cell  was  valid.    

o The  Harvard  College  conclusion  that  higher  life  forms  per  se  are  unpatentable  still  holds  after  Mosanto.    o In  Mosanto,  the  Court  did  NOT  hold  that  the  plant  itself  was  patented  but  that  one  could  patent  

modified  genes  and  the  resulting  cells  and  that  use  of  those  modified  genes  and  cells,  whether  in  laboratory  or  not,  would  infringe  the  patent.    

-­‐ Distinction  without  difference  o The  practical  result  is  that  many  components  of  higher  life  forms,  including  proteins,  genes  and  cells,  can  

be  patented,  but  entire  organisms,  such  as  plants  and  animals,  cannot.  Because  one  can  infringe  a  patent  in  one  of  those  components  by  “using”  the  higher  life  form  in  which  it  is  embedded,  it  may  be  that  for  the  purposes  of  infringement  it  will  prove  to  be  a  distinction  without  a  difference.    

-­‐ Conclusion  o Thus,  as  things  stand  now  in  Canada,  higher  life  forms  are  NOT  patentable  subject  matter.  This  exclusion  

embraces  animals  at  any  stage  of  development,  including  fertilized  eggs.    o There  cannot  patent  a  plant  or  animal  but  there  would  be  no  patent  restriction  on  manufacturing  or  

selling  them  in  Canada  (other  regulatory  regimes  may  apply  to  prohibit  that).    o Component  of  higher  life  forms  can  be  patented,  including  proteins,  cells,  and  genes.    

o Components  of  animals  are  patentable  only  if  they  do  not  have  the  potential  to  develop  into  an  entire  animal  (but  according  to  both  the  SCC  majority  and  dissent  in  Harvard  College,  fertilized  eggs  are  patentable  subject  matter).    

o Finally,  extrapolating  from  Mosanto,  a  patent  on  a  component  part  (such  as  a  gene)  can  be  infringed  by  using  the  whole  animal  or  plant  that  contains  it.      

   

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐PAULINA  CLASS  20-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐    d)  New  Use  of  Known  Compound      

Case:  Shell  Oil  v.  Canada  [1982]  SCC  à  new  use  of  a  known  compound  can  =    patentable  subject  matter  

Facts  -­‐ Appellant  applied  for  a  patent  on  certain  chemical  compositions  comprising  chemical  compounds  mixed  with  an  

adjuvant.    -­‐ The  alleged  “invention”  was  the  discovery  of  the  usefulness  of  the  compounds,  old  and  new,  as  plant  growth  

regulators.    -­‐ The  Examiner  rejected  appellant’s  application  and  the  Commissioner  of  Patents  and  the  Federal  Court  of  Appeal  

upheld  his  decision.    Issue:    -­‐ Whether  a  new  use  for  an  old  compound  is  patentable;  -­‐ Whether  appellant  can  opt  for  a  patent  on  the  compositions  instead  of  on  the  new  compounds  -­‐ Whether  a  claim  on  the  compositions  violates  s.  36  of  the  Patent  Act.  

Held  -­‐  Patent  application  allowed.  New  use  for  old  compound  is  patentable.  Claim  for  composition  containing  new  

compounds  was  also  patentable    Reasoning  -­‐  Appellant’s  idea  of  applying  old  compounds  to  a  new  use—one  capable  of  practical  application  and  of  undisputed  

commercial  value—was  an  invention  within  the  meaning  of  s.  2  of  the  Patent  Act.  Nothing  in  the  Act,  including  s.  36,  precluded  a  claim  for  these  compositions  which  are  the  practical  embodiment  of  the  new  knowledge.  

-­‐ he  claim  for  the  compositions  containing  new  compounds  was  also  patentable.  The  patenting  of  the  compounds  only  would  not  give  appellant  protection  for  its  idea  of  using  compounds  having  a  particular  chemical  structure  as  plant  growth  regulators.  The  mixture  of  the  compounds  with  the  appropriate  adjuvants  was  necessary  in  order  to  embody  the  idea  in  practical  form.  Therefore,  there  was  an  inventive  step  involved  in  mixing  the  compounds  with  the  appropriate  carriers  for  their  application  to  plants.  Further,  these  composition  claims  were  not  subject  to  the  restrictions  of  s.  41  (products  intended  for  food  or  medicine)  and  no  separate  claim  was  being  made  for  the  compounds.  

-­‐ It  is  not  the  process  of  mixing  the  old  compounds  with  the  known  adjuvants  which  is  put  forward  as  novel.  It  is  the  idea  of  applying  the  old  compounds  to  the  new  use  as  plant  growth  regulators;  

-­‐ What  is  the  invention  under  s.2?  o The  application  of  this  new  knowledge  to  effect  a  desired  result  which  has  an  undisputed  commercial  

value  and  that  falls  within  the  words  “any  new  and  useful  art”.  o I  think  the  word  “art”  in  the  context  of  the  definition  must  be  given  its  general  connotation  of  

“learning”  or  “knowledge”  as  commonly  used  in  expressions  such  as  “the  state  of  the  art”  or  “the  prior  art”.  

o The  appellant’s  discovery  in  this  case  has  added  to  the  cumulative  wisdom  on  the  subject  of  these  compounds  by  a  recognition  of  their  hitherto  unrecognized  properties  and  it  has  established  the  method  whereby  these  properties  may  be  realized  through  practical  application.  In  my  view,  this  constitutes  a  “new  and  useful  art”  and  the  compositions  are  the  practical  embodiment  of  the  new  knowledge.  

-­‐ In  sum  

o New  use  of  a  known  compound  is  patentable  subject  matter    (NB  it  is  easier  to  demonstrate  if  the  new  use  is  in  a  different  field  (Shell  Oil)  if  it  meets  the  patent  criteria  of  novelty,  usefulness,  and  non-­‐  obviousness  

o “Swiss  style  claims”  in  the  pharmaceutical  industry:    § these  are  claims  that  focus  on  new  (medical)  uses  of  a  known  substance  (compound  or  

composition)  § in  Canada,  such  claims  are  patentable  if  they  disclose  a  truly  new  industrial  or  commercial  result  § the  patent  should  disclose  clearly  (in  the  specification  or  claims)  what  the  means  for  

distinguishing  the  new  use  from  the  already  known  use  § Finding  a  new  combination  of  known  elements  may  also  be  patentable  subject  matter  (706)  

 e)  Selection  Patents    -­‐ What  is  a  selection  patent?  

o Patents  “whose  subject  matter  is  a  fraction  of  a  larger  known  class  of  compounds  which  was  the  subject  matter  of  a  prior  patent”  

o Selection  patents  provide  exclusive  rights  to  one  or  more  members  of  a  previously  known  class  (“genus  patent”  or  “originating  patent”)  and  their  patentability  claims  based  on  special  qualities  that  are  peculiar  to  the  selected  members  of  a  larger  class  where  the  advantage  of  the  selected  class  (new  use  or  benefit)  was  not  previously  disclosed  

-­‐ Arguments  against  selection  patents  o Opponents  of  selection  patents  argue  that  this  allows  pharmaceutical  companies  to  double  patent  the  

same  compound  and  “evergreen”  protection  beyond  the  normal  20  year  patent  term  -­‐ Arguments  FOR  selection  patents  

o Supporters  of  selection  patens  argue  that  this  type  of  patent  can  be  sought  by  a  party  other  than  the  owner  of  the  original  genus  and  that  the  claims  of  the  genus  patent  are  typically  broader  than  those  of  the  selection  patent  

-­‐ Selection  patents  can  be  vulnerable  to  being  anticipated  or  made  obviously  by  the  previously  disclosed  larger  class  of  compounds  (707)  

 

Case:  Apotex  Inc.  v.  Sanofi-­‐Synthelabo  [2008]  à  selection  patent  test  

Held  -­‐  Selection  Patents  must  meet  three  conditions:  

o 1)  There  must  be  a  substantial  advantage  to  be  secured  or  disadvantage  to  be  avoided  by  the  use  of  the  selected  members  

o The  whole  of  the  selected  members  (subject  to  “a  few  exceptions  here  and  there”)  possess  the  advantage  in  question    

o The  selection  must  be  in  respect  of  a  quality  of  a  special  character  peculiar  to  the  selected  group.    If  further  research  revealed  a  small  number  of  unselected  compounds  possessing  the  same  advantage,  that  would  not  invalidate  the  selection  patent.    However,  if  research  showed  that  a  larger  number  of  unselected  compounds  possessed  the  same  advantage,  the  quality  of  the  compound  claimed  in  the  selection  patent  would  not  be  of  a  special  character.  

(see  below  in  “novelty”  for  full  case)      

2.  NOVELTY    -­‐ Next  step.    

o Once  it  is  determined  that  a  product  or  process  falls  within  the  realm  of  acceptable  subject  matters,  one  must  determine  whether  that  product  or  process  is  “new”  

o Novelty  is  required  by  S.2’s  definition  of  an  invention  as  “new”  and  is  defined  in  s.  28.2(1)    

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.28.2(1)  à  “Novelty”    28.2  (1)  The  subject-­‐matter  defined  by  a  claim  in  an  application  for  a  patent  in  Canada  (the  “pending  application”)  must  not  have  been  disclosed:  (a)  more  than  one  year  before  the  filing  date  by  the  applicant,  or  by  a  person  who  obtained  knowledge,  directly  or  indirectly,  from  the  applicant,  in  such  a  manner  that  the  subject-­‐matter  became  available  to  the  public  in  Canada  or  elsewhere;  (b)  before  the  claim  date  by  a  person  not  mentioned  in  paragraph  (a)  in  such  a  manner  that  the  subject-­‐matter  became  available  to  the  public  in  Canada  or  elsewhere;  (c)  in  an  application  for  a  patent  that  is  filed  in  Canada  by  a  person  other  than  the  applicant,  and  has  a  filing  date  that  is  before  the  claim  date;  or  (d)  in  an  application  (the  “co-­‐pending  application”)  for  a  patent  that  is  filed  in  Canada  by  a  person  other  than  the  applicant  and  has  a  filing  date  that  is  on  or  after  the  claim  date  if  [long  section  follows  –  not  included  in  text  book]   -­‐ How  does  the  timing  thing  work  

o Once  the  invention  has  been  made  available  to  the  public  ANYWHERE  in  the  world  (by  publication,  sale  or  use)  –  either  by  the  applicant  or  a  person  who  obtained  the  knowledge  via  the  applicant  -­‐  the  applicant  has  one  year  to  apply  for  a  patent  in  Canada  

o However,  if  at  any  time  prior  to  the  claim  date  (claim  date  =  the  filing  date  in  Canada  unless  priority  is  claimed  based  on  the  filing  date  of  an  earlier  application  in  another  country),  a  person  (other  than  the  applicant  or  someone  who  has  knowledge  of  the  invention  from  the  applicant)  disclosed  the  invention  anywhere  in  the  world,  the  invention  is  NO  LONGER  NEW.  

o If  two  applications  are  filed  in  Canada  for  the  same  invention,  the  first  to  file  will  be  entitled  to  the  patent.  

-­‐ Filing  date:  the  date  on  which  the  application  is  filed  –  the  date  when  the  CA  Commissioner  receives  the  documents,  information,  fees  etc.  

o Note  that  if  the  application  is  field  in  a  member  country  of  the  Paris  Convention,  the  applicant  has  12  months  to  file  in  other  countries  in  order  to  receive  the  priority  [s.28.4(5)]  

-­‐ “priority  date”  is  a  claim  date  based  on  a  filing  for  which  priority  has  been  claimed  in  another  Paris  Convention  country  

-­‐ “Claim  date”:  is  defined  in  s.  2  as  the  “Date  of  a  claim  in  an  application  for  a  patent  in  Canada  as  determined  in  accordance  with  s.  28.1”  (this  contemplates  a  new  filing  or  a  filing  based  on  a  claim  from  elsewhere  where  you  get  to  adopt  the  original  filing  date  or  “priority  date”  from  that  other  country)    

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.28.1(1)  

 28.1  (1)  The  date  of  a  claim  in  an  application  for  a  patent  in  Canada  (the  “pending  application”)  is  the  filing  date  of  the  application,  unless  (a)  the  pending  application  is  filed  by  (i)  a  person  who  has,  or  whose  agent,  legal  representative  or  predecessor  in  title  has,  previously  regularly  filed  in  or  for  Canada  an  application  for  a  patent  disclosing  the  subject-­‐matter  defined  by  the  claim,  or  (ii)  a  person  who  is  entitled  to  protection  under  the  terms  of  any  treaty  or  convention  relating  to  patents  to  which  Canada  is  a  party  and  who  has,  or  whose  agent,  legal  representative  or  predecessor  in  title  has,  previously  regularly  filed  in  or  for  any  other  country  that  by  treaty,  convention  or  law  affords  similar  protection  to  citizens  of  Canada  an  application  for  a  patent  disclosing  the  subject-­‐matter  defined  by  the  claim;(  

b)  the  filing  date  of  the  pending  application  is  within  twelve  months  after  the  filing  date  of  the  previously  regularly  filed  application;  and  (c)  the  applicant  has  made  a  request  for  priority  on  the  basis  of  the  previously  regularly  filed  application    -­‐ In  sum  

o If  a  foreign  applicant  files  in  Canada  within  12  months  of  the  foreign  filing  and  requests  “priority”,  the  “claim  date”  in  Canada  will  be  the  date  of  foreign  filing  

o When  applied  to  s.28.2(1)(c)    this  means  that  to  be  novel  in  Canada  the  actual  Canadian  filing  date  must  be  before  someone  else’s  foreign  claim  date  

-­‐ Disclosure  destroying  novelty  à  “prior  art”  

o The  one  year  grace  period  is  only  available  in  Canada  and  the  U.S.,  almost  all  other  countries  apply  an  absolute  novelty  standard  which  means  that  disclosure  destroys  an  invention’s  novelty  (710)  

o Once  the  appropriate  date(s)  to  assess  the  novelty  of  an  invention  are  determined,  the  next  step  is  to  decide  whether  what  was  disclosed  prior  to  that  date  was  in  fact  the  same  invention  –  was  this  invention  “anticipated”  prior  to  disclosure?  

o Anticipation  refers  to  the  relationship  between  the  invention  and  the  prior  art  and  involves  a  comparison  between  the  “reference”  (the  single  prior  art  allegedly  indicating  the  same  invention)  and  the  patent  claims  for  the  invention  in  question    

o In  order  to  determine  whether  an  invention  is  new,  it  must  be  compared  to  the  prior  art    

Case:  Reeves  Brothers  Inc.  v.  Toronto  Quilting  &  Embroidery  

Issue:    -­‐  What  determines    whether  the  invention  is  ‘new’?  

Held  -­‐ Novelty  of  invention  test:  Prior  Art  must  

o Give  an  exact  prior  description  o Give  directions  which  will  inevitably  result  in  something  within  the  claims;  o Give  clear  and  unmistakable  directions;  o Give  information  which  for  the  purpose  of  practical  utility  is  equal  to  that  given  by  the  subject  patent  o Convey  information  so  that  the  person  grappling  with  the  same  problem  must  be  able  to  say  “that  gives  

me  what  I  wish”  etc.  -­‐ “anticipation  defence”  was  raised  as  a  defense  in  an  infringement  action,  attacking  a  patent  on  the  grounds  that  

the  invention  was  already  made  known  to  the  public  prior  to  the  relevant  time.  Essentially  saying:  this  IS  an  invention  but  you’re  too  late.    Someone  already  invented  it.    

-­‐ NB  this  test  is  modified  by  Apotex  case    -­‐ Anticipation  (or  absence  of  novelty)  

o Definition:    § Anticipation  (which  is  a  mixed  question  of  fact  and  law)  =  a  publicly  available  single  element  of  

prior  art  for  a  product  or  process  which  contains  all  the  essential  elements  of  the  claimed  invention,  albeit  not  necessarily  in  the  same  form,  enabling  a  person  skilled  in  the  art  to  work  the  alleged  invention  without  an  undue  burden  of  experimentation.  (714)  

• Enabling  à  it  contains  a  clear  direction  that  a  person  skilled  in  the  art  reading  and  following  it  would  in  every  case  and  without  possibility  of  error  be  led  to  the  claimed  invention  

• Public  disclosure  à  written,  oral,  through  publication  or  sale,  an  include  public  conferences,  lectures  or  the  internet.    Disclosures  in  private  conversations  or  that  are  covered  by  confidentiality  agreements  or  are  internal  to  a  company  do  not  void  novelty,  nor  do  reasonable  or  necessary  testing  or  experiments  conducted  on  the  alleged  invention  to  ensure  its  utility  

§ Any  significant  difference  must  be  interpreted  in  the  applicant’s  favor  à  if  any  difference  in  the  essential  elements  could  be  said  to  leave  a  “possibility  of  error”  for  a  person  skilled  in  the  relevant  art  or  science,  the  invention  is  new  

o Anticipation  test  explained  by  SCC  in  Free  World  Trust  § planted  flag,  not  signpost  à  “The  legal  question  is  whether  the  [the  alleged  invention]  contains  

sufficient  information  to  enable  a  person  of  ordinary  skill  and  knowledge  in  the  field  to  understand,  without  access  to  the  two  patents,  “the  nature  of  the  invention  and  carry  it  into  practical  use  without  the  aid  of  inventive  genius  but  purely  by  mechanical  skill…A  signpost,  however  clear,  upon  the  road  to  the  patentee's  invention  will  not  suffice.    The  prior  inventor  must  be  clearly  shown  to  have  planted  his  flag  at  the  precise  destination  before  the  patentee.  

§ One  must,  in  effect,  be  able  to  look  at  a  prior,  single  publication  and  find  in  it  all  the  information  which,  for  practical  purposes,  is  needed  to  produce  the  claimed  invention  without  the  exercise  of  any  inventive  skill.    The  prior  publication  must  contain  so  clear  a  direction  that  a  skilled  person  reading  and  following  it  would  in  every  case  and  without  possibility  of  error  be  led  to  the  claimed  invention.  

o Clarified  test/approach  in  Apotex  v.  Sanofi-­‐Synthelabo  for  lack  of  novelty/anticipated  § Although  the  case  applied  only  to  selection  patents,  its  findings  might  find  an  echo  in  other  

types  of  patents  

Case:  Apotex  Inc.  v.  Sanofi-­‐Synthelabo  à  Anticipation/lack  of  novelty  test  

Facts  -­‐  Deals  with  a  situation  where  a  prior  patent  could  have  been  considered  an  “enabling  disclosure”  for  the  patent  at  

issue,  thereby  anticipating  by  the  second  patent  Issue:    -­‐  Is  there  enablement  if  the  person  skilled  in  the  art  must  perform  “trial  and  error”  to  be  able  to  perform  or  make  

an  invention  Held  -­‐  Even  if  no  inventive  step  is  required,  the  skilled  person  must  still  be  able  to  perform  or  make  the  invention  of  the  

second  patent  without  undue  burden  Reasoning  -­‐  Factors  to  consider  [non-­‐exhaustive]  

o 1.  Entire  prior  patent  constitutes  prior  art  à  Enablement  is  to  be  assessed  having  regard  to  the  prior  patent  as  a  whole  including  the  specification  and  the  claims  

o 2.  Common  knowledge  à  The  skilled  person  may  use  his  or  her  common  general  knowledge  to  supplement  information  contained  in  the  prior  patent.  

o 3.  Perform  without  undue  burden  à  If  no  inventive  step  is  required,  the  prior  patent  must  provide  enough  information  to  allow  the  subsequently  claimed  invention  to  be  performed  without  undue  burden.  Routine  trials  are  acceptable  and  would  not  be  considered  undue  burden,  however  prolonged  or  arduous  trial  and  error  would  not  be  considered  routine  

o 4.  Correcting  obvious  errors  or  omissions  à  Obvious  errors  or  omissions  in  the  prior  patent  will  not  prevent  enablement  if  reasonable  skill  and  knowledge  in  the  art  could  readily  correct  the  error  or  find  what  was  omitted  

 -­‐ Overclaiming  à  an  issue  with  respect  to  novelty  

o Determining  whether  an  invention  has  been  anticipated  by  a  single  piece  of  prior  art  depends  in  part  on  how  the  patent  claims  are  interpreted;  what  is  the  “invention”  in  the  claims  and  how  does  it  compare  to  what  has  been  disclosed  in  the  prior  art  

o Overclaiming  can  happen  if  the  patentee  § tries  to  appropriate  something  that  is  already  known;    § claims  a  monopoly  over  something  disclosed  in  prior  art  § uses  ambiguous  terminology  to  describe  the  invention  in  hopes  that  it  will  be  construed  

favorably.    o Danger:  In  the  application  process,  it  is  natural  for  an  applicant  to  try  to  obtain  as  broad  a  monopoly  as  

possible,  but  this  comes  with  the  inherent  danger  of  claiming  too  much,  which  may  result  in  the  finding  of  anticipation  

o Lesson  for  inventor:  The  balancing  act  is  difficult  à  make  your  claims  as  narrow  as  you  see  fit  in  order  to  protect  yourself  from  the  invalidity  that  will  ensue  if  you  make  them  too  broad.  At  the  same  time,  not  too  narrow  to  not  get  an  appropriate  scope  for  your  patent  (Burton  Parsons  Chemical  v.  HP)  

o NB  patentees  can  NOT  use  general  language  in  the  claim  and  subsequently  restrict,  or  expand,  or  qualify  what  is  therein  expressed  by  borrowing  this  or  that  gloss  from  other  parts  of  the  Specifications  (Ingersoll  Drill  Co.  v.  Consolidated  Pneumatic  Tool  Co.  1908)  

o Fence  analogy  

§ By  his  claims  the  inventor  puts  fences  around  the  fields  of  his  monopoly  and  warns  the  public  against  trespassing  on  his  property.    His  fences  must  be  clearly  placed  in  order  to  give  necessary  warning  and  he  must  not  fence  in  any  property  that  is  not  his  own.    The  terms  of  a  claim  must  be  free  from  avoidable  ambiguity  or  obscurity  and  must  not  be  flexible;  they  must  be  clear  and  precise  so  that  the  public  will  be  able  to  know  not  only  where  it  must  not  trespass  but  also  where  it  may  go  safely…The  inventor  may  make  his  claims  as  narrow  as  he  pleases  within  the  limits  of  his  invention  but  he  must  not  make  them  too  broad…It  follows  that  a  claim  must  fail  if,  in  addition  to  claiming  what  is  new  and  useful,  it  also  claims  something  that  is  old  or  something  that  is  useless.    (Minerals  Separation.  v.  Noranda  Mines  [1947])  (720-­‐721)  

 -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐CLAIRE  CLASS  21-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

3.  UTILITY  -­‐ Invention  must  be  useful  (see  s.2  “invention”  above)  -­‐ Utility  test  has  two  components:    

o 1)  USEFULNESS  à  the  invention  must  provide  something  of  commercial  or  industrial  usefulness  § Patent  Bargain  /  Public  Benefit  Principleà  Comes  from  patents  being  seen  as  a  contract  between  

inventor  and  the  Crown,  on  behalf  of  society.  Disclosure  exchanged  as  consideration  for  value  of  invention  for  society.  See  case  Northern  Electric  v.  Brown’s  Theatres  

§ Tennessee  Eastment  v.  Canada  à  product  that  is  toxic  at  therapeutic  dosage  fails  the  utility  test  § Burton  Parsons  Chemicals  v.  HP  à  potentially  harmful  material  passes  utility  test  because  a  person  

“skilled  in  the  art”  would  know  how  to  use  it  to  not  harm  anyone  and  have  a  benefit  o 2)  OPERABILITY  à  the  patent  must  disclose  an  invention  that  works  when  put  in  practice  according  to  the  

disclosure,  as  it  would  be  understood  and  used  by  a  person  skilled  in  the  art  and  does  what  the  disclosure  promise  the  invention  will  do.  (i.e.  no  false  promises!)  

-­‐ What  is  “not  useful”  o Consolboard  à  “means  the  invention  will  not  work,  either  in  the  sense  that  it  will  not  operate  at  all  or,  more  

broadly,  that  it  will  not  do  what  the  specification  promises  that  it  will  do”  o X  v.  Canada  Patent  Commissioner    à  “the  test  of  utility  of  an  alleged  invention  depends  on  whether,  by  

following  the  directions  of  the  specification,  the  effects  which  the  patentee  professed  to  produce  can  be,  in  fact,  produced.”  

-­‐ Implications  for  disclosure  o Disclosure  must  include  “all  essential  elements  of  the  invention  to  provide  efficient  use  for  a  person  skilled  in  

the  art  o If  patent  fails  to  mention  an  “essential  component”,  than  the  invention  lacks  utility,  unless  it  is  ‘known  in  the  

art’  and  obviously  required  for  operability  o Must  describe  

§ The  invention  that  works  § How  it  works  § NOT  how  it  is  useful  or  why  it  works  (except  when  utility  is  based  on  sound  prediction  which  does  

require  an  articulation  of  reasoning)      -­‐ Marketability  as  measure  of  utility?  

o Commercial  success  has  been  interpreted  as  sign  of  usefulness  (and  lack  thereof  as  non-­‐usefulness)    o not  REQUIRED  to  be  marketable  to  be  utility  

-­‐ Aventis  v.  Apotex  (Federal  Court)  summarizing  concept  of  utility  o Level  of  Utility?  Invention  must  be  novel,  inventive  and  useful.  A  “mere  scintilla  of  utility”  will  suffice.    o Marketability?  Utility  does  not  depend  on  marketability,  unless  commercial  utility  is  specifically  promised.  Its  

important  for  invention  to  do  what  it  promised  to  do.  (Wanscheer  v.  Sicard)    o Side  effects?  Negative  side  effects  doesn’t,  for  patent  purposes,  undermine  utility  (Visx  v.  Nidek)  o Overclaim  à  if  inventor  includes  something  that  are  devoid  of  utility,  patent  will  not  be  valid  (Monsanto)  

 a)  Sound  Prediction    

-­‐ Utility  is  evaluated  at  the  tie  of  the  claim  date  and  can  be  based  on  demonstrated  utility  OR  sound  prediction  (i.e.  allows  inventors  to  advance  claim  date)  

-­‐ When  does  this  doctrine  apply?    o for  cases  where  its  unable  to  clearly  state  the  utility  but  rather  have  a  scientifically  credible  educated  guess  

and  the  doctrine  of  “sound  prediction”  allows  the  applicant  to  satisfy  utility  standard.    o Seen  most  often  with  pharmaceuticals  

-­‐ Policy  rationale  for  sound  prediction  doctrone  o (from  Apotex  v.  Wellcome  Foundation)  “The  doctrine  of  sound  prediction  balances  the  public  interest  in  early  

disclosure  of  new  and  useful  inventions,  even  before  their  utility  has  been  verified  by  tests  (which  in  the  case  of  pharmaceutical  products  may  take  years)  and  the  public  interest  in  avoiding  cluttering  the  public  domain  with  useless  patents  and  granting  monopoly  rights  in  exchange  for  misinformation”  

-­‐ Test  for  sound  prediction  (from  Apotex  v.  Wellcome  Foundation)  à  is  a  question  of  fact  o 1)  a  factual  basis  for  the  prediction  o 2)  the  inventor’s  articulable  and  “sound”  line  of  reasoning,  at  the  date  of  the  patent  application,  from  which  

the  desired  result  can  be  inferred  from  the  factual  basis  o 3)  proper  disclosure  

 

Case:  Apotex  v.  Wellcome[2002]  SCC  (p.728)  à  Sound  prediction  test  

Facts  -­‐ There  was  a  challenge  by  other  companies  regarding  Wellcome/Glaxo’s  patent  on  AZT,  saying  utility  had  not  been  

established  as  of  the  priority  date.    -­‐ Novel  use:  The  AZT  compound  had  already  been  discovered  as  a  cancer-­‐cure  but  the  relevance  for  HIV/AIDs  was  

discovered  by  Wellcome  Issue:    -­‐  Had  Wellcome  established  utility  as  of  the  priority  date?    

Held  -­‐  Yes,  they  had  a  sound-­‐prediction  for  utility  at  the  priority  date,    

Reasoning  -­‐ At  priority  date,  pre-­‐clinical  studies  to  test  toxicity  and  efficacy  were  finished  but  not  clinical  tests  on  human  

studies  -­‐ Patent  Bargain  theory  would  support  the  patent.  Glaxo  disclosed  new  use  of  AZT  and  deserve  monopoly  -­‐ The  “sound  prediction”  doctrine  was  explicitly  received  into  our  law  in  Monsanto  (compounds  to  prevent  

premature  vulcanization  of  rubber)  -­‐ Different  from  Beecham  Group  v.  Bristol  Lab  (UK)  where  the  claim  for  semi-­‐synthetic  penicillin  wasn’t  allowed  

because  it  was  “little  more  than  an  announcement  of  a  research  project”  -­‐ NB  –  patentability  does  NOT  equal  the  drug  satisfying  regulatory  requirements  for  marketing  a  new  drug  (safety    

and  effectiveness  v.  utility  and  inventiveness)  -­‐ NB  Priority:  sound  prediction  is  assessed  as  of  the  claim  date.  The  patent  is  based  on  earliest  priority  of  the  Paris  

Convention  member  countries  Ratio    -­‐ Claims  CAN  be  made  that  there  was  no  basis  for  sound  prediction  at  patent’s  claim  date.  Lucky  guesses  and  rolls  

of  dice  are  NOT  basis  for  a  patent,  even  if  they  turn  out  later  to  be  correct.  Conversely,  if  there  IS  a  sound  basis  but  it  doesn’t  pan  out,  the  patent  is  invalid  for  lack  of  utility  

 

4.  NON-­‐OBVIOUSNESS  -­‐ Statutory  requirement  #4  for  patentability:  Non-­‐Obviousness  (i.e.  inventiveness)  -­‐ Test  for  non-­‐obviousness  came  from  common  law  but  now  in  s  28.3    

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.28.3  à  “non-­‐obviousness”    The  subject  matter  defined  by  a  claim  in  an  application  for  a  patent  in  Canada  must  be  subject-­‐matter  that  would  not  have  been  obvious  on  the  claim  date  to  a  person  skilled  in  the  art  or  science  to  which  it  pertains,  having  regard  to:    

a) information  disclosed  more  than  one  year  before  the  filing  date  by  the  applicant,  or  by  a  person  who  obtained  the  knowledge,  directly  or  indirectly,  from  the  applicant  in  such  a  manner  that  the  information  became  available  to  the  public  in  Canada  or  elsewhere;  and    

b) information  disclosed  before  the  claim  date  by  a  person  not  mentioned  in  paragraph  (a)  in  such  a  manner  that  the  information  became  available  to  he  public  in  Canada  or  elsewhere  

-­‐ Threshhold  for  non-­‐obviousness:    o Described  in  positive  form  as  “inventive  step”  or  “ingenuity”  but  should  not  be  too  high!  

-­‐ What  is  obviousness?    o Judged  by  an  “unimaginative  technician”    “skilled  in  the  art”  to  be  plain  as  day  or  crystal  clear.    o The  INVENTION  must  be  obvious,  not  just  the  need  for  the  invention  o Simplicity  =  NOT  synonymous  with  obviousness    o Courts  keep  in  mind  “hindsight  risk”    (Free  World  Trust)  

 -­‐ Classic  articulation  of  non-­‐obviousness  (Beloit  Canada  v.  Valmet  Oy)  …  NB  this  is  modified  by  Sanofi-­‐Synthelabo  v.  

Apotex  o “test  for  obviousness  is  NOT  to  ask  what  competent  inventors  did  or  would  have  done  to  solve  the  

problem…The  classic  touchstone  for  obviousness  is  the  technician  skilled  in  the  art  but  having  no  scintilla  of  inventiveness  or  imagination;  a  paragon  of  deduction  and  dexterity,  wholly  devoid  of  intuition;  a  triumph  of  left  hemisphere  over  the  right.  The  question  to  be  asked  is  whether  this  mythical  creature  (the  man  in  the  Clapham  omnibus  of  patent  law)  would,  in  the  light  of  the  state  of  the  art  and  of  common  general  knowledge  as  the  claimed  date  of  invention,  have  come  directly  and  without  difficulty  to  the  solution  taught  by  the  patent”  

 -­‐ Test  for  obviousness  =  factual  inquiry.  (Janssen-­‐Ortho  v.  Novopharm)  

o List  of  relevant  primary  factors  § 1)  the  invention  à  what  is  in  issue  § 2)  the  hypothetical  skilled  person  referred  to  in  Beloit  à    must  establish  what  skills  the  hypothetical  

person  of  ordinary  skill  in  the  art  § 3)  the  body  of  knowledge  of  the  person  of  ordinary  skill  in  the  art  à  what  is  in  common  knowledge  

(including  what  they  may  reasonably  be  expected  to  know  and  find  out)    § 4)  climate  in  relevant  field  at  time  the  alleged  invention  was  made  à  includes  knowledge,  

information…as  well  as  attitudes,  trends,  prejudices,  and  expectations  § 5)  motivation  in  existence  at  the  time  of  the  invention  to  solve  a  recognized  problem  àIf  everyone  is  

trying  to  solve  a  problem,  then  its  more  likely  the  invention  required  inventive  ingenuity.  Similarly,  if  only  the  inventor  is  trying  to  solve  it,  it  may  be  more  likely  to  have  inventive  ingenuity  from  personal  motivation  

§ 6)  the  time  and  effort  involved  in  the  invention  à  can  be  indicators  but  aren’t  determinative  of  inventiveness.  Think  “lucky  hit”  or  “uninventive  application  of  routine  techniques”    

o List  of  relevant  secondary  factors  (bear  less  weight):    § 7)  commercial  success  à  quick  success  with  consumers  could  indicate  inventive  ingenuity  (while  

considering  other  factors  like  marketing  skills,  market  power,  etc)    § 8)  meritorious  awards  

o Court  Cautions!!!  à    Factors  are  indicative  but  not  determinative    

-­‐ Obvious-­‐to-­‐try  test  (sanofi-­‐Synthelabo  v.  Apotex)  o Context:  inventions  resulting  from  experimentation  o Revisiting  the  classing  Beloit  test  for  obviousness  in  cases  of  inventions  resulting  from  experimentation:    o When  is  an  invention  “obvious  to  try”?:    

§ 1)  Identify  the  notional  “person  skilled  in  the  art  and  identify  the  relevant  common  general  knowledge  of  that  person  

§ 2)  Identify  the  inventive  concept  of  the  claim  in  question  or  if  that  cannot  readily  be  done,  construe  it  § 3)  Identify  what,  if  any,  differences  exist  between  the  matter  cited  as  forming  part  of  the  ”state  of  the  

art”  and  the  inventive  concept  of  the  claim  or  the  claim  as  construed  § 4)  Viewed  without  any  knowledge  of  the  alleged  invention  as  claimed,  do  those  differences  constitute  

steps  which  would  have  been  obvious  to  the  person  skilled  in  the  art  or  do  they  require  any  degree  of  invention?  • SCC  à  “obvious  to  try”  test  may  be  relevant  here  • SCC  à  test  is  contextual  and  factual  • Obvious  to  try  test  à  if  warranted,  following  factors  should  be  taken  into  account  

o 1)  is  it  more  or  less  self-­‐evident  that  what  is  being  tried  ought  to  work?  Are  there  a  finite  number  of  identified  predictable  solutions  known  to  persons  skilled  in  the  art?    

o 2)  what  is  the  extent,  nature  and  amount  of  effort  required  to  achieve  the  invention?  Are  routine  trials  carried  out  or  is  the  experimentation  prolonged  and  arduous  such  that  the  trials  would  not  be  considered  routine?    

o 3)  is  there  a  motive  provided  in  the  prior  art  to  find  the  solutions  the  patent  addresses?  o Sanofi,  in  sum:  “for  a  finding  that  an  invention  was  ‘obvious  to  try’,  there  must  be  evidence  to  convince  a  

judge  on  the  balance  of  probabilities  that  it  was  more  or  less  self-­‐evident  to  try  to  obtain  the  invention.  Mere  possibility  that  something  might  turn  up  is  not  enough”  

 -­‐ Novelty  v.  non-­‐obviousness  

o (from  Beloit)  “obviousness  is  an  attack  on  a  patent  based  on  its  lack  of  inventiveness…”any  fool  could  have  done  that”….Anticipation,  or  lack  of  novelty,  in  effect  assumes  that  there  has  been  an  invention  but  asserts  that  it  has  been  disclosed  to  the  public  prior  to  the  application  for  the  patent…”your  invention,  thought  clever,  was  already  known”    

o Prior  art  is  relevant  to  both  novelty  and  non-­‐obviousness  but  used  differently  § For  novelty:  the  test  turns  on  a  single  element  of  prior  art  § For  non-­‐obviousness:  test  turns  on  mosaic/aggregation  of  prior  art  § Example:  a  different  applicant’s  published  co-­‐pending  application  describing  the  same  invention  with  an  

earlier  claim  date  will  negate  novelty  of  application…but  a  co-­‐pending  application  cannot  be  used  as  prior  art  for  the  purposes  of  assessing  obviousness  unless  the  co-­‐pending  application  was  publicly  available  before  the  claim  date  of  the  application  at  issue.    

 III.  APPLICATION  

Prof  Adams  skipped  this  section      IV.  TERM  OF  PROTECTION  (P.  767)  

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐LAURIE  CLASS  22-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.44-­‐45  à  term  of  protection  

Term  of  patents  based  on  applications  filed  on  or  after  October  1,  1989  44.  Subject  to  section  46,  where  an  application  for  a  patent  is  filed  under  this  Act  on  or  after  October  1,  1989,  the  term  limited  for  the  duration  of  the  patent  is  twenty  years  from  the  filing  date.  Term  of  patents  based  on  applications  filed  before  October  1,  1989  45.  (1)  Subject  to  section  46,  where  an  application  for  a  patent  is  filed  under  this  Act  before  October  1,  1989,  the  term  limited  for  the  duration  of  the  patent  is  seventeen  years  from  the  date  on  which  the  patent  is  issued.  

 -­‐ Term  of  Protection  

o A  term  of  20  years  for  patents  filed  on  or  after  Oct  1,  1989,  calculated  from  the  filing  date  of  the  application  (s.  44)  

o For  patents  based  on  applications  filed  before  Oct  1,  1989,  the  protection  term  is  17  years  from  the  date  on  which  the  patent  is  issued  (s.  45).  

-­‐ First-­‐to-­‐file  system    o Term  of  protection  calculated  from  filing  date  o The  first  date  is  when  the  application  is  filed,  or  for  priority  dates,  the  earliest  filing  date  of  previously  filed  

applications  anywhere  in  the  world.  o Confidentiality  period  lasts  18  months  from  first  date  (s.10(2)  

§ During  this  time  period,  the  applicant’s  “first  to  file”  status  is  protected  &  the  examination  process  begins.  

§ There  is  no  public  disclosure  during  this  confidentiality  period  &  thus  no  rights  (no  quid  pro  quo  yet).  § After  18  months,  the  patent  application  is  laid  open,  even  though  the  Office  probably  won’t  have  made  

a  decision  as  to  whether  to  grant  the  patent  yet.  § This  intermediate  period  (when  patent  hasn’t  been  granted  but  public  disclosure  is  available)  usually  

lasts  1  –  2    years.  The  patentee  doesn’t  have  full  rights,  but  can  get  reasonable  compensation  for  infringement  during  this  period  (provided  the  patent  is  subsequently  issued).  Third  parties  are  responsible  to  pay  reasonable  compensation  to  the  patentee  for  activities  that  would  have  been  infringing  if  the  patent  had  been  granted  on  the  laid  open  date  (s.  55(2)).  

 

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.55  à  infringement    and  scope  of  liability  

 55.  (1)  A  person  who  infringes  a  patent  is  liable  to  the  patentee  and  to  all  persons  claiming  under  the  patentee  for  all  damage  sustained  by  the  patentee  or  by  any  such  person,  after  the  grant  of  the  patent,  by  reason  of  the  infringement.  (2)  A  person  is  liable  to  pay  reasonable  compensation  to  a  patentee  and  to  all  persons  claiming  under  the  patentee  for  any  damage  sustained  by  the  patentee  or  by  any  of  those  persons  by  reason  of  any  act  on  the  part  of  that  person,  after  the  application  for  the  patent  became  open  to  public  inspection  under  section  10  and  before  the  grant  of  the  patent,  that  would  have  constituted  an  infringement  of  the  patent  if  the  patent  had  been  granted  on  the  day  the  application  became  open  to  public  inspection  under  that  section    

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.20(15)    à  no  claim  for  good  faith  infringement  during  patent  secrecy    

Rights  protected  (15)  No  claim  shall  be  allowed  in  respect  of  any  infringement  of  a  patent  that  occurred  in  good  faith  during  the  time  that  the  patent  was  kept  secret  under  this  section,  and  any  person  who,  before  the  publication  of  the  patent,  had  in  good  faith  done  any  act  that,  but  for  this  subsection  would  have  given  rise  to  a  claim,  is  entitled,  after  the  publication,  to  obtain  a  licence  to  manufacture,  use  and  sell  the  patented  invention  on  such  terms  as  may,  in  the  absence  of  agreement  between  the  parties,  be  settled  by  the  Commissioner  or  by  the  Federal  Court  on  appeal  from  the  Commissioner.      -­‐ What  rights  when?  

o The  exclusive  right  of  the  patentee  thus  emerges  fully  only  after  the  grant  of  the  patent,  not  the  filing  date.  o The  patentee  essentially  has  no  right  to  enforce  during  the  confidentiality  period  when  there  is  no  quid  pro  

quo.  o Filing  the  application  protects  the  applicant’s  right  as  the  first  filer  (against  other  potential  inventors)  &  will  

start  the  examination  process,  hopefully  leading  to  the  grant.  o The  principle  that  a  patentee  has  no  right  during  the  confidential  period  is  expressed  in  respect  of  

government-­‐owned  patents  in  s.  20(15).  o During  the  intermediate  period  (between  opening  of  application  &  grant),  third  parties  are  on  notice:  they  

can  read  the  pending  application.  They  know  the  extent  of  the  monopoly  that  may  be  granted  to  the  applicant.    But  there’s  no  certainty  about  whether  patent  will  be  granted.  So,  they  don’t  have  to  pay  “all  damage”  but  “reasonable  compensation”  (s.  55(2)).  This  obligation  applies  provided  that  the  patent  is  ultimately  granted  (the  Act  uses  the  word  patentee  in  s.  55(2)  to  make  that  clear  

o Justification  àIt  would  be  illogical  to  give  a  cause  of  action  for  a  patent  not  yet  issued  but  it  would  also  give  applicants  an  incentive  to  delay  the  final  decision  in  order  to  provide  them  with  this  separate  cause  of  action.  

 V.  INFRINGEMENT,  DEFENCES,  AND  REMEDIES  (P.  769)  

1.  INFRINGEMENT  -­‐ A  patent  shall  be  granted  unless  the  Commissioner  is  satisfied  that  an  applicant  is  “not  by  law  entitled  to  be  

granted  a  patent”  (s.  40).  -­‐ What  does  the  patentee  get?  

o A  patent  gives  the  patentee  “the  exclusive  right,  privilege  and  liberty  of  making,  constructing  &  using  the  invention  &  selling  it  to  others  to  be  used,  subject  to  adjudication  in  respect  thereof  before  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction”  (s.  42)  

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.42  à  patentee  gets  exclusive  right  to…  

 42.  Every  patent  granted  under  this  Act  shall  contain  the  title  or  name  of  the  invention,  with  a  reference  to  the  specification,  and  shall,  subject  to  this  Act,  grant  to  the  patentee  and  the  patentee’s  legal  representatives  for  the  term  of  the  patent,  from  the  granting  of  the  patent,  the  exclusive  right,  privilege  and  liberty  of  making,  constructing  and  using  the  invention  and  selling  it  to  others  to  be  used,  subject  to  adjudication  in  respect  thereof  before  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction.  

o -­‐  This  exclusive  right  allows  the  patentee  to  prevent  others  from  exercising  that  right  w/o  authorization  o This  doesn’t  mean  that  the  patentee  can  positively  exercise  the  rights  to  use,  make  &  sell  the  invention  –  

might  need  regulatory  approval  first  -­‐ What  is  an  infringing  act?    

o No  separate  provision  defines  infringement  in  the  Patent  Act  –  but  it  follows  form  s.  42  that  an  infringing  act  is  an  unauthorized  exercise  of  a  patentee’s  exclusive  right  

o Infringement  seen  as  a  trespass  w/in  the  fence  posts  of  the  claims  o I.e.  Infringement  amounts  to  =  Any  act  that  interferes  w/  the  full  enjoyment  of  the  monopoly  granted  to  the  

patentee  is  an  infringement,  if  done  w/o  his  consent  -­‐ Actions  not  intentions  

o In  determining  whether  a  patent  claim  is  infringed,  it  is  the  defendant’s  actions,  not  his  or  her  intent,  which  the  court  must  consider  

-­‐ Presumption  of  validity  (s.  43(2)).  o Once  a  patent  is  granted,  it  is  presumed  valid  “in  the  absence  of  evidence  to  the  contrary”  s.  43(2)).  

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.43(2)  à  presumption  of  validity  of  patent  once  granted  

43.      Validity  of  patent  (2)  After  the  patent  is  issued,  it  shall,  in  the  absence  of  any  evidence  to  the  contrary,  be  valid  and  avail  the  patentee  and  the  legal  representatives  of  the  patentee  for  the  term  mentioned  in  section  44  or  45,  whichever  is  applicable.    

o This  presumption  is  rebuttable  but  any  defendant  trying  to  invalidate  a  patent  has  the  burden  of  proof  o Presumption  exists  b/c  the  patent  is  issued  by  the  Commissioner  after  a  thorough  examination  by  an  expert  

examiner  (hard  to  say  that  the  examiner  was  wrong  unless  you  can  show  his  decision  was  based  on  flawed  data)  

o “the  onus  so  imposed  is  not  an  easy  one  to  discharge”  (Ernest  Scraag)  o The  view  that  the  presumption  of  validity  is  fairly  strong  has  been  criticized:  The  presumption  has  been  placed  

far  too  high  &  that  a  normal  prima  facie  presumption  is  a  rebuttable  presumption  àA  presumption  shows  on  whom  the  burden  lies;  not  the  degree  of  proof  he  must  attain  

o Thus,  the  presumption  resembles  regular  prima  facie  presumptions  but  given  the  technical  nature  of  patent  law,  courts  are  less  reluctant  to  intervene  in  declaring  a  patent  (or  part  of  it)  invalid  for  anticipation  (lack  of  novelty)  if  the  party  alleging  anticipation  can  bring  to  the  court’s  attention  an  element  of  prior  art  not  considered  by  the  examiner  à  the  court  doesn’t  review  the  decision,  but  puts  itself  in  the  examiner’s  shoes    

-­‐ Reexamination  request  

o Party  who  believes  there  is  an  element  of  prior  art  that  should  have  been  considered  can  also  request  a  re-­‐examination  (s.  48(1))  

-­‐ Infringement  is  a  mixed  question  of  fact  &  law.  o Law  à  interpret  the  claims  to  determine  the  scope  of  the  invention  o Fact  à  determine  whether  the  defendant’s  acts  fall  w/in  the  scope  of  the  claims  &  is  therefore  infringing  o Once  patent  claims  have  been  construed,  infringement  analysis  is  straightforward  (compare  invention  to  what  

defendant  made/used)  -­‐ Claims  construction    

o is  critical  to  the  policy  underlying  the  patent  bargain:  There  should  only  be  1  patent  for  1  invention.  o protects  against  overclaiming,  covetous  claiming  &  evergreening.  o Balance:  don’t  penalize  inventor  w/  unduly  narrow  interpretation  of  claims  that  gives  him  less  than  he  

invented…  but  be  fair  to  the  public  by  not  penalizing  it  w/  an  unduly  broad  interpretation  beyond  what  a  skilled  person  would  have  understood  them  to  include  

 a)  Claims  Construction  (p.  773)  -­‐ Focus  of  infringement  is  on  claims  (statements  by  the  inventor  to  describe  what  he/she  believes  to  be  the  

invention)  -­‐ The  process  of  interpreting  these  claims  defines  the  scope  of  the  patent  monopoly  –  i.e.  will  determine  if  the  

patent  is  valid  &  if  it’s  been  infringed  -­‐ Patent  claims  are  analogized  to  “fences”  &  “boundaries  (pp.  773)  -­‐ Claim  construction  precedes  legal  analysis  of  validity  &  infringement  

o à  Claims  get  the  same  interpretation  for  both  purposes  o à  Claims  construction  is  a  legal  question  

-­‐ Policy  Considerations  o  Claims  construction  invokes  policy  considerations  since  the  patentee  asserts  exclusive  rights  in  the  claims  &  

from  that  language,  others  should  be  able  to  predict  what  is  “fenced  off”  -­‐ How  to  read  the  patent:  Vantage  Point  

o As  a  person  skilled  in  the  art  or  science  of  the  subject  matter  would  have  read  it  when  it  first  became  public  (i.e.  from  “laid  open”  date  and  not  claim  date)  

-­‐ How  to  read  the  patent:  Interpretation  of  language  o Historically,  “literal  reading”  was  used  in  a  number  of  cases    (i.e.  any  monopoly  should  be  interpreted  

restrictively  &  any  difference,  however  minute,  b/w  the  language  of  the  claim  &  the  defendant’s  product/process  is  sufficient  to  avoid  a  finding  of  infringement)  

o In  Canada,  the  purposive  approach  (substantive  construction;  teleological  method)  is  preferred.  à  principles  of  purposive  construction  laid  out  in  Whirlpool  

 

Whirlpool  v  Camco  [2000]  SCC  (p.774)  à  infringement:  principles  of  claims  construction  and  essential  elements  

Facts:    -­‐ Whirlpool  was  granted  3  patents  related  to  mechanisms  for  washing  machine  agitation  &  sued  the  defendants  

for  patent  infringement.  The  defendants  attacked  the  validity  of  the  3rd  patent  arguing  it  was  already  covered  in  the  scope  of  the  2nd  patent  or  alternatively,  that  it  was    obvious  

-­‐ Note:  Unusually,  the  defendants  argued  in  favour  of  a  broad  scope  for  some  of  the  plaintiff’s  patents  to  argue  that  that  3rd  patent  was  invalid  

-­‐ ‘803  patent  is  the  initial  patent  which  doesn’t  say  vanes  are  flexible  -­‐ ‘734  patent  (third  patent)  explicitly  stated  that  the  vanes  of  the  lower  oscillator  of  the  dual  action  agitator  were  

flexible  rather  than  rigid    -­‐ appellants  state  that  the  ‘803  patent  included  the  flex  vanes  &  that  there  was  nothing  distinct  in  the  ‘734  

patent  (i.e.  Camco  accusing  Whirlpool  of  evergreening  by  double-­‐patenting)  Issue:    

-­‐ What  are  the  principles  of  patent  claims  construction?  Held:    

-­‐ SCC  upheld  the  validity  of  Whirlpool’s  third  patent  &  the  infringement  

Ratio:    -­‐ Key  to  purposive  construction  is  to  identify,  from  the  skilled  reader’s  perspective,  the  words  or  phrases  in  the  

claims  that  describe  what  the  inventor  thought  the  essential  elements  (the  “pith  &  marrow”)  of  the  inventions  are  

Reasoning:    -­‐ use  purposive  construction  to  interpret  patent  claims  for  both  issues  of  patent  validity  &  infringement    -­‐ Catnic:  it  is  those  novel  features  on  that  that  the  inventor  claims  to  be  essential  that  constitute  the  so-­‐called  

“pith  &  marrow”  of  the  claim  -­‐ The  determination  of  which  elements  are  essential  depends  upon  the  language  of  the  claims,  read  purposively  

&  informed  by  evidence  as  to  how  persons  skilled  in  the  art  would  understand  the  claim  -­‐ Here,  patents  had  been  infringed  in  spite  of  apparent  differences  in  the  vanes  &  the  nature  of  the  motion  -­‐ [NOTE:  The  book  doesn’t  include  the  section  in  Whirlpool  where  the  SCC  determined  why  the  third  patent  was  

held  to  be  valid  à  “It  was  open  to  the  trial  judge  to  conclude,  having  regard  to  the  expert  evidence,  that  the  claims  of  the  '803  patent,  properly  construed,  did  not  include  flexible  vanes.  […]  The  trial  judge,  reading  the  claims  with  the  knowledge  and  insight  into  the  technical  terms  provided  by  the  rest  of  the  specification,  and  by  the  concession  of  the  appellants’  own  expert,  concluded  that  rigid  vanes  were  essential  to  the  '803  invention  as  claimed.    No  basis  had  been  shown  to  reverse  that  conclusion.”]  

 -­‐ What  is  an  “essential  element”  

o (Freeworld  definition)  an  element  may  be  found  to  be  essential  on  the  basis  of  the  intent  of  the  inventor  as  expressed  or  inferred  from  the  claims,  or  on  the  basis  of  evidence  as  to  whether  it  would  have  been  obvious  to  a  skilled  worker  at  the  time  the  patent  was  published  that  a  variant  of  a  particular  element  would  make  a  difference  to  the  way  in  which  the  invention  works  

o à  to  determine  whether  infringement  has  occurred,  the  question  is  whether  the  accused  device  takes  all  of  the  essential  elements  of  the  invention      

-­‐ Best  way  to  understand  purposive  construction:    o Ask  what  a  person  skilled  in  the  art  concerned  would  conclude,  upon  reading  the  patent  claims,  as  to  what  the  

essential  teachings  of  the  patent  are  compared  to  the  prior  art.  § Has  the  “pith  &  marrow”  been  taken?  (Wenham)  § Has  the  ‘infringer’  taken  the  substance  of  the  idea?  (Linghtning  Fastener)  

-­‐ Relevant  date  o The  relevant  date  to  construe  the  claims  is  the  date  on  which  they  are  open  for  inspection  under  s.  10  (i.e.  

normally  18  months  after  filing)    

Construing  claims     Publication  date  Assessing  validity  or  obviousness     Claim  date    

 -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐BARBARA  CLASS  23-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

   b)  Essential  elements  and  the  doctrine  of  equivalents  (p.  788)    -­‐ There  is  patent  infringement  if  the  essential  elements  of  the  patent  are  taken  (if  the  defendant  changes  only  non-­‐

essential  elements).    -­‐ It  is  important  to  formulate  a  test  that  will  be  fair  and  predictable  for  both  the  inventor  and  the  public.  To  decide  

whether  a  patent  is  infringed,  a  court  must  first  decide  what  its  essential  teachings  are  to  a  person  skilled  in  the  art  through  the  process  of  purposive  claims  construction,  keeping  in  mind  that  the  court  must  interpret  the  claims  not  redraft  them.    

-­‐ Similarities  with  copyright  law  o Recall  literal  and  non-­‐literal  infringement  in  copyright  law  

§ Literal  infringement  is  exact  reproduction  § Non-­‐literal  infringement  involves  differences,  question  is  whether  different  enough  –  idea/expression  

dichotomy  o Literal  and  substantive  infringement  in  patent  law  

§ Literal  infringement  is  exactly  the  same  invention  § Substantive  infringement  involves  differences,  question  is  whether  different  enough  –  essential  

element/doctrine  of  equivalents  (US)  -­‐ For  an  element  to  be  considered  non-­‐essential  and  thus  substitutable,  it  must  be  shown  either  “  

o (i)  that  on  a  purposive  construction  of  the  words  of  the  claim  it  was  clearly  not  intended  to  be  essential;  or    o (ii)  that  at  the  date  of  publication  of  the  patent,  the  skilled  addressees  would  have  appreciated  that  a  

particular  element  could  be  substituted  without  affecting  the  working  of  the  invention.    o à  Free  World  Trust  (p.  788)  

-­‐ In  the  US  →  doctrine  of  equivalents:    o there  is  infringement  if  someone  else’s  widget  performs  substantially  the  same  function  in  substantially  the  

same  way  to  obtain  substantially  the  same  result,  when  evaluated  from  the  perspective  of  a  person  who  is  skilled  in  the  art.    

o American  case:  Graver  Tank  &  Manufacturing  Co  v  Linde  Air  Products  Co:    “It  is  obviously  an  important  public  policy  to  control  the  scope  of  “substantive  infringement”.  A  purely  literal  application  of  the  text  of  the  claims  would  allow  a  person  skilled  in  the  art  to  make  minor  and  inconsequential  variations  in  the  device  while  staying  just  outside  the  monopoly.  A  broader  interpretation,  on  the  other  hand,  risks  conferring  on  the  patentee  the  benefit  of  the  inventions  that  he  had  not  in  fact  made  but  which  could  be  deemed  with  hindsight  to  be  “equivalent”  to  what  in  fact  was  invented.”  (p.  789)  

o According  to  the  doctrine  of  equivalents,  replacing  an  element  in  a  claim  with  an  equivalent  can  constitute  infringement.    

o One  risk  that  stems  from  the  application  of  this  doctrine  is  that  the  monopoly  will  be  broadened  in  unexpected  ways  by  including  in  the  scope  of  the  invention  things  that  are  “equivalent”  only  in  “hindsight”.  §  “There  can  be  no  denying  that  the  doctrine  of  equivalents,  when  applied  broadly,  conflicts  with  

definitional  and  public-­‐notice  functions  of  the  statutory  claiming  requirement”.  (Warner-­‐Jenkinson  Co.  v.  Hilton  Davis  Chemical  Co.,  cited  in  Free  World  Trust)  

 -­‐ Certainty  and  predictability  (Free  World  Trust  p.  790):  

o The  scope  of  patent  protection  must  not  only  be  fair,  it  must  be  reasonably  predictable.    o A  patent  that  is  of  uncertain  scope  becomes  a  public  nuisance.    o There  is  a  high  economic  cost  attached  to  uncertainty  and  it  is  the  proper  policy  of  patent  law  to  keep  it  to  a  

minimum.    o Predictability  is  achieved  by  tying  the  patentee  to  its  claims;  fairness  is  achieved  by  interpreting  those  claims  

in  an  informed  and  purposive  way.    o “The  words  chosen  by  the  inventor  will  be  read  in  the  sense  the  inventor  is  presumed  to  have  intended,  and  in  

a  way  that  is  sympathetic  to  accomplishment  of  the  inventor’s  purpose  expressed  or  implicit  in  the  test  of  the  claims.  However,  if  the  inventor  has  misspoken  or  otherwise  created  an  unnecessary  or  troublesome  limitation  in  the  claims,  it  is  a  self-­‐inflicting  wound”.  (p.  792)    

 -­‐ List  of  issues  concerning  the  tension  between  literal  and  substantive  infringement  to  achieve  a  fair  and  predictable  

result  (p.  792):  o The  purposive  approach  promotes  adherence  to  the  language  of  the  claims  o Adherence  to  the  language  of  the  claims  in  turn  promotes  both  fairness  and  predictability  o The  claim  language  must,  however,  be  read  in  an  informed  and  purposive  way  o The  language  of  the  claims  thus  construed  defines  the  monopoly.  There  is  no  recourse  to  such  vague  notions  

as  the  “spirit  of  the  invention”  to  expand  it  further  o The  claims  language  will,  on  a  purposive  construction,  show  that  some  elements  of  the  claimed  invention  are  

essential  while  others  are  non-­‐essential.  The  identification  of  elements  as  essential  or  non-­‐essential  is  made:  § On  the  basis  of  the  common  knowledge  of  the  worker  skilled  in  the  art  to  which  the  patent  related  § Having  regard  to  whether  or  not  it  was  obvious  to  the  skilled  reader  at  the  time  the  patent  was  

published  that  a  variant  of  a  particular  element  would  not  make  a  difference  to  the  way  in  which  the  invention  works,  or  

§ According  to  the  intent  of  the  inventor,  expressed  or  inferred  from  the  claims,  that  a  particular  element  is  essential  irrespective  of  its  practical  effect  

§ Without,  however,  resort  to  extrinsic  evidence  of  the  inventor’s  intention  o There  is  no  infringement  if  an  essential  element  is  different  or  omitted.  There  may  still  be  infringement,  

however,  if  non-­‐essential  elements  are  substituted  or  omitted.    

Case:    Free  World  Trust  v  Électro  Santé  Inc.,  [2000]  SCC  (p.  793)  à  

Facts  -­‐  This  case  involved  patent  related  to  a  machine  for  using  low  frequency  electro-­‐magnetic  waves  on  the  human  

body  for  therapeutic  purposes.  The  defendant  came  up  with  a  machine  which  achieved  the  same  purpose,  but  using  different  technology.  The  patentee  conceded  it  was  a  different  method  but  argued  that  the  patent  is  infringed  by  anything  that  achieves  the  same  end  result.  

Issue:    -­‐  Is  there  infringement?        

Held  -­‐  Infringement  if  you  reach  the  same  result  using  a  different  invention  

Reasoning  -­‐ Particular  means  to  achieve  it    à  “The  ingenuity  of  the  patent  lies  not  in  the  identification  of  a  desirable  result  but  

in  teaching  one  particular  means  to  achieve  it.  The  claims  cannot  be  stretched  to  allow  the  patentee  to  monopolize  anything  that  achieved  the  desirable  result.  It  is  not  legitimate,  for  example,  to  obtain  a  patent  for  a  particular  method  that  grows  hair  on  bald  men  and  thereafter  claim  that  anything  that  grows  hair  on  bald  men  infringes.”  (p.  793)  

-­‐ Substantive  infringement  and  essential  elements  à  It  would  be  unfair  to  allow  a  patent  monopoly  to  be  breached  with  impunity  by  a  copycat  device  that  simply  switched  bells  and  whistles,  to  escape  the  literal  claims  of  the  patent.  Thus  the  elements  of  the  invention  are  identified  as  either  essential  elements...or  non-­‐essential  elements.  

-­‐ Promoting  both  certainty  and  fairness  in  infringement  claims  o Patent  production  must  be  both  fair  and  reasonably  predictable.  o Patent  system  does  not  provide  incentives  for  innovation  if  competitors  are  afraid  to  “invent  around”  the  

patent  because  cannot  predict  the  scope  of  patent  o Predictability  achieved  by  limiting  the  scope  of  patent  to  claims,  while  fairness  achieved  by  purposive  

construction  of  claims  (avoid  overly  literal  interpretation)  -­‐ There  is  an  argument  made  as  to  the  fact  that  the  purposive  predictability  does  not  bring  enough  predictability.  

How  a  defendant  can  know  what  was  the  purpose  of  the  invention  intended  by  the  inventor?  According  to  this  argument  the  only  way  to  have  predictability  is  to  rely  on  a  literal  interpretation.  But  the  court  does  not  accept  such  an  argument  and  says  that  the  construction  approach  brings  certainty  because  everyone  should  read  the  applications  purposively.  

   

Case:    Beecham  Canada  v  Procter  &  Gamble  [1982]  Patent  Comm.  (p.  794)  à  

Facts  -­‐ Patent  infringement  suit  involving  a  patent  for  method  and  product  claims  on  dryer  conditioning  sheets  

(BOUNCE).  The  defendant  argued  their  sheets  were  not  infringing  because  the  patent  claims  referred  to  a  “web”  substrate  that  it  “coated”  with  the  conditioning  agent,  but  the  defendant  argued  that  its  sheets  use  a  non-­‐web  polyurethane  foam  substrate  

Issue:    -­‐      Is  there  infringement?    

Held  -­‐  Yes,  the  nature  of  the  substrate  was  not  an  essential  element  to  the  invention  

Reasoning  -­‐    References  in  claims  to  “carrying”,  “impregnated”,  “web  substrate  carrying”,  “flexible  substrate  carrying”  (see  p.  

794)  -­‐ Carrying,  as  used  in  the  disclosure,  taken  in  context,  is  used  in  the  sense  of  “conveying”  and  does  not,  giving  to  

that  word  its  ordinary  meaning,  imply  in  any  way  that  such  “conveying”  must  be  on  the  surface  of  the  substrate.    

-­‐ The  claims  contemplate  either  or  both  means  of  carriage.  To  suggest  otherwise  is  to  fail  to  give  the  language  of  the  specification  a  purposive  construction.    

-­‐ That  alleged  variant  in  the  defendant’s  product  does  not  exist  or  cannot  have  any  material  effect  on  how  the  invention  works  so  that  the  appellant’s  submission  must  fail.    

-­‐ The  invention  =  the  discovery  that  fabrics  could  be  conditioned  in  a  domestic  dryer  by  commingling  damp  fabrics  with  a  flexible  substrate  carrying  a  transferable  conditioning  agent.    

-­‐ The  nature  of  the  substrate  is  NOT  part  of  the  invention  claimed.    -­‐ All  that  is  required  is  a  suitable  substrate,  and  differences  between  a  web  substrate  and  polyurethane  foam  have  

no  material  effect  on  the  way  the  invention  works      c)  Use  of  a  Patent  (p.  800)  -­‐ s.  42  of  the  Patent  Act  gives  the  patentee  exclusive  rights  (see  above  in  “infringement”):  -­‐ The  meaning  of  “use”  is  significant  both  to  the  scope  of  the  patentee’s  exclusive  right  and  whether  there  has  been  

an  infringement.    o Note  that  the  section  does  not  mention  any  commercial  use  o Before  Mosanto,  the  interpretation  of  use  was  very  easy.  “Use”  rarely  at  issue  in  infringement,  because  it  is  

very  easy  to  prove    o Reconciling  Harvard  College  (no  patents  for  higher  like  forms)  and  Mosanto  (infringing  use  of  what  can  be  

patented  –  modified  genes  and  cells).    o Patent  law  seems  incoherent  in  this  sense  

 -­‐ Mosanto  case  (p.  801):  

o “It  Is  no  bar  to  a  finding  of  infringement  that  the  patented  object  or  process  is  a  part  of  or  composes  a  broader  unpatented  structure  or  process,  provided  that  the  patented  invention  is  significant  or  important  to  the  defendant’s  activities  that  involve  the  unpatented  structure”  (p.  801)  

o The  governing  principle  is  whether  the  defendant,  by  his  actions,  activities  or  conduct,  appropriated  the  patented  invention,  thus  depriving  the  inventor,  in  whole  or  in  part,  directly  or  indirectly,  of  the  full  enjoyment  of  the  monopoly  the  patent  grants.    

o Determining  the  meaning  of  “use”  under  s.42  is  essentially  a  matter  of  statutory  construction.  The  starting  point  is  the  plain  meaning  of  the  word,  in  this  case  “use”  (exploiter)  § Use  à  denotes  utilization  with  a  view  to  production  or  advantage  

o Three  well-­‐established  rules  or  practices  of  statutory  interpretation:  § 1.  Inquiry  into  the  meaning  of  “use”  under  the  PA  must  be  purposive,  grounded  in  an  understanding  of  

the  reasons  for  which  patent  protection  is  accorded.    § 2.  Inquiry  must  be  contextual,  giving  consideration  to  the  other  words  of  the  provision.    § 3.  Inquiry  must  be  attentive  to  the  wisdom  of  the  case  law.      

o In  s.  42  what  is  prohibited  is  any  act  that  interfered  with  the  full  enjoyment  of  the  monopoly  granted  to  the  patentee.    

o Where  the  defendant’s  impugned  activities  furthered  its  own  commercial  interests,  there  should  be  a  particular  alert  on  the  part  of  courts  to  the  possibility  that  the  defendant  has  committed  an  infringing  use.    § Note  however  that  even  in  the  absence  of  commercial  exploitation  the  patent  holder  is  entitled  to  

protection.    o The  law  holds  that  a  defendant  infringes  a  patent  when  the  defendant  manufactures,  seeks  to  use,  or  uses  a  

patented  part  that  is  contained  within  something  that  is  not  patented,  provided  the  patented  part  is  significant  or  important.  

o In  the  present  case,  the  patented  genes  are  present  throughout  the  genetically  modified  plant  and  the  patented  cells  compose  its  entire  physical  structure.    

o Infringement  through  use  is  possible  where  the  patented  invention  is  part  of,  or  composes,  a  broader  unpatented  structure  or  process.    

o Key  point:  It  is  no  bar  to  a  finding  of  infringement  that  the  patented  object  or  process  is  a  part  of  or  composes  a  broader  unpatented  structure  or  process,  provided  the  patented  invention  is  significant  or  important  to  the  defendant’s  activities  that  involve  the  unpatented  structure.    

o Stand  by  or  insurance  utility    § Possession  of  a  patented  object  or  an  object  incorporating  a  patented  feature  may  constitute  “use”  of  

the  object’s  stand-­‐by  or  insurance  utility  and  thus  constituted  infringement.    § Example:  fire  extinguisher  may  not  be  used,  but  has  a  stand-­‐by  value  § Possession,  at  least  in  commercial  circumstances,  raises  a  rebuttable  presumption  of  use.  

o Intention    § While  intention  (of  the  inventor)  is  generally  irrelevant  to  determining  whether  there  has  been  use  and  

hence  infringement,  the  absence  of  intention  to  employ  or  gain  any  advantage  from  the  invention  may  be  relevant  to  rebutting  the  presumption  of  use  raised  by  possession.    

§ I.e.  à  Intention  relevant  when  defendant  argues  possession  without  use  because  of  the  stand-­‐by  value    

-­‐ Patent  exhaustion  or  “first  sale  doctrine”  (p.  808)  à  once  its  yours  you  can  do  what  you  want  with  it  o It  is  important  to  distinguish  use  of  the  invention  which  infringes  s.  42  from  the  use  of  the  article  (the  tangible  

object),  which  a  lawful  purchaser  is  permitted  to  do.  For  example,  if  a  purchaser  buys  a  blender  that  has  one  or  more  patented  parts,  the  purchaser  does  not  infringe  the  patents  by  using  the  blender  at  home  for  its  intended  purpose  (e.g.  to  made  a  smoothie).  This  concept  is  known  as  the  doctrine  of  exhaustion,  or  the  first  sale  doctrine.    

o Exhaustion  differentiates  the  rights  associated  with  intellectual  property  from  the  rights  associated  with  tangible  property.    

o Eli  Lily  v  Novopharm:  § “If  the  patentee  sells  the  patented  article  that  he  made,  he  transfers  the  ownership  of  that  article  to  the  

purchaser.  This  means  that,  henceforth,  the  patentee  no  longer  has  any  right  with  respect  to  that  article  which  now  belongs  to  the  purchaser  who,  as  the  new  owner,  has  the  exclusive  right  to  possess,  use,  enjoy,  destroy  or  alienate  it.  It  follows  that,  by  selling  the  patented  article  that  he  made,  the  patentee  impliedly  renounces,  with  respect  to  that  article,  to  his  exclusive  right  under  the  patent  of  using  and  selling  the  invention.  After  the  sale,  therefore,  the  purchaser  may  do  what  he  likes  with  the  patented  articles  without  fear  of  infringing  his  vendor’s  patent.”  (p.  809)  

• First  sale  exhausts  exclusive  right  of  use  in  relation  to  purchaser    

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐CLAIRE  CLASS  24-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐    

d)  Process  patents  (v.  product  patent)  -­‐ What  are  the  issues  with  process  patents  

o Inferior  reach    § Usually  preferable  to  seek  product  patent  because  of  its  superior  reach  § E.g.  a  patent  on  a  product  that  the  inventor  found  one  way  of  making  was  interpreted  as  providing  a  

monopoly  on  all  the  other  ways  (processes)  of  making  the  same  product.    o Difficulty  to  prove  infringement    

§ difficult  to  prove  infringement  of  process  patent  because  can’t  tell  by  looking  at  something,  how  it  was  made.    

§ Infringement  =  a  product  made  from  patented  process  or  machine  without  the  consent  of  the  patent  owner  

-­‐ What  is  good  about  a  process  patent  o Presumption  of  infringement  (s.55.1):  

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.55.1  à  process  patents  and  presumption  of  infringement  Burden  of  proof  for  patented  process  55.1  In  an  action  for  infringement  of  a  patent  granted  for  a  process  for  obtaining  a  new  product,  any  product  that  is  the  same  as  the  new  product  shall,  in  the  absence  of  proof  to  the  contrary,  be  considered  to  have  been  produced  by  the  patented  process.  

§ I.e.  patent  holder  needs  to  prove  the  product  is  the  same,  then  alleged  infringer  needs  to  prove  the  contrary.    

§ NB:  this  applies  to  an  action  for  infringement  and  presumption  is  not  to  be  used  at  application  for  orders  under  Patented  Medicines  (Notice  of  Compliance)  Regulations  (Eli  Lilly  v  Novopharm  p  810)  and  

private  companies  would  have  to  set  up  parallel  action  to  proceedings  under  the  Regulations.  Presumption  does  NOT  exist  at  administrative  stage  and  burden  of  proof  remains  with  patent  holder  

-­‐ Also  relevant  for  process  patents  o Importation  or  “Saccharine  doctrine”  

§ Importing  a  product  into  Canada  produced  outside  Canada  by  a  process  patented  in  Canada….amounts  to  infringement    

§ Despite  patent  legislation  being  territorially  limited,  we  must  look  to  where  infringement  has  occurred.    § S.42  exclusive  rights  does  NOT  include  right  to  import.    § Leading  case:  Saccharine  § Saccharine  doctrine  has  been  extended  to  product  patents  too  (Pfizer  v.  Minister  of  Health)  § Factors  in  evaluating  whether  extraterritorial  products  or  processes  have  deprived  the  patentee  “in  

whole  or  in  part,  directly  or  indirectly,  of  the  advantage  of  the  patented  invention”  (815)  • 1.  Importance  à  The  importance  of  the  product  or  process  to  the  final  product  sold  into  Canada.  

Where  use  is  incidental,  non-­‐essential,  or  could  be  readily  substituted,  a  court  might  be  less  inclined  to  find  an  infringement  

• 2.  All  or  part  à  Whether  the  final  product  actually  contains  all  or  part  of  the  patented  product.  Where  the  patented  product  can  actually  be  identified  in  the  product  sold  into  Canada,  there  may  be  a  strong  case  for  a  finding  of  infringement.    

• 3.  Stage  à  The  stage  at  which  the  patented  product  or  process  is  used.  For  example,  use  of  a  process  as  a  preliminary  step  of  a  lengthy  production  process  may  lead  to  a  conclusion  that  the  patentee  has  suffered  little  deprivation  

• 4.  Instances  of  use  à  The  number  of  instances  of  use  made  of  the  patented  product  or  process.  Where  the  same  patented  product  is  used  repetitively  through  the  production  of  the  non-­‐patented  end  product,  clearer  evidence  of  impairment    

• 5.  “if  carried  out  or  used  in  Canada”  à  would  there  be  infringement  if  carried  out  or  used  in  Canada,  with  benefit  of  the  doubt  going  to  the  party  using  the  product  or  process  (i.e.  patentee  bears  burden  of  proving  infringement)    

 e)  Notice  of  Compliance  Issues  (Patented  Medicines)    

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.55.2(1)  à  “early  working”  exception  

 It  is  not  an  infringement  of  a  patent  for  any  person  to  make,  construct,  use  or  sell  the  patented  invention  solely  for  uses  reasonably  related  to  the  development  and  submission  if  information  required  under  any  law  of  Canada,  a  province,  or  a  country  other  than  Canada  that  regulates  the  manufacture,  construction,  use  or  sale  of  any  product.  

o Example:  Generic  drug  companies  developing  “copycat”  versions  of  patented  drugs  and  submitting  the  required  information  for  the  regulatory  process.    

-­‐ The  Notice  of  Compliance  Regulations  under  s.55.2(4)  prevent  infringement  under  early  working  exception  of  s.55.2(1).    The  Patent  Act  provides  a  limited  term  monopoly  for  the  invention  of  a  new,  non-­‐obvious,  useful  drug,  improvement  on  a  drug  or  process  related  to  a  drug.  The  Food  and  Drug  Act  and  Regulations  provide  a  framework  to  ensure  the  efficacy  and  safety  of  drugs  before  they  are  marketed.  The  NOC  regulations  facilitate  a  generic  drug  company’s  applying  for  regulatory  approval  during  the  time  when  the  initial  drug’s  patent  term  is  running…while  also  ensuring  “early-­‐working”  exception  isn’t  abused.  Essentially,  generic  drug  can  shorten  its  approval  process  by  piggy-­‐backing  on  the  safety  and  efficacy  information  of  the  innovator.    

-­‐ IN  sum,  early  working  exceptions  helps  generic  drugs  be  ready  for  market  once  the  original  patent  expires  by  allowing  generic  companies  to  gather  necessary  data  to  apply  for  a  NOC  before  the  patent  expires,  and  the  NOC  regulations  then  regulate  a  generic  drug  company’s  use  of  s.55.2(1)  early  working  exception  by  requiring  that  if  a  generic  company  is  relying  on  a  notice  of  compliance  issued  to  patented  drugs,  that  the  generic  drug  company  must  address  the  patent  issues  

-­‐ Regulatory  Approval  Process  (from  Bristol-­‐Myers  Squibb  v.  Canada  “Biolyse  case”)  o Food  and  Drug  Act  impose  rigorous  health  and  safety  requirements,  culminating  in  the  issuance  of  a  Notice  of  

Compliance  

o FDA  regulations  require  drug  manufacturers  to  submit  different  types  of  submissions.  Two  principal  forms:  New  Drug  Submission  (filed  by  innovators)  and  Abbreviated  New  Drug  Submission  (filed  by  generic  manufacturers  that  claim  its  product  is  pharmaceutical  equivalent  of  a  previous  approved  ‘reference  product’  § An  NDS  needs  to  include  description  of  benefits  claimed,  adverse  reactions  experienced,  chemical  

composition  of  the  ingredients  and  methods  of  manufacture  and  purification.  Then  the  Minister  looks  into  the  material,  possibly  requiring  further  studies  and  conduct  wide-­‐ranging,  several  year  inquiry.  When  satisfied,  issues  a  NOC  and  the  drug  can  go  ot  market.    

§ A  second  person  applying  for  the  same  NOC  has  two  options:    • Accepts  the  NOC  will  not  be  issued  until  the  patent  expires  • Allege  that  the  patent  filed  by  the  first  person  is  not  he  owner  or  exclusive  licensee  in  Canada  of  

the  drug…or  that  the  patents  have  expired  or  are  invalid  or  that  the  applicant  would  not  infringe  any  claim  “for  the  medicine  itself  and  no  claim  for  the  use  of  medicine”  

Case:    Astrazeneca  Canada  v.  Canada  

Facts  -­‐ A  generic  manufacturer  relied  on  bioequivalence  to  a  patented  drug.  Innovator  company  had  added  two  patents  

on  the  patent  list  for  different  versions  of  the  same  drug  that  the  generic  company  was  not  using  Held  -­‐ Patents  that  had  been  subsequently  added  to  the  list  (from  which  generic  company  hadn’t  benefited)  were  of  

marginal  significance  and  were  a  form  of  “evergreening”  that  violated  NOC  regulations  -­‐      

   

Case:    Biolyse  case  (Bristol-­‐Myers  Squibb)  

Facts  -­‐ BMS  owned  several  patents  related  to  new  and  useful  formations  and  methods  of  anticancer  drug  called  

paclitaxel…but  not  the  paclitaxel  itself  (which  had  been  discovered  by  gov’t  funded  US  institute  and  placed  in  public  domain).  The  NCI  research  had  a  particular  procedure  that  killed  the  plant  that  they  extracted  something  from,  creating  a  supply  problem).  BMS  had  NOC  for  a  medicine  containing  paclitaxel.  Then  Biolyse  developed  a  new  source  of  paclitaxel  from  a  different  plant  which  didn’t  kill  the  plant…and  applied  for  a  notice  of  compliance.  It  was  treated  as  a  new  drug  because  of  new  source  and  new  uses…and  required  that  it  provide  its  own  clinical  research  which  they  did  and  got  their  NOC.  BMS  tried  to  quash  it  saying  it  was  based  on  bioequivalence  to  BMS’  product…or  that  “because  its  drug  Taxol  contained  paclitaxel  which  is  the  active  ingredient  in  Biolyse’s  product,  Biolyse  must  be  subject  to  the  statutory  freeze  period  under  the  NOC  regulations  even  though  BMS  didn’t  discover  paclitaxel  and  it  was  in  the  public  domain.  

Held  -­‐ Neither  5(1)  or  5(1.1)  of  NOC  regulations  applied  to  Biolyse  because  their  submission  was  not  based  on  

bioequivalence  and  because  it  was  an  innovative  drug,  and  therefore  the  statutory  freeze  did  not  apply  to  Biolyse  at  all.  

Significance  -­‐ NOC  regulations  neither  decide  whether  a  patent  is  valid  nor  whether  it  has  been  infringed,  those  are  dealt  with  

by  Patent  Act  -­‐ Onus  of  proof  in  NOC  proceedings  rests  on  the  applicant  and  is  considered  on  a  balance  of  probabilities,  bearing  

in  mind  that  on  allegations  of  invalidity  there  is  a  statutory  presumption  of  validity.    -­‐ When  an  action  for  patent  infringement  is  available,  the  inability  of  patent  holder  to  access  the  automatic  stay  

provisions  in  Notice  of  Compliance  Regulations  does  NOT  constitute  irreparable  harm.    

-­‐ NOC  Regulation  amendments  in  2008  o Limits  ability  of  Minister  to  delete  patents  from  list  unless  expired,  been  declared  invalid  or  void,  or  is  not  

eligible  for  inclusion.  I.e.  it  cannot  be  removed  from  the  list  solely  because  its  “not  relevant  to  the  submission”    

o Generic  manufacturer  is  now  only  required  to  address  the  patents  already  listed  against  an  innovator’s  drug  as  of  the  date  when  they  file  their  NOC  submission.    

o Food  and  Drug  Regulations  extended  the  period  of  data  protection  for  an  innovative  drug  to  8  years  of  exclusivity  (unless  innovator  consents)  and  generic  companies  can’t  file  NOC  submissions  till  at  least  6  have  passed.    

 f)  Inducement  to  Infringe  (p.830)  Prof  Adams  skipped  this  section    

-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐CLAIRE  CLASS  25-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐    

2.  DEFENCES  (P.837)  -­‐ Statutory  Defences  and  “user’s  rights”  can  be  defences  -­‐ Users  rights:  rights  implicit  in  stator  scheme  or  implicit  in  distinction  between  intellectual  property  and  traditional  

property.    o For  example,  “exhaustion”  or  “first  sale  doctrine”  says  an  authorized  purchaser  of  a  patented  product  has  the  

right  to  use  and  resell  the  particular  article  for  its  intended  purpose.    o Another  example,  the  right  to  make  repairs  to  the  patented  article  as  long  as  the  reparis  are  not  so  extensive  

that  they  are  equivalent  to  remaking  the  invention.  I.e.  can  prolong  life  of  patented  product  but  not  recycle  parts  from  many  and  make  a  new  one.  

-­‐ Statutory  defences  o “THIS  PATENT  IS  INVALID”  à  first  line  defences  

§ s.59;  “  the  defendant  in  any  action  for  infringement  of  a  patent  may  plead  as  matter  of  defence  any  fact  or  default  which  by  this  Act  or  by  law  renders  the  patent  void,  and  the  court  shall  take  cognizance  of  that  pleading  and  of  the  relevant  facts  and  decide  accordingly.    

Statute:  Patent  Act,  s.59  à  Pleading  invalidity  as  defence  

59.  The  defendant,  in  any  action  for  infringement  of  a  patent  may  plead  as  matter  of  defence  any  fact  or  default  which  by  this  Act  or  by  law  renders  the  patent  void,  and  the  court  shall  take  cognizance  of  that  pleading  and  of  the  relevant  facts  and  decide  accordingly.  

§ Can  be  found  invalid  based  on  lack  of  novelty,  obviousness,  lack  of  utility,  or  unpatentable  subject  matter  (GlaxoSmithKline  v.  Canada)    

§ Problem  with  submission  • Can  also  be  voided  if  there  is  an  untrue  material  allegation  in  the  patent  application  OR  there  is  a  

wilfully  misleading  omission  or  addition  to  the  specification  and  drawings.    § NB:  Presumption  of  validity  

• Once  a  patent  is  granted,  it  benefits  from  a  “presumption  of  validity”  under  s.43(2)  thus  the  burden  is  on  the  challenger  to  prove  otherwise.    

o Regulatory  use  exception    § s.55.2(1)  provides  that  its  “not  an  infringement”  to  make,  use  or  sell  a  patented  invention  “solely  for  

uses  reasonably  related  to  the  development  and  submission  of  information  required  under  any  law  that  regulates  the  manufacture,  construction,  use  or  sale  of  any  production  (relied  upon  by  generic  drug  manufacturers  to  prepare  the  required  info  for  submissions  for  a  Notice  of  Compliance  (NB  stockpiling  allowance  retracted)  

o “Bona  fide  experimental  and  private  non-­‐commercial  use”    (p  838-­‐839)  § s.55.2(6)  “subsection  1  does  not  affect  any  exception  to  the  exclusive  property  or  privilege  granted  by  a  

patent  that  exists  at  law  in  respect  of  acts  done  privately  and  on  a  non-­‐commercial  scale  or  for  a  non-­‐commercial  purpose  or  in  respect  of  any  use,  manufacture,  construction  or  sale  of  the  patented  invention  solely  for  the  purpose  of  experiments  that  relate  to  the  subject  matter  of  the  patent.    

§ Patent  bargain  lies  behind  this  one:  limited  monopoloy  granted  in  exchange  for  public  disclosure  so  people  can  access  the  info  for  non-­‐commercial  purposes  and  experimentation  

§ In  other  words,  limited  experimental  use  without  a  licence  done  in  good  faith  and  not  intended  for  sale  =  NOT  a  violation  of  the  patent  (no  damage  and  no  profits  generated  by  defendant)  

o Acts  in  good  faith  prior  to  patent  claim  date    § S.56(1)  Every  person  who,  before  the  claim  date  of  a  claim  in  a  patent  has  purchased,  constructed,  or  

acquired  the  subject  matter  defined  by  the  claim,  has  the  right  to  use  and  sell  to  others  the  specific  article,  machine,  manufacture  or  composition  of  matter  patented  and  so  purchased,  constructed  or  acquired  without  being  liable  to  the  patentee    

§  This  could  happen  if  someone  came  up  with  the  same  patent  put  didn’t  disclose  or  file.    § Interpretation  of  “specific”  -­‐-­‐>    covers  everything  in  pre-­‐claim-­‐date  inventory  to  be  used  and  sold  but  

not  additional  machines  that  were  subsequently  manufactured    o Gillette  Defence  

§ Permits  a  defendant  to  argue  in  the  alternative  (so  the  defendant  doesn’t  have  to  choose  whether  its  better  to  argue  for  invalidity  or  for  no  infringement)    

§ Essentially  à  defendant  bases  non-­‐infringement  on  the  patent  being  invalid  by  being  anticipated  by  prior  art.  A  defendant  argues  that  his  or  her  acts  were  based  on  prior  art  to  the  patentee’s  invention  and  were  themselves  non-­‐patentable.  

§ Patentee’s  dilemma:  if  patentee  argues  for  the  claims  to  be  construed  broadly  to  include  the  defendant’s  actions,  then  the  patent  will  include  the  prior  art  and  be  invalidated  for  lack  of  novelty.  On  the  other  hand,  if  the  patentee  argues  for  the  claims  to  be  construed  narrowly  to  avoid  being  anticipated  by  the  prior  art,  then  the  defendant  has  not  infringed.    

§ The  Gillette  defence  is  both  an  argument  that  the  patent  is  invalid  (because  it  was  anticipated  by  prior  art)  and  that  if  patent  IS  valid,  then  the  claims  do  not  prevent  the  defendant’s  use  because  the  defendant  was  only  doing  a  non-­‐patentable  variation  of  a  previously  known  process  or  product  which  is  not  infringing.    

§ Gillette  Defence  comes  from  UK  Gillette  Safety  Razor  v.  Anglo-­‐American  Trading  Co.    § “Heads  I  win,  tails  you  lose”    § Defendant  needs  to  show:  that  his  product/process  is  comparable  to  a  product/process  disclosed  in  

some  way  prior  to  the  claim  date  of  the  patent  alleged  to  be  infringed,  then  either  the  patent  is  invalid  for  anticipation  or  its  claims  must  be  interpreted  as  not  preventing  the  defendant’s  use.    

§ NB  in  Canada,  based  on  principles  for  claims  construction  in  Whirlpool  and  Free  World  Trust  the  claims  must  be  construed  prior    to  addressing  infringement.    

o Other  argument:  laches  by  plaintiff  § NB:  has  had  little  success  in  patent  infringement  cases  § Laches  is  an  equitable  doctrine  arguing  that  plaintiff  should  be  estopped  form  pursuing  the  cause  of  

action  for  failure  to  assert  the  plaintiff’s  rights  in  a  timely  way  and  the  defendant  was  prejudiced  by  the  delay.    

§ Laches  are  not  a  cause  of  action,  only  a  defence  and  thus  only  affects  the  remedies  o Other  argument:  acquiescences  by  plaintiff  

§ Essentially  saying  that  plaintiff  passively  signalled  consent  to  the  potential  infringer.    o Other  argument:  plaintiff  has  no  title  o Other  argument:  defendant  had  permission  to  do  the  purportedly  infringing  acts    

§ Because  infringement  is  only  the  unauthorized  exercise  of  a  patentee’s  exclusive  rights.    o Final  defence:  fraud  on  Patent  Office  

§ S.73(1)(a)  says  a  defendant  can  argue  that  a  patent  should  not  have  been  granted  because  false  information  was  provided  during  the  patent  prosecution  process.  (recently  added  to  Patent  Act  as  a  defence)  

-­‐ Procedures  o S.60  provides  procedures  to  apply  to  Federal  Court  to  have  patent  declared  invalid  or,  conversely,  for  a  

declaration  against  the  patentee  that  something  is  not  infringing  o S.60(1)  à  must  be  “interested”  person  can  apply  for  invalidation  of  a  patent  (can  be  made  as  counterclaim  to  

infringement  o S.60(2)  a  person  “with  reasonable  cause  to  believe”  that  a  patentee  might  allege  infringement,  can  bring  

action  to  Court  to  declare  no  infringement    

3.  COMPULSORY  LICENCES  AND  PATENT  ABUSE  -­‐ all  patents  have  inherent  “anti-­‐competitive”  aspects  in  that  they  are  grants  of  limited-­‐term  monopolies.    -­‐ However,  if  it  gets  to  the  point  of  significant  anti-­‐competitive  behaviour,  patentees  can  get  sanctioned  (and  

including  imposition  of  compulsory  licences)  due  to  “abuse  of  exclusive  rights  -­‐ Two  statutory  provisions  on  patent  abuse  

o 1.  S.65(1)  …although  seldom  invoked  § says  AFG  or  interested  person,  after  three  years  from  grant  of  patent,  can  apply  for  relief  from  alleged  

abusive  behaviour  with  s.65(2)  setting  out  list  of  deemed  abuses  (interpreted  to  be  exhaustive).  Includes  • 1)  if  demand  for  patented  article  is  not  being  met  to  adequate  extent  and  on  reasonable  terms  • 2)  if  trade  or  industry  in  Canada  is  prejudiced  by  refusal  of  patentee  to  grant  licences  and  its  in  

patent  interest  for  licences  to  be  granted  • 3)  if  any  trade  or  industry,  person  or  class  of  persons,  is  unfairly  prejudiced  by  conditions  to  a  

licence.    • 4)  if  a  process  patent  has  been  utilized  by  the  patentee  so  as  to  unfairly  prejudice  the  manufacture,  

use  or  sale  of  any  materials  § s.66  specifies  commissioner’s  powers  in  case  of  abuse,  including:  

• compulsory  licence  (s.66(1)(a))  • revocation  of  patent  (s.66(1)(d)  

§ s.66(4)  considerations  by  which  commissioner  should  be  guided:  • to  secure  the  widest  possible  use  of  the  invention  consistent  with  the  patentee  deriving  a  

reasonable  advantage  from  his  patent  rights  • to  secure  the  patentee  the  maximum  advantage  consistent  with  the  invention  being  worked  by  the  

licensee  at  a  reasonable  profit  • to  secure  equality  of  advantage  among  licensees  (and  may  reduce  royalties  or  payments)    

§ “patent  abuse”  successfully  invoked  in  fairly  few  cases    • (Puckhandler  v.  BADS  industries)    • hesitance  is  discussed  by  Commissioner  of  Patents  in  Torpharm  v.  Merck  (p.  849-­‐855)  • Federal  Court  took  fairly  narrow  view  of  patent  abuse  in  a  case  where  there  was  no  evidence  of  the  

unment  “demand”,  which  must  be  by  more  than  a  single  trader…must  be  existing  demand  not  anticipated,  future  or  potential  demand.    

o 2.  s.32  of  Competition  Act  (much  broader  in  scope)  § deals  with  undue  restraints  of  trade  in  relation  to  intellectual  property  § s.32(1)  lists  improper  restraints  of  trades  resulting  from  abuse  of  exclusive  rights  

• a)  limit  unduly  the  facilities  for  transporting/producing/manufacturing/suppling/storing/dealing  in  any  article  or  commodity  that  may  be  a  subject  of  trade  or  commerce  

• b)  unduly  restrain  or  injure  trade  or  commerce  • c)  unduly  prevent,  limit  or  lessen  the  manufacture  or  production  of  any  such  article  or  

unreasonably  enhance  the  price  thereof  • d)  unduly  prevent  competition    

§ s.32(2)  possible  orders  • declare  licence  void,  in  whole  or  in  part  • restrain  from  being  carried  out  any  or  all  terms  of  licence  • order  compulsory  licences  • direct  that  such  acts  be  done  or  omitted  to  prevent  any  such  use.    

 -­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐LAURIE  CLASS  26-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐-­‐  

 CHAPTER  11:  INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY  OVERLAPS  (NEEDS  FORMATTING)  

I.  INTRODUCTION  (P.1125)  

-­‐ There  is  no  hierarchy  to  the  various  IP  statutes.  Therefore,  overlaps  arise.  This  is  partly  b/c  a  single  tangible  object  can  give  rise  to  more  than  intangible  right;  the  various  IP  rights  protect  different  aspects.  

-­‐ What  to  do?  Courts  try  to  interpret  the  statutes  so  each  of  their  objectives  can  be  met  o No  back-­‐door  protection:  Courts  generally  won’t  allow  using  1  type  of  protection  to  extend  a  form  of  

protection  available  under  another  statute    o e.g.  can’t  use  Trade-­‐Mark  on  a  patented  invention  or  copyright  in  drawings  included  as  part  of  a  patent  to  

extend  patent  protection  -­‐ Each  of  the  IP  rights  has  a  bargain  that  is  underwritten  by  policy  &  theory  à  tampering  with  bargain  disrupts  the  

balance  in  the  system  -­‐ A  key  part  of  bargain  =  the  nature  &  scope  of  protection  (what  rights  are,  term  of  protection,  exceptions  &  user’s  

rights)  &  the  related  requirement  that  the  object  of  the  protection  be  freely  useable  by  others  after  the  expiry  of  such  term  o e.g.  copyright  =  life  +  50  while  patent  =  20  years  from  filing..  but  patent  protects  against  independent  

invention  while  copyright  doesn’t  -­‐ Some  overlaps  are  forestalled  by  statutory  limits  to  a  right’s  subject  matter.  

o E.g.  copyright  protects  original  expression  but  excludes  “ideas,  procedures,  methods  or  operation  or  mathematical  concepts”  (TRIPS)  

o e.g.  Trade-­‐Mark  prohibits  registration  of  distinguishing  guise  if  it  is  likely  to  limit  the  development  of  any  art  or  industry  (s.  13  Trade-­‐Mark  Act);  also,  its  registration  can’t  interfere  with  the  use  of  any  utilitarian  feature  à  utility  is  patentable    

o e.g.  patentable  subject  matter  excludes  “mere  scientific  principles  or  abstract  theorems  (s.  27(8)  Patent  Act)  à  pure  software  protected  as  literary  works  under  copyright  right  and  not  under  patent  

-­‐ But  overlaps  are  mostly  regulated  in  case  law.  The  courts  try  to  fulfill  the  purpose  of  each  right  while  avoiding  overreaching.  o Courts  do  recognize  that  a  single  tangible  article  can  give  rise  to  more  than  1  IP  right,  provided  that  each  

right’s  requirements  &  objectives  are  satisfied  o However,  overlapping  protection  for  the  same  aspects  should  be  avoided    o And  1  IP  right  shouldn’t  be  used  to  get  back-­‐door  protection  or  to  try  to  extend  the  term  of  another  IP  right  

-­‐ Decisions  that  will  combine  2  forms  of  protection  are  often  based  on  equitable  considerations  à  the  best  e.g.  is  fictional  characters  (under  copyright  &  Trade-­‐Mark)    

II.  COPYRIGHT  AND  TRADE-­‐MARKS  AND  PROTECTION  OF  IMAGE  (P.1126)  

1.  FICTIONAL  CHARACTERS  (P.  1127)  -­‐ Can  be  based  in  prose  (e.g.  Jane  Eyre),  visual  (e.g.  Garfield),  audio-­‐visual  (e.g.  Buffy  the  Vampire  Slayer)  -­‐ Protection:  ©,  Trade-­‐Mark,  unfair  competition,  contract  &  appropriation  of  personality    

o   à  Each  area  of  law  protects  different  aspects  of  the  character  o Copyright  protects  the  original  expression  of  the  literary  or  artistic  creations  o Trade-­‐Mark  protects  the  fictional  characters  as  indicators  of  the  source  of  a  good/service  

-­‐ An  increasingly  valuable  asset.  They  are  cultural  &  commercial  commodities  o Commercial:  merchandising  –  especially  with  multiple  media  outlets  o Cultural:  expression  &  identity  value  to  public  as  they  become  part  of  our  popular  lexicon  

-­‐ There  will  be  official  (e.g.  licensed  apparel)  &  unofficial  (fan  website)  uses  of  the  character.  à  Copyright  &  Trade-­‐Mark  owners  need  to  be  strategic  about  how  they  protect  the  legal  rights  in  these  characters  without  alienating  the  popular  fan  base.  

 a)  Copyright  Protection  for  Fictional  Characters  (pp.  1128)  -­‐ Elements  of  fictional  character:  name,  physical  appearance  &  character  traits  à  not  all  of  these  are  copyrightable    

o Copyright  protects  the  original  expression  in  the  fictional  character  o No  separate  section  for  fictional  characters  under  the  Copyright  Act  o The  characters  can  fall  within  the  categories  of  literary  works,  dramatic  works  (including  motion  pictures)  &  

artistic  works  (drawings  &  artistic  craftsmanship)  

-­‐ Debate:  whether  fictional  characters  per  se  are  copyrightable  as  independent  works,  or  rather,  if  characters  are  protected  as  part  of  the  large  work  in  which  they  appear    o in  latter,  would  have  infringement  of  fictional  character  if  someone  reproduces  a  substantial  part  of  the  larger  

work  in  which  they  appear  o à  preferable  view:  fictional  characters  can  be  independently  copyrighted  

 

Case:    Preson  v.  20th  Century  Fox  Canada  

Facts  -­‐ Plaintiff  claims  that  producers  of  the  Star  Wars  film  Return  of  the  Jedi  infringed  his  copyright  in  his  Space  Pets  

script  &  the  Olak  &  Ewok  characters  –  same  names  used  in  the  Star  was  movie  Issue:    -­‐      were  Olak  &  Ewok  separately  copyrightable?  

Held  -­‐  Under  Canadian  copyright  law  a  literary  fictional  character  could  be  separately  protected,  but  these  characters  

were  not  sufficiently  delineated  &  thus  the  mere  similarity  in  the  2  characters’  names  didn’t  constitute  infringement  

Reasoning  -­‐    Judge  referred  to  US  test:  “the  less  developed  the  characters,  the  less  they  can  be  copyrighted;  that  is  the  

penalty  an  author  must  bear  for  marking  them  too  indistinctly”  (Nichols)  -­‐ So  this  gets  back  to  the  idea/expression  dichotomy:  you  can  have  expression  of  a  mouse,  but  not  of  all  cartoon  

mice  -­‐ This  test  incorporates  originality  (developed  character  suggests  skill  &  judgment)  &  has  a  public  notice  function  

(with  more  recognizable  character,  I  can  predict  when  I’m  infringing)    

-­‐ Curiosities  about  applying  the  copyright  tests  to  fictional  characters:  the  type  of  medium  that  the  character  is  in  can  affect  the  scope  of  protection  o courts  more  likely  to  find  infringement  w/  pictorial  depictions  rather  than  literary  characters  o this  is  partly  evidentiary:  easier  to  see  that  they’re  similar  when  they’re  visual  o general  rule:  visual  similarity,  even  absent  a  similarity  of  personality  &  behaviour  will  infringe  (Mickey  in  

promiscuous  drug  culture  infringes)  o particular  challenge  w/  literary  characters  (if  character  has  a  few  quirks,  more  likely  to  infringe  than  if  

introspective/enigmatic)  II.  COPYRIGHT  &  TRADE-­‐MARK  CONVERGENCE  (P.  1130)  

-­‐ 3D  figures  based  on  2D  figures  infringe  copyright  if  they  reproduce  a  substantial  part  –  because  reproduction  in  any  material  form  infringes  copyright  -­‐  s.  3  Copyright  Act    o e.g.  comic  strip  (2D)  of  Popeye  was  infringed  by  Popeye  toy  (3D)  

 

Case:  King  Features  Syndicate  v  Lechter  

Facts  -­‐ King  Features  (plaintiff  )  is  the  owner  of  copyright  for  Popeye  comic  strip.  Defendant  made  watches  with  Popeye  

on  them  and  registered  the  Trade-­‐Mark  for  POPEYE.  King  Features  also  made  watches  with  Popeye  on  them.  (we  know  putting  characters  on  dial  faces  was  infringement)  

Issue:    -­‐      whether  the  title  of  a  fictional  character  is  protected  under  copyright  

Held  -­‐  Use  of  “Popeye”  with  the  characters,  was  an  infringement  of  the  copyrighted  work  

Reasoning  -­‐  Generally,  titles  can’t  be  copyrighted  independently..  but  Copyright  Act  s.  2  provides  that  the  copyrighted  work  

includes  the  title  when  the  title  is  original  &  distinctive    

-­‐ Reproducing  the  title  could  infringe  copyright  if  it  constitutes  taking  a  substantial  part  of  the  copyrighted  work  -­‐ By  linking  title  with  characters,  this  was  substantial    

Subsequent  infringement    -­‐ Subsequently,  the  defendants  marketed  different  watches  w/  look-­‐alike  figures  that  were  very  “Popeye-­‐ish”  and  

this  was  also  held  to  be  infringement  even  without  appearing  under  the  character  name  Popeye  b/c  it  would  still  be  recognizable  by  consumers  &  there  was  no  evidence  of  independent  creation  

   -­‐ This  case  points  to  a  problem  of  convergence  (confusion)  betweenw  copyright  &  Trade-­‐Mark  principles  

o Copyright  is  supposed  to  protect  original  expression  &  Trade-­‐Mark  law  to  protect  distinctive  marks  which  indicate  the  source  of  particular  wares  or  services  

o Tension:  in  the  copyright  analysis,  courts  often  consider  whether  characters  are  recognizable  &  distinctive,  which  is  more  properly  considered  as  a  Trade-­‐Mark  issue  

o i.e.  concepts  of  reproducing  a  substantial  part  (copyright)  &  recognition,  distinctiveness  &  likelihood  of  confusion  (Trade-­‐Mark)  not  dealt  with  separatel  

§ e.g.  Michelin  v  CAW-­‐Canada:  Michelin  brought  copyright  &  Trade-­‐Mark  actions  against  the  union  using  the  Bibendum  tire  character  on  its  union  recruiting  posters.  Michelin  succeeded  on  copyright  claim  but  not  on  Trade-­‐Mark  analysis  à  2  results  shows  that  this  case  did  deal  w/  them  separately    

VII.TRADEMARKS  &  PATENTS  (P.  1169)  

-­‐ Trade-­‐Mark  means  indefinite  protection  à  Big  concern  that  Trade-­‐Mark  not  be  used  to  extend  indefinitely  the  limited  term  patent  protection  on  functional  aspects    

-­‐ When  conflicts  between  patent  &  Trade-­‐Mark  most  often  occur:  potential  distinguishing  guise  under  Trade-­‐Mark  includes  functional  aspects  subject  to  patent  law  protection  o Especially  problematic:  shape  of  an  article  became  a  distinguishing  guise  under  Trade-­‐Mark  while  being  

protected  by  a  patent    

Case:    Kirkbi  v.  Ritvik  (p.1169)  à  Lego:  distinguishing  guise  evergreening  patents?  

Facts  -­‐  Plaintiffs  (Kirkbi)  held  patents  on  LEGO  blocks,  but  patents  expired.  They  brought  a  passing  off  action  under  

Trade-­‐Mark  Act  s.  7(b)  against  defendants  (toy  manufacturer)  that  made  similar  blocks.  Plaintiffs  claimed  the  shape  of  eight-­‐stud  block  as  an  unregistered  distinguishing  guise  Trade-­‐Mark.  

Issue:    -­‐      What  is  the  relationship  b/w  distinguishing  guise  Trade-­‐Marks  &  patent  law?  

Held  -­‐  SCC  refused  to  allow  the  plaintiff  to  invoke  the  protection  of  Trade-­‐Mark  law  after  the  patent  protection  expired  

Ratio    -­‐ The  exclusive  rights  to  a  Trade-­‐Mark  don’t  give  the  owner  exclusive  rights  to  the  functional  elements  of  the  

associated  product.  (SCC  expanded  the  functionality  doctrine)  Reasoning  -­‐    “A  purely  functional  design  may  not  be  the  basis  of  trade-­‐mark,  registered  or  unregistered.  […]  the  law  of  passing  

off  &  of  trade-­‐marks  may  not  be  used  to  perpetuate  monopoly  rights  enjoyed  under  now-­‐expired  patents”  -­‐ Bargain  in  patent  law:  “Patents  protect  new  products  and  processes.  In  consideration  of  disclosure  of  the  invention,  

patent  law  grants  a  time-­‐limited  monopoly  to  the  patentee  on  the  use  &  marketing  of  the  subject  matter  of  the  patent”  

-­‐ Trade-­‐Mark  is  about  indicating  source  à  “Despite  its  connection  with  a  product,  a  mark  must  not  be  confused  with  the  product”  

-­‐ LEGO  turned  into  a  household  word  –  source  &  product  were  identified  –  but  when  the  patent  expired,  the  LEGO  technology  fell  into  the  public  domain  

-­‐ The  “distinguishing  guise”  consisted  solely  of  the  technical  or  functional  characteristics,  formerly  protected  by  

Kirkbi’s  patents  -­‐ Doctrine  of  functionality:  the  purpose  of  Trade-­‐Mark  law  is  the  protection  of  the  distinctiveness  of  the  product,  not  

a  monopoly  on  the  product    o Trade-­‐Mark  Act  s.  13:  the  registration  of  a  mark  will  not  interfere  with  the  use  of  the  utilitarian  features  it  

may  incorporate  o Trade-­‐Mark  law  isn’t  intended  to  prevent  competitive  use  of  utilitarian  features  of  products  -­‐  it  fulfills  a  

source-­‐distinguishing  function  -­‐ The  appellant  is  just  complaining  about  the  existence  of  competition  based  on  a  product  that  is  not  in  the  public  

domain  -­‐ Kirkbi  was  trying  to  protect  its  market  position  (i.e.  Lebel  is  saying  they  tried  to  use  Trade-­‐Mark  law  to  evergreen  a  

patent)    -­‐ Trademark  rights  =  Separate  from  functional  elements  

o Just  like  the  intangible  rights  of  copyright  are  separate  from  the  physical  object,  the  rights  of  the  Trade-­‐Mark  owner  in  the  exclusive  use  of  the  mark  are  separate  from  the  rights  in  the  functional  elements  

o Courts  have  prevented  inventors  who  coin  a  new  word  to  describe  their  invention  from  also  claiming  that  word  as  an  exclusive  Trade-­‐Mark  after  patent  term  expires  for  same  reason  (e.g.  shredded  wheat,  linoleum  are  just  the  names  of  the  product  itself)    

-­‐ Remington  Road  (p.  1175)  o [the  classic  case  on  overlap  b/w  distinguishing  Trade-­‐Marks  &  patents  before  Kirkbi]  o 3  head  design  for  razors  o goes  through  history  of  functionality  doctrine  o granting  Trade-­‐Mark  would  allow  applicants  to  receive  a  patent  in  the  guise  of  a  Trade-­‐Mark  o the  principal  functional  feature  of  the  Philips  shaver  are  its  cutting  heads  which  they  depict    o shaver  heads  are  functional.  3  headed  shaver  heads  are  also  functional.  In  depicting  these  functional  

elements,  the  design  mark  is  functional    o “a  mark  which  goes  beyond  distinguishing  the  wares  themselves  is  transgressing  the  legitimate  bounds  of  

trade-­‐mark”    

-­‐ Dominion  Co  v  Schlage  Lock  Co    o Schlage  applied  for  a  Trade-­‐Mark  for  original  keys  with  a  specific  key  design  (bow  on  top  of  the  key).  

Competitor  companies  objected  b/c  they  wanted  to  supply  blank  replacement  keys  to  locksmiths  in  that  design  (industry  practice)  

o Application  refused  b/c  the  Trade-­‐Mark  wasn’t  distinctive  &  exclusive  use  by  applicant  would  unreasonably  limit  the  development  of  an  industry  (s.  13(b))  

 

Case:    Thomas  &  Betts  v.  Panduit  (p.  1181)  à  cable  ties,  “distinguishing  guise”    

Facts  -­‐ Plaintiff  manufactured  a  cable  tie  with  an  oval  shape  &  had  a  patent  on  it,  but  the  patent  term  expired.  The  

defendants  started  to  manufacture  a  cable  tie  that  was  virtually  identical  to  plaintiff’s  cable  design.  Plaintiff  claimed  the  defendant  was  infringing  its  common  law  trade-­‐mark  rights  in  the  distinctive  shape  of  the  head  of  the  cable  tie  &  passing  off  its  goods.  The  defendant  argued  that  the  plaintiff  couldn’t  extend  the  length  of  the  patent  term  by  claiming  Trade-­‐Mark  rights  in  the  expired  patent’s  design  

Issue:    -­‐      Is  the  oval-­‐shaped  head  a  distinguishing  guise  within  the  meaning  of  the  Trade-­‐Marks  Act?  

Held  -­‐  Yes  

Ratio    -­‐ Trade-­‐Mark  law  will  not  extend  to  protect  the  utilitarian  feature  of  a  distinguishing  guise.  However,  if  a  guise  

acquired  the  required  degree  of  distinctiveness  &  is  not  purely  functional,  its  protection  under  Trade-­‐Mark  law  

remains  unaffected  by  the  expiry  of  a  related  patent  Reasoning  -­‐  Goods  that  were  patented  aren’t  automatically  disqualified  from  Trade-­‐Mark  protection  but  it  is  more  difficult  for  

a  plaintiff  to  prove  that  a  mark  has  become  distinctive  of  him  when  he  has  enjoyed  a  legal,  de  facto  monopoly  of  the  goods  in  question    

-­‐ Doctrine  of  functionality  explained  again  (cites  Remington  Rand)  -­‐ Motions  Judge  erred  in  focusing  on  the  “invention”  on  the  Patent  Act  rather  than  on  “wares”  under  the  Trade-­‐

Mark  Act  -­‐ Need  to  determine  whether  the  oval-­‐shaped  head  is  a  preferred  embodiment  of  the  invention  i.e.  evidence  of  

functionality  -­‐ Corollary  of  ratio  above:  If  the  invention  described  in  the  expired  patent  can  be  made  w/o  copying  the  non-­‐

utilitarian  (i.e.  aesthetic)  aspects  of  the  patentee’s  product,  &  w/o  using  the  Trade-­‐Marks  as  indicators  of  source,  there  will  be  no  violation  of  either  the  (expired)  patent  or  the  Trade-­‐Mark.  I.e.  cable  ties  were  made  without  oval  heads  

 Summary:  2  principles  from  case  law  involving  overlaps  between  IP  rights:  

1) to  the  extent  possible  and  consistent  with  the  statutory  provisions,  there  should  be  legal  protection  for  each  aspect  of  each  IP  right  as  long  as  it  does  not  conflict  with  the  purpose  of  another  IP  right  and  there  is  no  specific  override  specified  in  legislation  

2) IP  rights  protect  different  aspects  so  that  any  particular  intangible  object  can  implicate  more  than  1  intangible  IP  right